[gparted] Update Croatian translation



commit 0054a0c94184519370de3a75df64ec8083e0905d
Author: Goran Vidović <trebelnik2 gmail com>
Date:   Sun Mar 13 13:18:11 2022 +0000

    Update Croatian translation

 po/hr.po | 22837 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++-------
 1 file changed, 20420 insertions(+), 2417 deletions(-)
---
diff --git a/po/hr.po b/po/hr.po
index 40b513e7..abf41c7f 100644
--- a/po/hr.po
+++ b/po/hr.po
@@ -1,2786 +1,20789 @@
-# Croatian translation for gparted
-# Copyright (c) (c) 2006 Canonical Ltd, and Rosetta Contributors 2006
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the gparted package.
-# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2006.
+# Croatian translation for gnome-user-docs.
+# Copyright (C) 2018 gnome-user-docs's COPYRIGHT HOLDER
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-user-docs package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 #
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: gparted\n"
-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gparted/issues\n";
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-17 20:51+0000\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-09-11 19:46+0200\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: gnome-user-docs master\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-03-02 23:17+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-03-13 13:07+0100\n"
 "Last-Translator: gogo <trebelnik2 gmail com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Croatian <hr li org>\n"
 "Language: hr\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n"
-"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n"
-"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-08-03 20:12+0000\n"
-"X-Generator: Poedit 2.3\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || "
+"n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
+"X-Generator: Poedit 3.0.1\n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: p/link
+#: C/legal.xml:3
+msgid "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License"
+msgstr "Creative Commons Imenovanje-Dijeli pod istim uvjetima 3.0 Hrvatska"
+
+#. (itstool) path: license/p
+#: C/legal.xml:3
+msgid "This work is licensed under a <_:link-1/>."
+msgstr "Ovaj rad je licenciran pod <_:link-1/>."
+
+#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "translator-credits"
+msgstr ""
+"Launchpad Contributions:\n"
+"  gogo https://launchpad.net/~trebelnik-stefina";
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:20 C/a11y-braille.page:16 C/a11y-contrast.page:18 C/a11y-dwellclick.page:20
+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:19 C/a11y-mag.page:18 C/a11y.page:14 C/a11y-right-click.page:20
+#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:15 C/a11y-slowkeys.page:18 C/a11y-stickykeys.page:20 C/a11y-visualalert.page:19
+#: C/accounts-add.page:28 C/accounts-remove.page:23 C/bluetooth.page:16 C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:29
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:21 C/bluetooth-visibility.page:17 C/clock.page:13 C/disk.page:9
+#: C/display-brightness.page:24 C/files-browse.page:20 C/files-delete.page:19 C/files-lost.page:18
+#: C/files-open.page:17 C/files-preview.page:16 C/files-removedrive.page:9 C/files-rename.page:17
+#: C/files-search.page:21 C/files-select.page:9 C/files-share.page:16 C/files.page:16 C/hardware-auth.page:9
+#: C/hardware.page:10 C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:15 C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 C/keyboard-nav.page:23
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:15 C/keyboard.page:15 C/look-background.page:25 C/media.page:12
+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:21 C/mouse-lefthanded.page:20 C/mouse-middleclick.page:18
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:21 C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:17 C/mouse-sensitivity.page:25
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:22 C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 C/nautilus-behavior.page:20
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:15 C/nautilus-display.page:14 C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:16
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:24 C/nautilus-prefs.page:8 C/nautilus-preview.page:14
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:17 C/net-findip.page:16 C/net-macaddress.page:14 C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:19
+#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:12 C/net.page:12 C/prefs-display.page:11 C/prefs-language.page:9 C/prefs.page:11
+#: C/printing-setup.page:28 C/privacy-purge.page:26 C/privacy-screen-lock.page:20 
C/screen-shot-record.page:18
+#: C/session-formats.page:16 C/session-language.page:19 C/shell-exit.page:20 C/shell-introduction.page:20
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:19 C/shell-windows-maximize.page:14 C/shell-windows-states.page:13
+#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:13 C/sound-alert.page:13 C/sound-usemic.page:12 C/sound-usespeakers.page:13
+#: C/sound-volume.page:16 C/status-icons.page:53 C/tips-specialchars.page:16 C/tips.page:9
+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:22 C/user-add.page:19 C/user-changepicture.page:21 C/user-delete.page:25
+msgid "Shaun McCance"
+msgstr "Shaun McCance"
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:24 C/a11y-dwellclick.page:24 C/a11y-icon.page:17 C/a11y-right-click.page:25
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:22 C/a11y-stickykeys.page:24 C/accounts-disable-service.page:13 C/accounts.page:13
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:18 C/files-browse.page:24 C/files-hidden.page:14 C/files-sort.page:13
+#: C/files-tilde.page:14 C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:9 C/look-display-fuzzy.page:22
+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:17 C/mouse-lefthanded.page:16 C/mouse-mousekeys.page:17
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:13 C/mouse-sensitivity.page:17 C/nautilus-list.page:18
+#: C/net-default-browser.page:15 C/net-default-email.page:15 C/net-email-virus.page:15 C/net-manual.page:17
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:15 C/net-othersedit.page:15 C/net-proxy.page:19 C/net-slow.page:13
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:15 C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:20 C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:14
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:18 C/net-wrongnetwork.page:16
+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:22 C/power-batterylife.page:25 C/power-batteryoptimal.page:18
+#: C/power-batterywindows.page:22 C/power-othercountry.page:18 C/printing-2sided.page:13
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:14 C/printing-differentsize.page:13 C/printing-envelopes.page:13
+#: C/printing-order.page:13 C/printing-select.page:13 C/printing-setup.page:16 C/printing.page:12
+#: C/sound-volume.page:12 C/user-goodpassword.page:17
+msgid "Phil Bull"
+msgstr "Phil Bull"
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:28 C/a11y-contrast.page:22 C/a11y-dwellclick.page:28 C/a11y-font-size.page:23
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:22 C/a11y.page:18 C/a11y-right-click.page:29 C/a11y-slowkeys.page:26
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:28 C/a11y-visualalert.page:23 C/accounts-add.page:19
+#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:17 C/accounts-remove.page:15 C/accounts-which-application.page:19
+#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:18 C/backup-how.page:20 C/backup-thinkabout.page:22 C/backup-what.page:20
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:33 C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:22
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:25 C/bluetooth-send-file.page:27 C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:25
+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:21 C/clock-calendar.page:21 C/clock-set.page:21 C/clock-timezone.page:21
+#: C/clock-world.page:14 C/color-assignprofiles.page:20 C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:22
+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:21 C/color-howtoimport.page:20 C/color-testing.page:23
+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:19 C/contacts.page:13 C/contacts-connect.page:17 
C/contacts-edit-details.page:21
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:20 C/contacts-search.page:18 C/contacts-setup.page:17 C/disk-benchmark.page:22
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:16 C/disk-check.page:17 C/display-blank.page:24 C/display-brightness.page:32
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:17 C/display-night-light.page:11 C/files-autorun.page:18
+#: C/files-browse.page:28 C/files-copy.page:22 C/files-delete.page:27 C/files-disc-write.page:13
+#: C/files-hidden.page:18 C/files-lost.page:22 C/files-removedrive.page:17 C/files-rename.page:25
+#: C/files-search.page:25 C/files-share.page:20 C/files-sort.page:21 C/files-templates.page:17
+#: C/files-tilde.page:18 C/files.page:20 C/hardware-cardreader.page:19 C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:27
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:25 C/keyboard-nav.page:15 C/keyboard-osk.page:24 C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:27
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:19 C/keyboard.page:23 C/look-background.page:33 C/look-display-fuzzy.page:26
+#: C/look-resolution.page:22 C/media.page:16 C/mouse-doubleclick.page:25 C/mouse-lefthanded.page:24
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:22 C/mouse-mousekeys.page:25 C/mouse-sensitivity.page:29
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:26 C/mouse-wakeup.page:22 C/mouse.page:23 C/nautilus-behavior.page:24
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:17 C/nautilus-connect.page:19 C/nautilus-display.page:18
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:28 C/nautilus-list.page:22 C/nautilus-preview.page:18
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:21 C/net-default-browser.page:19 C/net-default-email.page:19 C/net-email.page:19
+#: C/net-findip.page:24 C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:26 C/net-macaddress.page:22 C/net-manual.page:21
+#: C/net-mobile.page:20 C/net-othersconnect.page:19 C/net-othersedit.page:19 C/net-proxy.page:27
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:20 C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:17 C/net-wired-connect.page:18
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:23 C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 C/net-wireless-connect.page:22
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:19 C/net-wireless.page:22 C/power-autobrightness.page:14
+#: C/power-autosuspend.page:15 C/power-batteryestimate.page:30 C/power-batterylife.page:33
+#: C/power-batteryslow.page:18 C/power-batterywindows.page:26 C/power-lowpower.page:25
+#: C/power-nowireless.page:26 C/power-percentage.page:15 C/power-profile.page:13 C/power-status.page:15
+#: C/power-whydim.page:19 C/power-wireless.page:16 C/power.page:17 C/prefs-display.page:15
+#: C/prefs-language.page:13 C/prefs-sharing.page:13 C/printing-setup.page:32 C/privacy.page:23
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:22 C/privacy-location.page:14 C/privacy-purge.page:22
+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:24 C/screen-shot-record.page:23 C/session-formats.page:20
+#: C/session-language.page:27 C/session-screenlocks.page:18 C/sharing-bluetooth.page:18
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:20 C/sharing-displayname.page:13 C/sharing-media.page:17 C/sharing-personal.page:17
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:18 C/shell-apps-open.page:18 C/shell-exit.page:40 C/shell-introduction.page:24
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:24 C/shell-lockscreen.page:14 C/shell-notifications.page:18
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:18 C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:21 C/sound-alert.page:17
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:16 C/sound-usemic.page:16 C/sound-usespeakers.page:17 C/sound-volume.page:20
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:20 C/touchscreen-gestures.page:18 C/translate.page:16 C/user-add.page:23
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:21 C/user-changepassword.page:21 C/user-delete.page:29
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:25 C/video-dvd.page:21 C/video-sending.page:17 C/wacom-left-handed.page:17
+#: C/wacom-mode.page:17 C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:17 C/wacom-stylus.page:16 C/wacom.page:21
+msgid "Michael Hill"
+msgstr "Michael Hill"
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:32 C/a11y-contrast.page:26 C/a11y-dwellclick.page:32 C/a11y-font-size.page:27
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:26 C/a11y.page:22 C/a11y-right-click.page:33 C/a11y-slowkeys.page:30
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:32 C/a11y-visualalert.page:27 C/accounts-add.page:23 C/accounts-remove.page:19
+#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:22 C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:37 C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:30
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:31 C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:30 C/bluetooth-visibility.page:26
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:25 C/clock-timezone.page:25 C/color-assignprofiles.page:24
+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:26 C/color-calibrate-screen.page:25 C/color-howtoimport.page:24
+#: C/color-notifications.page:18 C/color-testing.page:19 C/contacts-add-remove.page:23
+#: C/contacts-connect.page:22 C/contacts-edit-details.page:25 C/contacts-link-unlink.page:24
+#: C/contacts-search.page:22 C/display-brightness.page:28 C/display-brightness.page:36
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:21 C/keyboard-key-menu.page:19 C/keyboard-key-super.page:19
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:33 C/keyboard-nav.page:28 C/keyboard-osk.page:28 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:35
+#: C/look-background.page:41 C/look-resolution.page:30 C/mouse-lefthanded.page:28 C/mouse-middleclick.page:26
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:29 C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 C/mouse.page:18 C/nautilus-list.page:26
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:25 C/net-default-browser.page:23 C/net-default-email.page:23 C/net-findip.page:28
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:21 C/net-macaddress.page:26 C/net-othersconnect.page:23
+#: C/net-othersedit.page:23 C/net-proxy.page:31 C/net-vpn-connect.page:24 C/net-wireless-airplane.page:25
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:23 C/net.page:16 C/power-batteryestimate.page:26 C/power-batterylife.page:29
+#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:22 C/power-closelid.page:21 C/power-lowpower.page:17 
C/power-nowireless.page:22
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:20 C/power-suspend.page:18 C/power-whydim.page:23
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:29 C/printing-to-file.page:13 C/session-fingerprint.page:24
+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:22 C/sharing.page:14 C/sharing-desktop.page:16 C/shell-exit.page:32
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:28 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:28 C/shell-notifications.page:22
+#: C/shell-overview.page:19 C/sound-alert.page:21 C/sound-usemic.page:20 C/sound-usespeakers.page:21
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:24 C/user-add.page:27 C/user-admin-change.page:20 C/user-admin-explain.page:17
+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:22 C/user-autologin.page:16 C/user-changepassword.page:25
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:25 C/user-delete.page:33 C/video-dvd.page:17 C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:22
+msgid "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
+msgstr "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:36
+msgid "Ignore quickly-repeated key presses of the same key."
+msgstr "Zanemari uzastopne pritiske iste tipke."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:39
+msgid "Turn on bounce keys"
+msgstr "Uključivanje odbijanja tipki"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41
+msgid ""
+"Turn on <em>bounce keys</em> to ignore key presses that are rapidly repeated. For example, if you have hand 
"
+"tremors which cause you to press a key multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn "
+"on bounce keys."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:48 C/a11y-slowkeys.page:51 C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 C/clock-set.page:38
+#: C/clock-timezone.page:43 C/color-assignprofiles.page:40 C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:55
+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:50 C/color-howtoimport.page:43 C/color-testing.page:64
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:48 C/keyboard-key-super.page:48 C/keyboard-layouts.page:54
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:50 C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:51 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 
C/net-findip.page:51
+#: C/net-findip.page:80 C/net-manual.page:41 C/sharing-desktop.page:67 C/sharing-desktop.page:159
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:94 C/shell-notifications.page:130 C/tips-specialchars.page:86
+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:36
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing "
+"<gui>Settings</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Otvorite <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivnosti</gui> pregled i započnite upisivati "
+"<gui>Postavke</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 C/a11y-stickykeys.page:58 C/clock-set.page:42
+#: C/clock-timezone.page:47 C/color-assignprofiles.page:44 C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:59
+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:54 C/color-howtoimport.page:47 C/color-testing.page:68
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:52 C/keyboard-key-super.page:52 C/keyboard-layouts.page:58
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:54 C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:55 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:72 
C/net-findip.page:55
+#: C/net-findip.page:84 C/net-manual.page:45 C/sharing-desktop.page:71 C/sharing-desktop.page:163
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:98 C/shell-notifications.page:134 C/tips-specialchars.page:90
+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:40
+msgid "Click on <gui>Settings</gui>."
+msgstr "Kliknite na <gui>Postavke</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:55 C/a11y-slowkeys.page:58 C/a11y-stickykeys.page:61 
C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:55
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:57 C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:58
+msgid "Click <gui>Accessibility</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."
+msgstr "Kliknite na <gui>Pristupačnost</gui> u bočnoj traci za otvaranje panela."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 C/a11y-stickykeys.page:64
+msgid "Press <gui>Typing Assist (AccessX)</gui> in the <gui>Typing</gui> section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:62
+msgid "Switch the <gui>Bounce Keys</gui> switch to on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/title
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:67
+msgid "Quickly turn bounce keys on and off"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:68
+msgid ""
+"You can turn bounce keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on "
+"the top bar and selecting <gui>Bounce Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more "
+"settings have been enabled from the <gui>Accessibility</gui> panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:75
+msgid ""
+"Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to change how long bounce keys waits before it registers another 
"
+"key press after you pressed the key for the first time. Select <gui>Beep when a key is rejected</gui> if "
+"you want the computer to make a sound each time it ignores a key press because it happened too soon after "
+"the previous key press."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/a11y-braille.page:20 C/a11y-screen-reader.page:19
+msgid "Jana Heves"
+msgstr "Jana Heves"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/a11y-braille.page:24
+msgid "Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader with a refreshable Braille display."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/a11y-braille.page:28
+msgid "Read screen in Braille"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-braille.page:30
+msgid ""
+"The <app>Orca</app> screen reader can display the user interface on a refreshable Braille display. "
+"Depending on how you installed your system, you might not have Orca installed. If not, install Orca first."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-braille.page:34 C/a11y-screen-reader.page:33
+msgid "<link style=\"button\" action=\"install:orca\">Install Orca</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-braille.page:36 C/a11y-screen-reader.page:66
+msgid "Refer to the <link href=\"help:orca\">Orca Help</link> for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/a11y-contrast.page:30
+msgid "Make windows and buttons on the screen more (or less) vivid, so they’re easier to see."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/a11y-contrast.page:34
+msgid "Adjust the contrast"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-contrast.page:36
+msgid ""
+"You can adjust the contrast of windows and buttons so that they’re easier to see. This is not the same as "
+"changing the brightness of the whole screen; only parts of the <em>user interface</em> will change."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 C/a11y-dwellclick.page:53 C/a11y-font-size.page:41 C/a11y-icon.page:41
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:42 C/a11y-right-click.page:48 C/a11y-screen-reader.page:47 C/a11y-visualalert.page:48
+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:48 C/mouse-mousekeys.page:48
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing <gui>Wi-"
+#| "Fi</gui>."
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing "
+"<gui>Accessibility</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Otvorite <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivnosti</gui> pregled i započnite upisivati "
+"<gui>Bežična mreža</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-contrast.page:48 C/a11y-font-size.page:45 C/a11y-icon.page:45 C/a11y-mag.page:46
+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:52
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Click on <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> to open the panel."
+msgid "Click on <gui>Accessibility</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr "Kliknite na <gui>Bežična mreža</gui> za otvaranje panela."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51
+msgid "Switch the <gui>High Contrast</gui> switch in the <gui>Seeing</gui> section to on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/title
+#: C/a11y-contrast.page:57
+msgid "Quickly turn high contrast on and off"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/a11y-contrast.page:58
+msgid ""
+"You can turn high contrast on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on 
"
+"the top bar and selecting <gui>High Contrast</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:36
+msgid "The <gui>Hover Click</gui> (Dwell Click) feature allows you to click by holding the mouse still."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:40
+msgid "Simulate clicking by hovering"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:42
+msgid ""
+"You can click or drag simply by hovering your mouse pointer over a control or object on the screen. This is 
"
+"useful if you find it difficult to move the mouse and click at the same time. This feature is called "
+"<gui>Hover Click</gui> or Dwell Click."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:47
+msgid ""
+"When <gui>Hover Click</gui> is enabled, you can move your mouse pointer over a control, let go of the "
+"mouse, and then wait for a while before the button will be clicked for you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:57 C/a11y-right-click.page:52 C/a11y-screen-reader.page:51
+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:52 C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Click <gui>Displays</gui> to open the panel."
+msgid "Click <gui>Accessibility</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr "Kliknite na <gui>Zasloni</gui> u bočnoj traci za otvaranje panela."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 C/a11y-right-click.page:55
+msgid "Press <gui>Click Assist</gui> in the <gui>Pointing &amp; Clicking</gui> section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:64
+msgid "Switch <gui>Hover Click</gui> to on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68
+msgid ""
+"The <gui>Hover Click</gui> window will open, and will stay above all of your other windows. You can use "
+"this to choose what sort of click should happen when you hover. For example, if you select <gui>Secondary "
+"Click</gui>, you will right-click when you hover. After you double-click, right-click, or drag, you will be 
"
+"automatically returned to clicking."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74
+msgid ""
+"When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and do not move it, it will gradually change color. When it 
"
+"has fully changed color, the button will be clicked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:78
+msgid ""
+"Adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> setting to change how long you have to hold the mouse pointer still before "
+"clicking."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:81
+msgid ""
+"You do not need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The pointer is allowed to move a "
+"little bit and will still click after a while. If it moves too much, however, the click will not happen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85
+msgid ""
+"Adjust the <gui>Motion threshold</gui> setting to change how much the pointer can move and still be "
+"considered to be hovering."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:31
+msgid "Use larger fonts to make text easier to read."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:34
+msgid "Change text size on the screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36
+msgid "If you have difficulty reading the text on your screen, you can change the size of the font."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:48
+msgid "In the <gui>Seeing</gui> section, switch the <gui>Large Text</gui> switch to on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, you can quickly change the text size by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility "
+"icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Large Text</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:58
+msgid ""
+"In many applications, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing 
<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</"
+"key></keyseq>. To reduce the text size, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>-</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:63
+msgid ""
+"<gui>Large Text</gui> will scale the text by 1.2 times. You can use <app>Tweaks</app> to make text size "
+"bigger or smaller."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/a11y-icon.page:21
+msgid "The accessibility menu is the icon on the top bar that looks like a person."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/a11y-icon.page:25
+msgid "Find the accessibility menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-icon.page:27
+msgid ""
+"The <em>accessibility menu</em> is where you can turn on some of the accessibility settings. You can find "
+"this menu by clicking the icon which looks like a person surrounded by a circle on the top bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
+#: C/a11y-icon.page:32
+msgid "The accessibility menu can be found on the top bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-icon.page:36
+msgid ""
+"If you do not see the accessibility menu, you can enable it from the <gui>Accessibility</gui> settings "
+"panel:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-icon.page:48
+msgid "Switch the <gui>Always Show Accessibility Menu</gui> switch to on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-icon.page:53
+msgid ""
+"To access this menu using the keyboard rather than the mouse, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</"
+"key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to move the keyboard focus to the top bar. A white line will appear underneath "
+"the <gui>Activities</gui> button — this tells you which item on the top bar is selected. Use the arrow keys 
"
+"on the keyboard to move the white line under the accessibility menu icon and then press <key>Enter</key> to 
"
+"open it. You can use the up and down arrow keys to select items in the menu. Press <key>Enter</key> to "
+"toggle the selected item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:30
+msgid "Zoom in on your screen so that it is easier to see things."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:33
+msgid "Magnify a screen area"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:35
+msgid ""
+"Magnifying the screen is different than just enlarging the <link xref=\"a11y-font-size\">text size</link>. "
+"This feature is like having a magnifying glass, allowing you to move around by zooming in on parts of the "
+"screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:49
+msgid "Press on <gui>Zoom</gui> in the <gui>Seeing</gui> section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:52
+msgid "Switch the <gui>Zoom</gui> switch in the top-right corner of the <gui>Zoom Options</gui> window to 
on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:63
+msgid ""
+"You can now move around the screen area. By moving your mouse to the edges of the screen, you will move the 
"
+"magnified area in different directions, allowing you to view your area of choice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:68
+msgid ""
+"You can quickly turn zoom on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on "
+"the top bar and selecting <gui>Zoom</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:73
+msgid ""
+"You can change the magnification factor, the mouse tracking, and the position of the magnified view on the "
+"screen. Adjust these in the <gui>Magnifier</gui> tab of the <gui>Zoom Options</gui> window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:77
+msgid ""
+"You can activate crosshairs to help you find the mouse or touchpad pointer. Switch them on and adjust their 
"
+"length, color, and thickness in the <gui>Crosshairs</gui> tab of the <gui>Zoom</gui> settings window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:81
+msgid ""
+"You can switch to inverse video or <gui>White on black</gui>, and adjust brightness, contrast and greyscale 
"
+"options for the magnifier. The combination of these options is useful for people with low-vision, any "
+"degree of photophobia, or just for using the computer under adverse lighting conditions. Select the "
+"<gui>Color Effects</gui> tab in the <gui>Zoom</gui> settings window to enable and change these options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/a11y.page:26
+msgid "Use assistive technologies to help with special needs for vision, hearing, and mobility."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
+#. (itstool) path: links/title
+#: C/a11y.page:31 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:100 C/keyboard.page:36
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Access files"
+msgid "Accessibility"
+msgstr "Pristup datotekama"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y.page:33
+msgid ""
+"The system includes assistive technologies to support users with various impairments and special needs, and 
"
+"to interact with common assistive devices. An accessibility menu can be added to the top bar, giving easier 
"
+"access to many of the accessibility features."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/a11y.page:39
+msgid "Visual impairments"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: links/title
+#: C/a11y.page:42
+msgid "Blindness"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: links/title
+#: C/a11y.page:45
+msgid "Low vision"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: links/title
+#: C/a11y.page:48
+msgid "Color-blindness"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: links/title
+#: C/a11y.page:51 C/a11y.page:73 C/keyboard.page:40
+msgid "Other topics"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/a11y.page:56
+msgid "Hearing impairments"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/a11y.page:61
+msgid "Mobility impairments"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: links/title
+#: C/a11y.page:64
+msgid "Mouse movement"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: links/title
+#: C/a11y.page:67
+msgid "Clicking and dragging"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: links/title
+#: C/a11y.page:70
+msgid "Keyboard use"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/years
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:22 C/accounts-whyadd.page:15 C/contacts.page:15 C/contacts-connect.page:19
+#: C/contacts-setup.page:19 C/files-removedrive.page:19 C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 C/keyboard-nav.page:25
+#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:24 C/screen-shot-record.page:20 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:21
+#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:16 C/shell-windows-states.page:15 C/status-icons.page:50
+#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:19 C/wacom-mode.page:19 C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:19 C/wacom-stylus.page:18
+msgid "2012"
+msgstr "2012"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:37
+msgid "Press and hold the left mouse button to right-click."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:40
+msgid "Simulate a right mouse click"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42
+msgid ""
+"You can right-click by holding down the left mouse button. This is useful if you find it difficult to move "
+"your fingers individually on one hand, or if your pointing device only has a single button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:59
+msgid "In the <gui>Click Assist</gui> window, switch the <gui>Simulated Secondary Click</gui> switch to on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:64
+msgid ""
+"You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it is registered as a right click "
+"by changing the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:68
+msgid ""
+"To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse button where you would normally "
+"right-click, then release. The pointer fills with a different color as you hold down the left mouse button. 
"
+"Once it will change this color entirely, release the mouse button to right-click."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73
+msgid ""
+"Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. You can still use simulated "
+"secondary click as normal, even if you do not get visual feedback from the pointer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:77
+msgid ""
+"If you use <link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\">Mouse Keys</link>, this also allows you to right-click by holding 
"
+"down the <key>5</key> key on your keypad."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:82
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you are always able to long-press to right-click, even with this "
+"feature disabled. Long-press works slightly differently in the overview: you do not have to release the "
+"button to right-click."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:23
+msgid "Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:27
+msgid "Read screen aloud"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:29
+msgid ""
+"The <app>Orca</app> screen reader can speak the user interface. Depending on how you installed your system, 
"
+"you might not have Orca installed. If not, install Orca first."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:35
+msgid "To start <app>Orca</app> using the keyboard:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:39
+msgid "Press <key>Super</key>+<key>Alt</key>+<key>S</key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:43
+msgid "Or to start <app>Orca</app> using a mouse and keyboard:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:54
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui>Screen Reader</gui> in the <gui>Seeing</gui> section, then switch <gui>Screen Reader</gui> on in 
"
+"the dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/title
+#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:60
+msgid "Quickly turn Screen Reader on and off"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:61
+msgid ""
+"You can turn Screen Reader on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> in 
"
+"the top bar and selecting <gui>Screen Reader</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:36
+msgid "Have a delay between a key being pressed and that letter appearing on the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:40
+msgid "Turn on slow keys"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:42
+msgid ""
+"Turn on <em>slow keys</em> if you would like there to be a delay between pressing a key and that letter "
+"being displayed on the screen. This means that you have to hold down each key you want to type for a little 
"
+"while before it appears. Use slow keys if you accidentally press several keys at a time when you type, or "
+"if you find it difficult to press the right key on the keyboard first time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65
+msgid "Switch the <gui>Slow Keys</gui> switch to on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/title
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:70
+msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:71
+msgid ""
+"Switch the <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui> switch to turn slow keys on and off from the keyboard. When this "
+"option is selected, you can press and hold <key>Shift</key> for eight seconds to enable or disable slow "
+"keys."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:75
+msgid ""
+"You can also turn slow keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> "
+"on the top bar and selecting <gui>Slow Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more "
+"settings have been enabled from the <gui>Accessibility</gui> panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:82
+msgid ""
+"Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to control how long you have to hold a key down for it to "
+"register. See <link xref=\"a11y-bouncekeys\"/> for more info."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:86
+msgid ""
+"You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key press is accepted, or when a key "
+"press is rejected because you didn’t hold the key down long enough."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:36
+msgid "Type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:40
+msgid "Turn on sticky keys"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:42
+msgid ""
+"<em>Sticky keys</em> allows you to type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold "
+"down all of the keys at once. For example, the <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</"
+"key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> shortcut switches between windows. Without sticky keys turned on, you would "
+"have to hold down both keys at the same time; with sticky keys turned on, you would press <key>Super</key> "
+"and then <key>Tab</key> to do the same."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49
+msgid "You might want to turn on sticky keys if you find it difficult to hold down several keys at once."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:68
+msgid "Switch the <gui>Sticky Keys</gui> switch to on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/title
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:73
+msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:74
+msgid ""
+"Switch the <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui> switch to turn sticky keys on and off from the keyboard. When this 
"
+"option is selected, you can press <key>Shift</key> five times in a row to enable or disable sticky keys."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78
+msgid ""
+"You can also turn sticky keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> 
"
+"on the top bar and selecting <gui>Sticky Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more "
+"settings have been enabled from the <gui>Accessibility</gui> panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:85
+msgid ""
+"If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off temporarily to let you enter a "
+"keyboard shortcut in the normal way."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:88
+msgid ""
+"For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press <key>Super</key> and <key>Tab</key> "
+"simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press another key if you had this option turned on. "
+"It <em>would</em> wait if you only pressed one key, however. This is useful if you are able to press some "
+"keyboard shortcuts simultaneously (for example, keys that are close together), but not others."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95
+msgid "Select <gui>Disable if two keys are pressed together</gui> to enable this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:98
+msgid ""
+"You can have the computer make a “beep” sound when you start typing a keyboard shortcut with sticky keys "
+"turned on. This is useful if you want to know that sticky keys is expecting a keyboard shortcut to be "
+"typed, so the next key press will be interpreted as part of a shortcut. Select <gui>Beep when a modifier "
+"key is pressed</gui> to enable this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:31
+msgid "Enable visual alerts to flash the screen or window when an alert sound is played."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:35
+msgid "Flash the screen for alert sounds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:37
+msgid ""
+"Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages and events. If you have a hard "
+"time hearing these sounds, you can have either the entire screen or your current window visually flash "
+"whenever the alert sound is played."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:42
+msgid ""
+"This can also be useful if you’re in an environment where you need your computer to be silent, such as in a 
"
+"library. See <link xref=\"sound-alert\"/> to learn how to mute the alert sound, then enable visual alerts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55
+msgid "Press <gui>Visual Alerts</gui> in the <gui>Hearing</gui> section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:58
+msgid "Switch the <gui>Visual Alerts</gui> switch to on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:61
+msgid "Select whether you want the entire screen or just your current window title to flash."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:67
+msgid ""
+"You can quickly turn visual alerts on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</"
+"link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Visual Alerts</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/about-this-guide.page:8
+msgid "A few tips on using the desktop help guide."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/about-this-guide.page:10 C/backup-check.page:12 C/backup-frequency.page:16 C/backup-how.page:16
+#: C/backup-restore.page:15 C/backup-thinkabout.page:18 C/backup-what.page:12 C/backup-where.page:12
+#: C/backup-why.page:13 C/clock-calendar.page:17 C/clock-set.page:17 C/clock-timezone.page:17
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:14 C/disk-capacity.page:8 C/disk-check.page:9 C/disk-format.page:9
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:9 C/disk-repair.page:9 C/disk-resize.page:9 C/display-brightness.page:16
+#: C/files-autorun.page:14 C/files-lost.page:14 C/files-recover.page:14 C/files-rename.page:13
+#: C/files-search.page:17 C/gnome-classic.page:15 C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 C/hardware-driver.page:11
+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:15 C/look-background.page:13 C/look-display-fuzzy.page:14
+#: C/look-resolution.page:14 C/music-cantplay-drm.page:9 C/net-antivirus.page:12 C/net-mobile.page:16
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:16 C/net-wired-connect.page:14 C/net-wireless-airplane.page:16
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:18 C/net-wireless-find.page:17 C/net-wireless-hidden.page:15
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:18 C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:18
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:19 C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:18
+#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:14 C/power-batteryestimate.page:18 C/power-batterylife.page:21
+#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:14 C/power-batteryslow.page:14 C/power-batterywindows.page:18
+#: C/power-closelid.page:17 C/power-constantfan.page:14 C/power-hotcomputer.page:14 C/power-lowpower.page:13
+#: C/power-nowireless.page:18 C/power-othercountry.page:14 C/power-suspendfail.page:16 
C/power-suspend.page:14
+#: C/power-whydim.page:15 C/power-willnotturnon.page:14 C/printing-streaks.page:14
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:15 C/session-language.page:15 C/session-screenlocks.page:14
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:14 C/shell-apps-open.page:14 C/shell-overview.page:15
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:14 C/shell-windows-switching.page:16 C/shell-windows.page:12
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:17 C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:15 C/shell-workspaces.page:16
+#: C/sound-broken.page:14 C/sound-crackle.page:13 C/sound-nosound.page:12 C/user-accounts.page:14
+#: C/user-add.page:15 C/user-admin-change.page:16 C/user-admin-explain.page:13 C/user-admin-problems.page:18
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:17 C/user-changepicture.page:17 C/user-delete.page:21
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:13 C/video-dvd.page:13 C/video-sending.page:13
+msgid "GNOME Documentation Project"
+msgstr "Projekt GNOME dokumentacije"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/about-this-guide.page:17
+msgid "About this guide"
+msgstr "O ovom vodiču"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/about-this-guide.page:18
+msgid ""
+"This guide is designed to give you a tour of the features of your desktop, answer your computer-related "
+"questions, and provide tips on using your computer more effectively. Here are a few notes regarding the "
+"help guide:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/about-this-guide.page:23
+msgid ""
+"The guide is sorted into small, task-oriented topics — not chapters. This means that you don’t need to skim 
"
+"through an entire manual to find the answer to your questions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/about-this-guide.page:26
+msgid ""
+"Related items are linked together. “See Also” links at the bottom of some pages will direct you to related "
+"topics. This makes it easy to find similar topics that might help you perform a certain task."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/about-this-guide.page:29
+msgid ""
+"It includes built-in search. The bar at the top of the help browser is a <em>search bar</em>, and relevant "
+"results will start appearing as soon as you start typing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/about-this-guide.page:32
+msgid ""
+"The guide is constantly being improved. Although we attempt to provide you with a comprehensive set of "
+"helpful information, we know we can’t answer all of your questions here. If you need more assistance, you "
+"can check with your distribution’s support team."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/accounts-add.page:15 C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:21 C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:17
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:19 C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:17 C/clock-timezone.page:29
+#: C/files-delete.page:23 C/files-removedrive.page:13 C/files-rename.page:21 C/files-search.page:33
+#: C/files-sort.page:17 C/files.page:24 C/more-help.page:15 C/net-findip.page:20
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:17 C/net-macaddress.page:18 C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:13
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:15 C/printing-2sided.page:17 C/printing-cancel-job.page:18
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:17 C/printing-envelopes.page:17 C/printing-name-location.page:21
+#: C/printing-order.page:17 C/printing-paperjam.page:14 C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:16
+#: C/printing-setup.page:20 C/privacy.page:18 C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:18 C/privacy-purge.page:18
+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:28 C/session-fingerprint.page:29 C/sharing-desktop.page:24
+msgid "Jim Campbell"
+msgstr "Jim Campbell"
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/years
+#: C/accounts-add.page:25 C/accounts-whyadd.page:24 C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:27
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:32 C/bluetooth-send-file.page:33 C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:27
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 C/bluetooth-visibility.page:23 C/bluetooth-visibility.page:28
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:28 C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:23 C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:31
+#: C/privacy-location.page:16 C/session-fingerprint.page:31 C/sharing-bluetooth.page:20
+#: C/sharing-displayname.page:15
+msgid "2014"
+msgstr "2014"
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/years
+#: C/accounts-add.page:30 C/accounts-remove.page:25 C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:37
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:38 C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:37 C/bluetooth-visibility.page:33
+#: C/clock-world.page:16 C/gnome-version.page:11 C/mouse-middleclick.page:28 C/mouse.page:20
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:33 C/net-wired-connect.page:20 C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22
+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:27 C/net.page:18 C/privacy-purge.page:28 C/screen-shot-record.page:29
+#: C/shell-overview.page:21 C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:24
+msgid "2015"
+msgstr "2015"
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/accounts-add.page:33 C/accounts-disable-service.page:17 C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:21
+#: C/accounts-remove.page:28 C/backup-how.page:24 C/bluetooth.page:20
+msgid "Klein Kravis"
+msgstr "Klein Kravis"
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/years
+#: C/accounts-add.page:35 C/accounts-disable-service.page:19 C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:23
+#: C/accounts-remove.page:30 C/backup-how.page:26 C/contacts-add-remove.page:29 C/contacts-connect.page:30
+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:32 C/contacts-link-unlink.page:31 C/contacts-setup.page:31
+msgid "2020"
+msgstr "2020"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/accounts-add.page:40
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Allow applications to access your accounts online for photos, contacts, calendars, and more."
+msgid "Allow applications to access your accounts online for files, contacts, calendars, and more."
+msgstr ""
+"Dopustite pristup aplikacijama vašim mrežnim računima kako bi upravljali fotografijama, kontaktima, "
+"kalendarima i još mnogo toga."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/accounts-add.page:44
+msgid "Add an account"
+msgstr "Dodaj račun"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/accounts-add.page:46
+msgid ""
+"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your desktop. Thus, your email client, calendar "
+"and other related applications will be set up for you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-add.page:52 C/accounts-disable-service.page:42 C/accounts-remove.page:57
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing <gui>Online 
"
+"Accounts</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-add.page:56 C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 C/accounts-remove.page:61
+msgid "Click on <gui>Online Accounts</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-add.page:59
+msgid "Select an account from the list on the right."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-add.page:62
+msgid "Select the type of account you want to add."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-add.page:65
+msgid ""
+"A small website window or dialog will open where you can enter your online account credentials. For "
+"example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your email address and password. Some providers "
+"allow you to create a new account from the login dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-add.page:71
+msgid ""
+"If you have entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to allow GNOME access to your online "
+"account. Authorize access to continue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-add.page:76
+msgid ""
+"All services that are offered by an account provider will be enabled by default. <link xref=\"accounts-"
+"disable-service\">Switch</link> individual services to off to disable them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/accounts-add.page:82
+msgid ""
+"After you have added accounts, applications can use those accounts for the services you have chosen to "
+"allow. See <link xref=\"accounts-disable-service\"/> for information on controlling which services to 
allow."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/accounts-add.page:87
+msgid ""
+"Many online services provide an authorization token which GNOME stores instead of your password. If you "
+"remove an account, you should also revoke that certificate in the online service. See <link 
xref=\"accounts-"
+"remove\"/> for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:23
+msgid ""
+"Some online accounts can be used to access multiple services (like calendar and email). You can control "
+"which of these services can be used by applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:28
+msgid "Control which online services an account can be used to access"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:30
+msgid ""
+"Some types of online account providers allow you to access several services with the same user account. For 
"
+"example, Google accounts provide access to calendar, email, and contacts. You may want to use your account "
+"for some services, but not others. For example, you may want to use your Google account for email but not "
+"calendar if you have a different online account that you use for calendar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:37
+msgid "You can disable some of the services that are provided by each online account:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:49
+msgid "Select the account which you want to change from the list on the right."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:53
+msgid ""
+"A list of services that are available with this account will be shown under <gui>Use for</gui>. See <link "
+"xref=\"accounts-which-application\"/> to see which applications access which services."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:58
+msgid "Switch off any of the services that you do not want to use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:62
+msgid ""
+"Once a service has been disabled for an account, applications on your computer will not be able to use the "
+"account to connect to that service any more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:66
+msgid ""
+"To turn on a service that you disabled, just go back to the <gui>Online Accounts</gui> panel and switch it "
+"on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:13 C/accounts-which-application.page:14 C/help-irc.page:13
+#: C/help-mailing-list.page:17 C/net-proxy.page:23
+msgid "Baptiste Mille-Mathias"
+msgstr "Baptiste Mille-Mathias"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:28
+msgid "What if an online service is not listed?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:31
+msgid "Why is my account type not on the list?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:33
+msgid ""
+"Support for your favorite online service needs someone to develop it. Only the account types that are "
+"listed are currently supported."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:37
+msgid ""
+"If you are interested in adding support for other services, contact the developers on the <link "
+"href=\"https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gnome-online-accounts/-/issues/new\";> issue tracker</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/accounts-remove.page:35
+msgid "Remove access to an online service provider from your applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/accounts-remove.page:39
+msgid "Remove an account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/accounts-remove.page:41
+msgid "You can remove an online account which you no longer want to use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/accounts-remove.page:44
+msgid ""
+"Many online services provide an authorization token which your desktop stores instead of your password. If "
+"you remove an account, you should also revoke that certificate in the online service. This will ensure that 
"
+"no other application or website can connect to that service using the authorization for your desktop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/accounts-remove.page:50
+msgid ""
+"How to revoke the authorization depends on the service provider. Check your settings on the provider’s "
+"website for authorized or connected apps or sites. Look for an app called “GNOME” and remove it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-remove.page:64
+msgid "Select the account which you wish to remove."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-remove.page:67
+msgid "Click the <gui>-</gui> button in the lower-left corner of the window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-remove.page:71
+msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui> in the confirmation dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/accounts-remove.page:76
+msgid ""
+"Instead of deleting the account completely, it is possible to <link xref=\"accounts-disable-"
+"service\">restrict the services</link> accessed by your desktop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/years
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:16
+msgid "2012, 2013"
+msgstr "2012, 2013"
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:23 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:39 C/look-background.page:29
+#: C/session-language.page:23 C/shell-exit.page:24 C/shell-introduction.page:32
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:25 C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:19 C/shell-workspaces.page:20
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:28
+msgid "Andre Klapper"
+msgstr "Andre Klapper"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:29
+msgid "Applications can use the accounts created in <app>Online Accounts</app> and the services they 
exploit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:34
+msgid "Online services and applications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:41
+msgid ""
+"Once you have added an online account, any application can use that account for any of the available "
+"services that you have not <link xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">disabled</link>. Different providers "
+"provide different services. This page lists the different services and some of the applications that are "
+"known to use them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:49
+msgid "Calendar"
+msgstr "Kalendar"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:50
+msgid ""
+"The Calendar service allows you to view, add, and edit events in an online calendar. It is used by "
+"applications like <app>Calendar</app>, <app>Evolution</app>, and <app>California</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:56
+msgid "Chat"
+msgstr "Razgovor"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:57
+msgid ""
+"The Chat service allows you to chat with your contacts on popular instant messaging platforms. It is used "
+"by the <app>Empathy</app> application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:63 C/contacts.page:24
+msgid "Contacts"
+msgstr "Kontakti"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:64
+msgid ""
+"The Contacts service allows you to see the published details of your contacts on various services. It is "
+"used by applications like <app>Contacts</app> and <app>Evolution</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:78 C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:43
+msgid "Files"
+msgstr "Datoteke"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:79
+msgid ""
+"The Files service adds a remote file location, as if you had added one using the <link xref=\"nautilus-"
+"connect\">Connect to Server</link> functionality in the file manager. You can access remote files using the 
"
+"file manager, as well as through file open and save dialogs in any application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:87
+msgid "Mail"
+msgstr "Pošta"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:88
+msgid ""
+"The Mail service allows you to send and receive email through an email provider like Google. It is used by "
+"<app>Evolution</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:103
+msgid "Photos"
+msgstr "Fotografije"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:104
+msgid ""
+"The Photos service allows you to view your online photos such as those you post on Facebook. You can view "
+"your photos using the <app>Photos</app> application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:110
+msgid "Printers"
+msgstr "Pisači"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:111
+msgid ""
+"The Printers service allows you to send a PDF copy to a provider from within the print dialog of any "
+"application. The provider might provide print services, or it might just serve as storage for the PDF, "
+"which you can download and print later."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:13
+msgid "Susanna Huhtanen"
+msgstr "Susanna Huhtanen"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:29
+msgid "Why add your email or social media accounts to your desktop?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:32
+msgid "Why add an account?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:34
+msgid ""
+"Adding your online accounts brings your choice of services like calendar, chat, and e-mail straight to your 
"
+"desktop and makes the information of the services a seamless part of your user experience. By adding "
+"accounts you can easily keep in touch using services from different accounts, like chats, at the same time. 
"
+"Just set up your online accounts once and every time you start your computer all the accounts and services "
+"that you have added are ready to use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:42
+msgid ""
+"See <link xref=\"accounts-which-application\"/> for information on which applications can access which "
+"online services."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/accounts.page:19 C/user-accounts.page:35
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Accounts"
+msgstr "Računi"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/accounts.page:20
+msgid "Connect to your accounts with various online services."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/accounts.page:23
+msgid "Online accounts"
+msgstr "Mrežni računi"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/accounts.page:25
+msgid ""
+"You can enter your login details for some online services, such as Google and Facebook, into the "
+"<app>Online Accounts</app> window. This lets you use applications to access online services like email, "
+"calendars, chat, and documents."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/backup-check.page:16 C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:41 C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:26
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:35 C/bluetooth-send-file.page:36 C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:35
+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:31 C/files-autorun.page:26 C/files-browse.page:32 C/files-delete.page:31
+#: C/files-hidden.page:22 C/files-lost.page:26 C/files-preview.page:20 C/files-recover.page:18
+#: C/files-rename.page:29 C/files-search.page:29 C/files-templates.page:21 C/files-tilde.page:22
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:32 C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:21 C/nautilus-connect.page:23
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:22 C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:20 C/nautilus-list.page:31
+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:22 C/nautilus-views.page:29 C/net-mobile.page:24 C/screen-shot-record.page:27
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:23
+msgid "David King"
+msgstr "David King"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/backup-check.page:22
+msgid "Verify your backup was successful."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/backup-check.page:25
+msgid "Check your backup"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/backup-check.page:27
+msgid ""
+"After you have backed up your files, you should make sure that the backup was successful. If it didn’t work 
"
+"properly, you could lose important data since some files could be missing from the backup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/backup-check.page:31
+msgid ""
+"When you use <app>Files</app> to copy or move files, the computer checks to make sure that all of the data "
+"transferred correctly. However, if you are transferring data that is very important to you, you may want to 
"
+"perform additional checks to confirm that your data has been transferred properly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/backup-check.page:37
+msgid ""
+"You can do an extra check by looking through the copied files and folders on the destination media. By "
+"checking to make sure that the files and folders you transferred are actually there in the backup, you can "
+"have extra confidence that the process was successful."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/backup-check.page:42
+msgid ""
+"If you find that you do regular backups of large amounts of data, you may find it easier to use a dedicated 
"
+"backup program, such as <app>Déjà Dup</app>. Such a program is more powerful and more reliable than just "
+"copying and pasting files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/backup-frequency.page:12 C/backup-how.page:12 C/backup-restore.page:11 C/backup-thinkabout.page:14
+#: C/backup-what.page:16 C/backup-where.page:16 C/contacts-edit-details.page:17 
C/contacts-link-unlink.page:16
+#: C/contacts-search.page:14 C/display-dual-monitors.page:13 C/files-browse.page:16 C/files-copy.page:18
+#: C/get-involved.page:12 C/help-mailing-list.page:13 C/more-help.page:10 C/mouse-middleclick.page:14
+#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:21 C/mouse-wakeup.page:12 C/mouse.page:14 C/nautilus-behavior.page:16
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:13 C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:12
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:20 C/nautilus-views.page:13 C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:13
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:13 C/printing-booklet.page:13 C/screen-shot-record.page:13
+#: C/translate.page:11 C/user-delete.page:17 C/user-goodpassword.page:21
+msgid "Tiffany Antopolski"
+msgstr "Tiffany Antopolski"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/backup-frequency.page:22
+msgid "Learn how often you should backup your important files to make sure that they are safe."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/backup-frequency.page:26
+msgid "Frequency of backups"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/backup-frequency.page:28
+msgid ""
+"How often you make backups will depend on the type of data to be backed up. For example, if you are running 
"
+"a network environment with critical data stored on your servers, then even nightly backups may not be "
+"enough."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/backup-frequency.page:32
+msgid ""
+"On the other hand, if you are backing up the data on your home computer then hourly backups would likely be 
"
+"unnecessary. You may find it helpful to consider the following points when planning your backup schedule:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-frequency.page:37
+msgid "The amount of time you spend on the computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-frequency.page:38
+msgid "How often and by how much the data on the computer changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/backup-frequency.page:41
+msgid ""
+"If the data you want to back up is lower priority, or subject to few changes, like music, e-mails and "
+"family photos, then weekly or even monthly backups may suffice. However, if you happen to be in the middle "
+"of a tax audit, more frequent backups may be necessary."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/backup-frequency.page:46
+msgid ""
+"As a general rule, the amount of time in between backups should be no more than the amount of time you are "
+"willing to spend re-doing any lost work. For example, if spending a week re-writing lost documents is too "
+"long for you, you should back up at least once per week."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/backup-how.page:31
+msgid ""
+"Use Déjà Dup (or another backup application) to make copies of your valuable files and settings to protect "
+"against loss."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/backup-how.page:35
+msgid "How to back up"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/backup-how.page:37
+msgid ""
+"The easiest way of backing up your files and settings is to let a backup application manage the backup "
+"process for you. A number of different backup applications are available, for example <app>Déjà Dup</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/backup-how.page:41
+msgid ""
+"The help for your chosen backup application will walk you through setting your preferences for the backup, "
+"as well as how to restore your data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/backup-how.page:44
+msgid ""
+"An alternative option is to <link xref=\"files-copy\">copy your files</link> to a safe location, such as an 
"
+"external hard drive, an online storage service, or a USB drive. Your <link xref=\"backup-"
+"thinkabout\">personal files</link> and settings are usually in your Home folder, so you can copy them from "
+"there."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/backup-how.page:49
+msgid ""
+"The amount of data you can back up is limited by the size of the storage device. If you have the room on "
+"your backup device, it is best to back up the entire Home folder with the following exceptions:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-how.page:54
+msgid "Files that are already backed up somewhere else, such as to a USB drive, or other removable media."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-how.page:56
+msgid ""
+"Files that you can recreate easily. For example, if you are a programmer, you do not have to back up the "
+"files that get produced when you compile your programs. Instead, just make sure that you back up the "
+"original source files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-how.page:60
+msgid "Any files in the Trash folder. Your Trash folder can be found in <file>~/.local/share/Trash</file>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/backup-restore.page:7
+msgid "Retrieve your files from a backup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/backup-restore.page:22
+msgid "Restore a backup"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/backup-restore.page:24
+msgid ""
+"If you lost or deleted some of your files, but you have a backup of them, you can restore them from the "
+"backup:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-restore.page:28
+msgid ""
+"If you want to restore your backup from a device such as external hard drive, USB drive or another computer 
"
+"on the network, you can <link xref=\"files-copy\">copy them</link> back to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-restore.page:32
+msgid ""
+"If you created your backup using a backup application such as <app>Déjà Dup</app>, it is recommended that "
+"you use the same application to restore your backup. Review the application help for your backup program: "
+"it will provide specific instructions on how to restore your files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:28
+msgid "A list of folders where you can find documents, files and settings that you may want to back up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:32
+msgid "Where can I find the files I want to back up?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:34
+msgid ""
+"Deciding which files to back up, and locating them, is the most difficult step when attempting to perform a 
"
+"backup. Listed below are the most common locations of important files and settings that you may want to "
+"back up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:40
+msgid "Personal files (documents, music, photos and videos)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#. translators: xdg dirs are localised by package xdg-user-dirs and need
+#. to be translated. You can find the correct translations for your
+#. language here: http://translationproject.org/domain/xdg-user-dirs.html
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:43
+msgid ""
+"These are usually stored in your home folder (<file>/home/your_name</file>). They could be in subfolders "
+"such as <file>Desktop</file>, <file>Documents</file>, <file>Pictures</file>, <file>Music</file> and "
+"<file>Videos</file>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:48
+msgid ""
+"If your backup medium has sufficient space (if it is an external hard disk, for example), consider backing "
+"up the entire Home folder. You can find out how much disk space your Home folder takes up by using the "
+"<app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:55
+msgid "Hidden files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:56
+msgid ""
+"Any file or folder name that starts with a period (.) is hidden by default. To view hidden files, press the 
"
+"menu button in the top-right corner of the window of <app>Files</app> and press <gui>Show Hidden Files</"
+"gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You can copy these to a backup location like "
+"any other file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:64
+msgid "Personal settings (desktop preferences, themes, and software settings)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:65
+msgid ""
+"Most applications store their settings in hidden folders inside your Home folder (see above for information 
"
+"on hidden files)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:67
+msgid ""
+"Most of your application settings will be stored in the hidden folders <file>.config</file> and <file>."
+"local</file> in your Home folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:72
+msgid "System-wide settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:73
+msgid ""
+"Settings for important parts of the system are not stored in your Home folder. There are a number of "
+"locations that they could be stored, but most are stored in the <file>/etc</file> folder. In general, you "
+"will not need to back up these files on a home computer. If you are running a server, however, you should "
+"back up the files for the services that it is running."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/backup-what.page:26
+msgid "Back up anything that you cannot bear to lose if something goes wrong."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/backup-what.page:30
+msgid "What to back up"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/backup-what.page:32
+msgid ""
+"Your priority should be to back up your <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout\">most important files</link> as "
+"well as those that are difficult to recreate. For example, ranked from most important to least important:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/backup-what.page:39
+msgid "Your personal files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-what.page:40
+msgid ""
+"This may include documents, spreadsheets, email, calendar appointments, financial data, family photos, or "
+"any other personal files that you would consider irreplaceable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/backup-what.page:46
+msgid "Your personal settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-what.page:47
+msgid ""
+"This includes changes you may have made to colors, backgrounds, screen resolution and mouse settings on "
+"your desktop. This also includes application preferences, such as settings for <app>LibreOffice</app>, your 
"
+"music player, and your email program. These are replaceable, but may take a while to recreate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/backup-what.page:55
+msgid "System settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-what.page:56
+msgid ""
+"Most people never change the system settings that are created during installation. If you do customize your 
"
+"system settings for some reason, or if you use your computer as a server, then you may wish to back up "
+"these settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/backup-what.page:63
+msgid "Installed software"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-what.page:64
+msgid ""
+"The software you use can normally be restored quite quickly after a serious computer problem by "
+"reinstalling it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/backup-what.page:69
+msgid ""
+"In general, you will want to back up files that are irreplaceable and files that require a great time "
+"investment to replace without a backup. If things are easy to replace, on the other hand, you may not want "
+"to use up disk space by having backups of them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/backup-where.page:22
+msgid "Advice on where to store your backups and what type of storage device to use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/backup-where.page:26
+msgid "Where to store your backup"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/backup-where.page:28
+msgid ""
+"You should store backup copies of your files somewhere separate from your computer — on an external hard "
+"disk, for example. That way, if the computer breaks, or is lost or is stolen, the backup will still be "
+"intact. For maximum security, you shouldn’t keep the backup in the same building as your computer. If there 
"
+"is a fire or theft, both copies of the data could be lost if they are kept together."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/backup-where.page:35
+msgid ""
+"It is important to choose an appropriate <em>backup medium</em> too. You need to store your backups on a "
+"device that has sufficient disk capacity for all of the backed-up files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: list/title
+#: C/backup-where.page:40
+msgid "Local and remote storage options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-where.page:42
+msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-where.page:45
+msgid "Internal disk drive (high capacity)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-where.page:48
+msgid "External hard disk (typically high capacity)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-where.page:51
+msgid "Network-connected drive (high capacity)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-where.page:54
+msgid "File/backup server (high capacity)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-where.page:57
+msgid "Writable CDs or DVDs (low/medium capacity)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-where.page:60
+msgid ""
+"Online backup service (<link href=\"http://aws.amazon.com/s3/\";>Amazon S3</link>, for example; capacity "
+"depends on price)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/backup-where.page:66
+msgid ""
+"Some of these options have sufficient capacity to allow for a backup of every file on your system, also "
+"known as a <em>complete system backup</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/backup-why.page:7
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Backups"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/backup-why.page:19
+msgid "Why, what, where and how of backups."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/backup-why.page:22
+msgid "Back up your important files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/backup-why.page:24
+msgid ""
+"<em>Backing up</em> your files simply means making a copy of them for safekeeping. This is done in case the 
"
+"original files become unusable due to loss or corruption. These copies can be used to restore the original "
+"data in the event of loss. Copies should be stored on a different device from the original files. For "
+"example, you may use a USB drive, an external hard drive, a CD/DVD, or an off-site service."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/backup-why.page:31
+msgid ""
+"The best way to back up your files is to do so regularly, keeping the copies off-site and (possibly) "
+"encrypted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/bluetooth.page:25
+msgid "Connect to devices over Bluetooth to transfer files or use wireless audio."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/bluetooth.page:29
+msgid "Bluetooth"
+msgstr "Bluetooth"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/bluetooth.page:31
+msgid ""
+"Bluetooth is a wireless protocol that allows you to connect many different types of devices to your "
+"computer. Bluetooth is commonly used for headsets and other devices like mice and keyboards. You can also "
+"use Bluetooth to <link xref=\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files between devices</link>, such as from your "
+"computer to your cell phone."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/bluetooth.page:53
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Bluetooth problems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/bluetooth.page:56 C/color.page:30 C/power.page:49 C/prefs-display.page:28
+msgid "Problems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:25 C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:21 C/bluetooth-send-file.page:23
+#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:14 C/net-firewall-ports.page:13 C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:20
+#: C/printing-setup.page:24 C/session-fingerprint.page:19
+msgid "Paul W. Frields"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:47
+msgid "Pair Bluetooth devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:50
+msgid "Connect your computer to a Bluetooth device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:52
+msgid ""
+"Before you can use a Bluetooth device like a mouse or a headset, you first need to connect your computer to 
"
+"the device. This is also called <em>pairing</em> the Bluetooth devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:58 C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:54 C/bluetooth-send-file.page:59
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:60 C/sharing-bluetooth.page:41
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing "
+"<gui>Bluetooth</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:62 C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:58 C/bluetooth-send-file.page:63
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:64 C/sharing-bluetooth.page:45
+msgid "Click on <gui>Bluetooth</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:65
+msgid ""
+"Make sure Bluetooth is enabled: the switch at the top should be set to on. With the panel open and the "
+"switch on, your computer will begin searching for devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:70
+msgid ""
+"Make the other Bluetooth device <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">discoverable or visible</link> and "
+"place it within 5-10 meters (about 16-33 feet) of your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:75
+msgid "Click the device in the <gui>Devices</gui> list. The panel for the device will open."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:79
+msgid ""
+"If required, confirm the PIN on your other device. The device should show you the PIN you see on your "
+"computer screen. Confirm the PIN on the device (you may need to click <gui>Pair</gui> or <gui>Confirm</"
+"gui>), then click <gui>Confirm</gui> on the computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:83
+msgid ""
+"You need to finish your entry within about 20 seconds on most devices, or the connection will not be "
+"completed. If that happens, return to the device list and start again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:88
+msgid "The entry for the device in the <gui>Devices</gui> list will show a <gui>Connected</gui> status."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:92
+msgid ""
+"To edit the device, click on it in the <gui>Devices</gui> list. You will see a panel specific to the "
+"device. It may display additional options applicable to the type of device to which you are connecting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:97
+msgid "Close the panel once you have changed the settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/p
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:103
+msgid "The Bluetooth icon on the top bar"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:105
+msgid ""
+"When one or more Bluetooth devices are connected, the Bluetooth icon appears in the system status area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:10
+msgid "Bastien Nocera"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:16
+msgid "How to pair specific devices with your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:19
+msgid "Pairing instructions for specific devices"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:21
+msgid ""
+"Even if you manage to source the manual for a device, it might not contain enough information to make "
+"pairing possible. Here are details for a few common devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:27
+msgid "PlayStation 3 joypads"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:28
+msgid ""
+"Those devices use “cable-pairing”. Plug the joypads in via USB with the <gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui> "
+"opened, and Bluetooth turned on. After pressing the “PS” button, you will get asked whether to set those "
+"joypads up. Unplug them and press the “PS” button to use them over Bluetooth."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:34
+msgid "PlayStation 4 joypads"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:35
+msgid ""
+"Those devices use “cable-pairing” as well. Plug the joypads in via USB with the <gui>Bluetooth Settings</"
+"gui> opened, and Bluetooth turned on. You will get asked whether to set those joypads up without needing to 
"
+"press the “PS” button. Unplug them and press the “PS” button to use them over Bluetooth."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:39
+msgid ""
+"Using the “PS” and “Share” button combination to pair the joypad can also be used to make the joypad "
+"visible and pair it like any other Bluetooth device, if you don’t have a USB cable at hand."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:44
+msgid "PlayStation 3 BD Remote Control"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:45
+msgid ""
+"Hold the “Start” and “Enter” buttons at the same time for around 5 seconds. You can then select the remote "
+"in the devices list as usual."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:49
+msgid "Nintendo Wii and Wii U Remotes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:50
+msgid ""
+"Use the red “Sync” button inside the battery compartment to start the pairing process. Other button "
+"combinations will not keep pairing information, so you would need to do it all over again in short order. "
+"Also note that some software wants direct access to the remotes, and, in those cases, you should not set "
+"them up in the Bluetooth panel. Refer to the application’s manual for instructions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:57
+msgid "ION iCade"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:58
+msgid ""
+"Hold down the bottom 4 buttons and the top white button to start the pairing process. When the pairing "
+"instructions appear, make sure to use only the cardinal directions to input the code, followed by any of "
+"the 2 white buttons to the far right of the arcade stick to confirm."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:32
+msgid "The adapter could be turned off or may not have drivers, or Bluetooth might be disabled or blocked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:36
+msgid "I cannot connect my Bluetooth device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:38
+msgid ""
+"There are a number of reasons why you may not be able to connect to a Bluetooth device, such as a phone or "
+"headset."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:43
+msgid "Connection blocked or untrusted"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:44
+msgid ""
+"Some Bluetooth devices block connections by default, or require you to change a setting to allow "
+"connections to be made. Make sure that your device is set up to allow connections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:49
+msgid "Bluetooth hardware not recognized"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:50
+msgid ""
+"Your Bluetooth adapter or dongle may not have been recognized by the computer. This could be because <link "
+"xref=\"hardware-driver\">drivers</link> for the adapter are not installed. Some Bluetooth adapters are not "
+"supported on Linux, so you may not be able to get the right drivers for them. In this case, you will "
+"probably have to get a different Bluetooth adapter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:58
+msgid "Adapter is not switched on"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:59
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Open the Bluetooth panel and check that it is not "
+"<link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">disabled</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:64
+msgid "Device Bluetooth connection switched off"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:65
+msgid ""
+"Check that Bluetooth is turned on on the device you are trying to connect to, and that it is <link "
+"xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">discoverable or visible</link>. For example, if you are trying to connect to "
+"a phone, make sure that it is not in airplane mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:71
+msgid "No Bluetooth adapter in your computer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:72
+msgid "Many computers do not have Bluetooth adapters. You can buy an adapter if you want to use Bluetooth."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:42
+msgid "Remove a device from the list of Bluetooth devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:45
+msgid "Disconnect a Bluetooth device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:47
+msgid ""
+"If you do not want to be connected to a Bluetooth device anymore, you can remove the connection. This is "
+"useful if you no longer want to use a device like a mouse or headset, or if you no longer wish to transfer "
+"files to or from a device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:61
+msgid "Select the device which you want to disconnect from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:64
+msgid ""
+"In the device dialog box, switch the <gui>Connection</gui> switch to off, or to remove the device from the "
+"<gui>Devices</gui> list, click <gui>Remove Device</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:70
+msgid "You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">reconnect a Bluetooth device</link> later if desired."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:43
+msgid "Share files to Bluetooth devices such as your phone."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:46
+msgid "Send files to a Bluetooth device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:48
+msgid ""
+"You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile phones or other computers. Some "
+"types of devices do not allow the transfer of files, or specific types of files. You can send files using "
+"the Bluetooth settings window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:54
+msgid "<gui>Send Files</gui> does not work on unsupported devices such as iPhones."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:66
+msgid "Make sure Bluetooth is enabled: the switch in the titlebar should be set to on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:70
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>Devices</gui> list, select the device to which to send the files. If the desired device is not "
+"shown as <gui>Connected</gui> in the list, you need to <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">connect</"
+"link> to it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:74
+msgid "A panel specific to the external device appears."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:77
+msgid "Click <gui>Send Files…</gui> and the file chooser will appear."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:80
+msgid "Choose the file you want to send and click <gui>Select</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:81
+msgid "To send more than one file in a folder, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> as you select each file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:85
+msgid ""
+"The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept the file. The <gui>Bluetooth File 
"
+"Transfer</gui> dialog will show the progress bar. Click <gui>Close</gui> when the transfer is complete."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:42
+msgid "Enable or disable the Bluetooth device on your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:45
+msgid "Turn Bluetooth on or off"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:55
+msgid ""
+"You can turn Bluetooth on to connect to other Bluetooth devices, or turn it off to conserve power. To turn "
+"Bluetooth on:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:67
+msgid "Set the switch at the top to on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:71
+msgid ""
+"Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn Bluetooth on and off. Look for a "
+"switch on your computer or a key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of the "
+"<key>Fn</key> key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:76
+msgid "To turn Bluetooth off:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:79 C/net-mobile.page:49 C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:38 C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</gui> from the right side of the top bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:83
+msgid "Select <gui><_:media-1/> Not In Use</gui>. The Bluetooth section of the menu will expand."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:88
+msgid "Select <gui>Turn Off</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:92
+msgid ""
+"Your computer is <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">visible</link> as long as the <gui>Bluetooth</gui> "
+"panel is open."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:38
+msgid "Whether other devices can discover your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:41
+msgid "What is Bluetooth visibility?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:43
+msgid ""
+"Bluetooth visibility refers to whether other devices can discover your computer when searching for "
+"Bluetooth devices. When Bluetooth is turned on and the <gui>Bluetooth</gui> panel is open, your computer "
+"will advertise itself to all other devices within range, allowing them to attempt to connect to your "
+"computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:50 C/sharing-bluetooth.page:59
+msgid ""
+"You can <link xref=\"sharing-displayname\">change</link> the name your computer displays to other devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:54
+msgid ""
+"After you have <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">connected to a device</link>, neither your computer "
+"nor the device needs to be visible to communicate with each other."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:59
+msgid ""
+"Devices without a display usually have a pairing mode that can be entered by pressing a button, or a "
+"combination of buttons for a while, whether when they’ve already been turned on, or as they are being "
+"turned on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:63
+msgid ""
+"The best way to find out how to enter that mode is to refer to the device’s manual. For some devices, the "
+"procedure might be <link xref=\"bluetooth-device-specific-pairing\">slightly different from usual</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:31
+msgid "Display your appointments in the calendar area at the top of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:35
+msgid "Calendar appointments"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:38
+msgid ""
+"This requires you to use your calendar from <app>Evolution</app> or the <app>Calendar</app>, or for you to "
+"have an online account set up which <gui>Calendar</gui> supports."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:41
+msgid ""
+"Most distributions come with at least one of these programs installed by default. If yours does not, you "
+"may need to install it using your distribution’s package manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:46
+msgid "To view your appointments:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:49
+msgid "Click on the clock on the top bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:52
+msgid "Click the date for which you want to see your appointments from the calendar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:56
+msgid "A dot is shown under each date that has an appointment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:59
+msgid ""
+"Existing appointments will be displayed to the left of the calendar. As appointments are added to your "
+"<app>Evolution</app> calendar or to <app>Calendar</app>, they will appear in the clock’s appointment list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:67 C/shell-introduction.page:161
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5='798eb0c8f0e980bf3bd5b32b456f0ae1'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/p
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:68 C/clock-calendar.page:73 C/shell-introduction.page:167
+msgid "Clock, calendar, and appointments"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:72 C/shell-introduction.page:166
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/shell-appts-classic.png' md5='d5a21944f828b2f954a4a4a11e4190c5'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/clock-set.page:27
+msgid "Use the <gui>Date &amp; Time Settings</gui> to alter the date or time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/clock-set.page:31
+msgid "Change the date and time"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/clock-set.page:33
+msgid ""
+"If the date and time displayed on the top bar are incorrect or in the wrong format, you can change them:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/clock-set.page:45 C/clock-timezone.page:50
+msgid "Click <gui>Date &amp; Time</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."
+msgstr "Kliknite na <gui>Datum i vrijeme</gui> u bočnoj traci za otvaranje panela."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/clock-set.page:48
+msgid ""
+"If you have the <gui>Automatic Date &amp; Time</gui> switch set to on, your date and time should update "
+"automatically if you have an internet connection. To update your date and time manually, set this to off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/clock-set.page:53
+msgid "Click <gui>Date &amp; Time</gui>, then adjust the time and date."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/clock-set.page:56
+msgid ""
+"You can change how the hour is displayed by selecting <gui>24-hour</gui> or <gui>AM/PM</gui> for <gui>Time "
+"Format</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/clock-set.page:61
+msgid "You may also wish to <link xref=\"clock-timezone\">set the timezone manually</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/clock-timezone.page:36
+msgid "Update your time zone to your current location so that your time is correct."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/clock-timezone.page:39
+msgid "Change your timezone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/clock-timezone.page:53
+msgid ""
+"If you have the <gui>Automatic Time Zone</gui> switch set to on, your time zone should update automatically 
"
+"if you have an internet connection and the <link xref=\"privacy-location\">location services feature</link> 
"
+"is enabled. To update your time zone manually, set this to off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/clock-timezone.page:60
+msgid "Click <gui>Time Zone</gui>, then select your location on the map or search for your current city."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/clock-timezone.page:65
+msgid ""
+"The time will be updated automatically when you select a different location. You may also wish to <link "
+"xref=\"clock-set\">set the clock manually</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/clock-world.page:21
+msgid "Display times in other cities under the calendar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/clock-world.page:24
+msgid "Add a world clock"
+msgstr "Dodaj svjetske satove"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/clock-world.page:26
+msgid "Use <app>Clocks</app> to add times in other cities."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/clock-world.page:29
+msgid "This requires the <app>Clocks</app> application to be installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/clock-world.page:30
+msgid ""
+"Most distributions come with <app>Clocks</app> installed by default. If yours does not, you may need to "
+"install it using your distribution’s package manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/clock-world.page:35
+msgid "To add a world clock:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/clock-world.page:39
+msgid "Click the clock on the top bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/clock-world.page:42
+msgid "Click the <gui>Add world clocks…</gui> button under the calendar to launch <app>Clocks</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/clock-world.page:46
+msgid "If you already have one or more world clocks, click on one and <app>Clocks</app> will launch."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/clock-world.page:52
+msgid ""
+"In the <app>Clocks</app> window, click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> button or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+"key><key>N</key></keyseq> to add a new city."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/clock-world.page:57
+msgid "Start typing the name of the city into the search."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/clock-world.page:60
+msgid "Select the correct city or the closest location to you from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/clock-world.page:64
+msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Add</gui> to finish adding the city."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/clock-world.page:68
+msgid ""
+"Refer to the <link href=\"help:gnome-clocks\">Clocks Help</link> for more of the capabilities of "
+"<app>Clocks</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/clock.page:19
+msgid "Use clocks and timezones, and keep track of appointments."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/clock.page:22
+msgid "Date &amp; time"
+msgstr "Datum i vrijeme"
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/color.page:9 C/color-assignprofiles.page:16 C/color-calibrate-camera.page:14
+#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:13 C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:18 C/color-calibrate-screen.page:17
+#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:12 C/color-calibrationdevices.page:13
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:12 C/color-canshareprofiles.page:11 C/color-gettingprofiles.page:13
+#: C/color-howtoimport.page:16 C/color-missingvcgt.page:11 C/color-notifications.page:14
+#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:11 C/color-testing.page:15 C/color-whatisprofile.page:10
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:12 C/color-why-calibrate.page:11 C/color-whyimportant.page:11
+msgid "Richard Hughes"
+msgstr "Richard Hughes"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/color.page:14
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Color"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/color.page:15
+msgid "Calibrate color profiles on monitors, printers, and other devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/color.page:19
+msgid "Color management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/color.page:22
+msgid "Color profiles"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/color.page:26
+msgid "Calibration"
+msgstr "Kalibracija"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:30
+msgid "Look in <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> to add a color profile for your screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:33
+msgid "How do I assign profiles to devices?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:35
+msgid ""
+"You may want to assign a color profile for your screen or printer so that the colors which it shows are "
+"more accurate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:47 C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:62 C/color-calibrate-screen.page:57
+#: C/color-howtoimport.page:50 C/color-testing.page:71
+msgid "Click <gui>Color</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."
+msgstr "Kliknite na <gui>Boja</gui> u bočnoj traci za otvaranje panela."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:50
+msgid "Select the device for which you want to add a profile."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:53 C/color-howtoimport.page:56
+msgid "Click <gui>Add profile</gui> to select an existing profile or import a new profile."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:57 C/color-howtoimport.page:60 C/color-testing.page:82
+msgid "Press <gui>Add</gui> to confirm your selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:60
+msgid ""
+"To change the used profile, select the profile you would like to use and press <gui>Enable</gui> to confirm 
"
+"your selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:65
+msgid ""
+"Each device can have multiple profiles assigned to it, but only one profile can be the <em>default</em> "
+"profile. The default profile is used when there is no extra information to allow the profile to be chosen "
+"automatically. An example of this automatic selection would be if one profile was created for glossy paper "
+"and another plain paper."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:71
+msgid "If calibration hardware is connected, the <gui>Calibrate…</gui> button will create a new profile."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:11
+msgid "Calibrating your camera is important to capture accurate colors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:20
+msgid "How do I calibrate my camera?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:22
+msgid ""
+"Camera devices are calibrated by taking a photograph of a target under the desired lighting conditions. By "
+"converting the RAW file to a TIFF file, it can be used to calibrate the camera device in the <gui>Color</"
+"gui> panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:28
+msgid ""
+"You will need to crop the TIFF file so that just the target is visible. Ensure the white or black borders "
+"are still visible. Calibration will not work if the image is upside-down or is distorted by a large amount."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:36
+msgid ""
+"The resulting profile is only valid under the lighting condition that you acquired the original image from. 
"
+"This means you might need to profile several times for <em>studio</em>, <em>bright sunlight</em> and "
+"<em>cloudy</em> lighting conditions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:10
+msgid "Calibrating your printer is important to print accurate colors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:19
+msgid "How do I calibrate my printer?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:21
+msgid "There are two ways to profile a printer device:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:26
+msgid "Using a photospectrometer device like the Pantone ColorMunki"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27
+msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30
+msgid ""
+"Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest option if you only have one or "
+"two different paper types. By downloading the reference chart from the companies website you can then send "
+"them back the print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the profile and email you 
"
+"back an accurate ICC profile."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38
+msgid ""
+"Using an expensive device such as a ColorMunki works out cheaper only if you are profiling a large number "
+"of ink sets or paper types."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:44
+msgid "If you change your ink supplier, make sure you recalibrate the printer!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:32
+msgid "Calibrating your scanner is important to capture accurate colors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:35
+msgid "How do I calibrate my scanner?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:42
+msgid "If you want your scanner to represent the color accurately in scans, you should calibrate it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:47
+msgid "Make sure your scanner is connected to your computer with a cable or over the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:51
+msgid "Scan your calibration target and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:65
+msgid "Select your scanner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:68 C/color-calibrate-screen.page:63
+msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Calibrate…</gui> to commence the calibration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:74
+msgid ""
+"Scanner devices are incredibly stable over time and temperature, so do not usually need to be recalibrated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:31
+msgid "Calibrating your screen is important to display accurate colors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:35
+msgid "How do I calibrate my screen?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:37
+msgid ""
+"You can calibrate your screen so that it shows more accurate color. This is especially useful if you are "
+"involved in digital photography, design or artwork."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:41
+msgid ""
+"You will need either a colorimeter or a spectrophotometer to do this. Both devices are used to profile "
+"screens, but they work in slightly different ways."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:47
+msgid "Make sure your calibration device is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:60
+msgid "Select your screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:68
+msgid ""
+"Screens change all the time: the backlight in a TFT display will halve in brightness approximately every 18 
"
+"months, and will get yellower as it gets older. This means you should recalibrate your screen when the [!] "
+"icon appears in the <gui>Color</gui> panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:73
+msgid "LED screens also change over time, but a much slower rate than TFTs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:9
+msgid "Calibration and characterization are different things entirely."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:18
+msgid "What’s the difference between calibration and characterization?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:19
+msgid ""
+"Many people are initially confused about the difference between calibration and characterization. "
+"Calibration is the process of modifying the color behavior of a device. This is typically done using two "
+"mechanisms:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:26
+msgid "Changing controls or internal settings that it has"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:27
+msgid "Applying curves to its color channels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:29
+msgid ""
+"The idea of calibration is to put a device in a defined state with regard to its color response. Often this 
"
+"is used as a day to day means of maintaining reproducible behavior. Typically calibration will be stored in 
"
+"device or systems specific file formats that record the device settings or per-channel calibration curves."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:36
+msgid ""
+"Characterization (or profiling) is <em>recording</em> the way a device reproduces or responds to color. "
+"Typically the result is stored in a device ICC profile. Such a profile does not in itself modify color in "
+"any way. It allows a system such as a CMM (Color Management Module) or a color aware application to modify "
+"color when combined with another device profile. Only by knowing the characteristics of two devices, can a "
+"way of transferring color from one device representation to another be achieved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:47
+msgid ""
+"Note that a characterization (profile) will only be valid for a device if it’s in the same state of "
+"calibration as it was when it was characterized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:53
+msgid ""
+"In the case of display profiles there is some additional confusion because often the calibration "
+"information is stored in the profile for convenience. By convention it is stored in a tag called the "
+"<em>vcgt</em> tag. Although it is stored in the profile, none of the normal ICC based tools or applications 
"
+"are aware of it, or do anything with it. Similarly, typical display calibration tools and applications will 
"
+"not be aware of, or do anything with the ICC characterization (profile) information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:10
+msgid "We support a large number of calibration devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:20
+msgid "What color measuring instruments are supported?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:22
+msgid ""
+"The system relies on the Argyll color management system to support color instruments. A list of supported "
+"measuring instruments can be found at <link href=\"https://www.argyllcms.com/doc/instruments.html\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:9
+msgid "Calibration targets are needed to do scanner and camera profiling."
+msgstr "Odredišta kalibriranja su potrebna za profiliranje skenera i kamere."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:18
+msgid "Which target types are supported?"
+msgstr "Koja vrsta odredišta je podržana?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:20
+msgid "The following types of targets are supported:"
+msgstr "Sljedeća vrste odredišta su podržane:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:25
+msgid "CMP DigitalTarget"
+msgstr "CMP DigitalTarget"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:26
+msgid "ColorChecker 24"
+msgstr "ColorChecker 24"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:27
+msgid "ColorChecker DC"
+msgstr "ColorChecker DC"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:28
+msgid "ColorChecker SG"
+msgstr "ColorChecker SG"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:29
+msgid "i1 RGB Scan 14"
+msgstr "i1 RGB Scan 14"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:30
+msgid "LaserSoft DC Pro"
+msgstr "LaserSoft DC Pro"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:31
+msgid "QPcard 201"
+msgstr "QPcard 201"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:32
+msgid "IT8.7/2"
+msgstr "IT8.7/2"
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:36
+msgid ""
+"You can purchase targets from well-known vendors like KODAK, X-Rite and LaserSoft in various online shops."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:40
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively you can buy targets from <link href=\"http://www.targets.coloraid.de/\";>Wolf Faust</link> at "
+"a very fair price."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:8
+msgid "Sharing color profiles is never a good idea as hardware changes over time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:17
+msgid "Can I share my color profile?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:19
+msgid ""
+"Color profiles that you have created yourself are specific to the hardware and lighting conditions that you 
"
+"calibrated for. A display that has been powered for a few hundred hours is going to have a very different "
+"color profile to a similar display with the next serial number that has been lit for a thousand hours."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:26
+msgid ""
+"This means if you share your color profile with somebody, you might be getting them <em>closer</em> to "
+"calibration, but it’s misleading at best to say that their display is calibrated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:31
+msgid ""
+"Similarly, unless everyone has recommended controlled lighting (no sunlight from windows, black walls, "
+"daylight bulbs etc.) in a room where viewing and editing images takes place, sharing a profile that you "
+"created in your own specific lighting conditions doesn’t make a lot of sense."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:40
+msgid ""
+"You should carefully check the redistribution conditions for profiles downloaded from vendor websites or "
+"that were created on your behalf."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:10
+msgid "Color profiles are provided by vendors and can be generated yourself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:19
+msgid "Where do I get color profiles?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:21
+msgid ""
+"The best way to get profiles is to generate them yourself, although this does require some initial outlay."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:25
+msgid ""
+"Many manufacturers do try to provide color profiles for devices, although sometimes they are wrapped up in "
+"<em>driver bundles</em> which you may need to download, extract and then search for the color profiles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:31
+msgid ""
+"Some manufacturers do not provide accurate profiles for the hardware and the profiles are best avoided. A "
+"good clue is to download the profile, and if the creation date is more than a year before the date you "
+"bought the device then it’s likely dummy data generated that is useless."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:39
+msgid ""
+"See <link xref=\"color-why-calibrate\"/> for information on why vendor-supplied profiles are often worse "
+"than useless."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/color-howtoimport.page:30
+msgid "Color profiles can be imported by opening them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/color-howtoimport.page:33
+msgid "How do I import color profiles?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-howtoimport.page:35
+msgid ""
+"You can import a color profile by double clicking on a <file>.ICC</file> or <file>.ICM</file> file in the "
+"file browser."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-howtoimport.page:38
+msgid "Alternatively you can manage your color profiles through the <gui>Color</gui> panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-howtoimport.page:53
+msgid "Select your device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-howtoimport.page:64
+msgid ""
+"The manufacturer of your display may supply a profile that you can use. These profiles are usually made for 
"
+"the average display, so may not be perfect for your specific one. For the best calibration, you should "
+"<link xref=\"color-calibrate-screen\">create your own profile</link> using a colorimeter or a "
+"spectrophotometer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:8
+msgid "Whole-screen color correction modifies all the screen colors on all windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:17
+msgid "Missing information for whole-screen color correction?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:18
+msgid ""
+"Unfortunately, many vendor-supplied ICC profiles do not include the information required for whole-screen "
+"color correction. These profiles can still be useful for applications that can do color compensation, but "
+"you will not see all the colors of your screen change."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:24
+msgid ""
+"In order to create a display profile, which includes both calibration and characterization data, you will "
+"need to use a special color measuring instruments called a colorimeter or a spectrometer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/color-notifications.page:24
+msgid "You can be notified if your color profile is old and inaccurate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/color-notifications.page:27
+msgid "Can I get notified when my color profile is inaccurate?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-notifications.page:29
+msgid ""
+"You can be reminded to recalibrate your devices after a specific period of time. Unfortunately, it is not "
+"possible to tell without recalibrating whether a device profile is accurate, so it is best to recalibrate "
+"devices regularly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-notifications.page:34
+msgid ""
+"Some companies have very specific calibration expiry policies for profiles, as an inaccurate color profile "
+"can make a huge difference to an end product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-notifications.page:38
+msgid ""
+"If you set the timeout policy and a profile is older than the policy then a red warning triangle will be "
+"shown in the <gui>Color</gui> panel next to the profile. A warning notification will also be shown every "
+"time you log into your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-notifications.page:43
+msgid "To set the policy for display and printer devices, you specify the maximum age of the profile in 
days:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:9
+msgid "Default monitor profiles do not have a calibration date."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:17
+msgid "Why don’t the default monitor profiles have a calibration expiry?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:18
+msgid ""
+"The default color profile used for each monitor is generated automatically based on the display <link "
+"href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Extended_Display_Identification_Data\";> EDID</link> which is stored in 
"
+"a memory chip inside the monitor. The EDID only gives us a snapshot of the available colors the monitor was 
"
+"capable of displaying when it was manufactured, and does not contain much other information for color "
+"correction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:29
+msgid ""
+"Getting a profile from the monitor vendor or creating a profile yourself would lead to more accurate color "
+"correction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/color-testing.page:29
+msgid "Use the supplied test profiles to check that your profiles are being applied correctly to your 
screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/color-testing.page:33
+msgid "How do I test if color management is working correctly?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-testing.page:35
+msgid ""
+"The effects of a color profile are sometimes subtle and it may be hard to see if anything much has changed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-testing.page:38
+msgid ""
+"The system comes with several profiles for testing that make it very clear when the profiles are being "
+"applied:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/color-testing.page:43
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Blue"
+msgstr "Plava"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-testing.page:44
+msgid "This will turn the screen blue and tests if the calibration curves are being sent to the display."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-testing.page:74
+msgid ""
+"Select the device for which you want to add a profile. You may wish to make a note of which profile is "
+"currently being used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-testing.page:78
+msgid "Click <gui>Add profile</gui> to select a test profile, which should be at the bottom of the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/color-testing.page:85
+msgid ""
+"To revert to your previous profile, select the device in the <gui>Color</gui> panel, then select the "
+"profile that you were using before you tried one of the test profiles and press <gui>Enable</gui> to use it 
"
+"again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-testing.page:93
+msgid "Using these profiles, you can clearly see when an application supports color management."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:7
+msgid "A color profile is a simple file that expresses a color space or device response."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:16
+msgid "What is a color profile?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:18
+msgid ""
+"A color profile is a set of data that characterizes either a device such as a projector or a color space "
+"such as sRGB."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:22
+msgid ""
+"Most color profiles are in the form of an ICC profile, which is a small file with a <input>.ICC</input> or "
+"<input>.ICM</input> file extension."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:27
+msgid ""
+"Color profiles can be embedded into images to specify the gamut range of the data. This ensures that users "
+"see the same colors on different devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:32
+msgid ""
+"Every device that is processing color should have its own ICC profile and when this is achieved the system "
+"is said to have an <em>end-to-end color-managed workflow</em>. With this kind of workflow you can be sure "
+"that colors are not being lost or modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:9
+msgid "A color space is a defined range of colors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:18
+msgid "What is a color space?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:20
+msgid ""
+"A color space is a defined range of colors. Well known color spaces include sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:25
+msgid ""
+"The human visual system is not a simple RGB sensor, but we can approximate how the eye responds with a CIE "
+"1931 chromaticity diagram that shows the human visual response as a horse-shoe shape. You can see that in "
+"human vision there are many more shades of green detected than blue or red. With a trichromatic color space 
"
+"like RGB we represent the colors on the computer using three values, which restricts up to encoding a "
+"<em>triangle</em> of colors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:37
+msgid ""
+"Using models such as a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram is a huge simplification of the human visual system, "
+"and real gamuts are expressed as 3D hulls, rather than 2D projections. A 2D projection of a 3D shape can "
+"sometimes be misleading, so if you want to see the 3D hull, use the <code>gcm-viewer</code> application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:48
+msgid "sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB represented by white triangles"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:52
+msgid ""
+"First, looking at sRGB, which is the smallest space and can encode the least number of colors. It is an "
+"approximation of a 10 year old CRT display, and so most modern monitors can easily display more colors than 
"
+"this. sRGB is a <em>least-common-denominator</em> standard and is used in a large number of applications "
+"(including the Internet)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:60
+msgid ""
+"AdobeRGB is frequently used as an <em>editing space</em>. It can encode more colors than sRGB, which means "
+"you can change colors in a photograph without worrying too much that the most vivid colors are being "
+"clipped or the blacks crushed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:66
+msgid ""
+"ProPhoto is the largest space available and is frequently used for document archival. It can encode nearly "
+"the whole range of colors detected by the human eye, and even encode colors that the eye cannot detect!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:73
+msgid ""
+"Now, if ProPhoto is clearly better, why don’t we use it for everything? The answer is to do with "
+"<em>quantization</em>. If you only have 8 bits (256 levels) to encode each channel, then a larger range is "
+"going to have bigger steps between each value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:79
+msgid ""
+"Bigger steps mean a larger error between the captured color and the stored color, and for some colors this "
+"is a big problem. It turns out that key colors, like skin colors are very important, and even small errors "
+"will make untrained viewers notice that something in a photograph looks wrong."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:86
+msgid ""
+"Of course, using a 16 bit image is going to leave many more steps and a much smaller quantization error, "
+"but this doubles the size of each image file. Most content in existence today is 8bpp, i.e. 8 bits-per-"
+"pixel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:92
+msgid ""
+"Color management is a process for converting from one color space to another, where a color space can be a "
+"well known defined space like sRGB, or a custom space such as your monitor or printer profile."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:8
+msgid "Calibrating is important if you care about the colors you display or print."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:17
+msgid "Why do I need to do calibration myself?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:19
+msgid ""
+"Generic profiles are usually bad. When a manufacturer creates a new model, they just take a few items from "
+"the production line and average them together:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/p
+#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:26
+msgid "Averaged profiles"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:29
+msgid ""
+"Display panels differ quite a lot from unit to unit and change substantially as the display ages. It is "
+"also more difficult for printers, as just changing the type or weight of paper can invalidate the "
+"characterization state and make the profile inaccurate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:37
+msgid ""
+"The best way of ensuring the profile you have is accurate is by doing the calibration yourself, or by "
+"letting an external company supply you with a profile based on your exact characterization state."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:8
+msgid "Color management is important for designers, photographers and artists."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:17
+msgid "Why is color management important?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:18
+msgid ""
+"Color management is the process of capturing a color using an input device, displaying it on a screen, and "
+"printing it all whilst managing the exact colors and the range of colors on each medium."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:24
+msgid ""
+"The need for color management is probably explained best with a photograph of a bird on a frosty day in "
+"winter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:30
+msgid "A bird on a frosty wall as seen on the camera view-finder"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:34
+msgid "Displays typically over-saturate the blue channel, making the images look cold."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:40
+msgid "This is what the user sees on a typical business laptop screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:44
+msgid "Notice how the white is not “paper white” and the black of the eye is now a muddy brown."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:50
+msgid "This is what the user sees when printing on a typical inkjet printer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:54
+msgid ""
+"The basic problem we have here is that each device is capable of handling a different range of colors. So "
+"while you might be able to take a photo of electric blue, most printers are not going to be able to "
+"reproduce it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:60
+msgid ""
+"Most image devices capture in RGB (Red, Green, Blue) and have to convert to CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, "
+"and Black) to print. Another problem is that you can’t have <em>white</em> ink, and so the whiteness can "
+"only be as good as the paper color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:67
+msgid ""
+"Another problem is units. Without specifying the scale on which a color is measured, we don’t know if 100% "
+"red is near infrared or just the deepest red ink in the printer. What is 50% red on one display is probably 
"
+"something like 62% on another display. It’s like telling a person that you’ve just driven 7 units of "
+"distance, without the unit you don’t know if that’s 7 kilometers or 7 meters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:77
+msgid ""
+"In color, we refer to the units as gamut. Gamut is essentially the range of colors that can be reproduced. "
+"A device like a DSLR camera might have a very large gamut, being able to capture all the colors in a "
+"sunset, but a projector has a very small gamut and all the colors are going to look “washed out”."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:85
+msgid ""
+"In some cases we can <em>correct</em> the device output by altering the data we send to it, but in other "
+"cases where that’s not possible (you can’t print electric blue) we need to show the user what the result is 
"
+"going to look like."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:92
+msgid ""
+"For photographs it makes sense to use the full tonal range of a color device, to be able to make smooth "
+"changes in color. For other graphics, you might want to match the color exactly, which is important if "
+"you’re trying to print a custom mug with the Red Hat logo that <em>has</em> to be the exact Red Hat Red."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:15
+msgid "Lucie Hankey"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:27 C/contacts-connect.page:28 C/contacts-edit-details.page:30
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:29 C/contacts-setup.page:29
+msgid "Pranali Deshmukh"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:34
+msgid "Add or remove a contact in the local address book."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:38
+msgid "Add or remove a contact"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:40
+msgid "To add a contact:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:44
+msgid "Press the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:47
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>New contact</gui> dialog, enter the contact name and their information. Press the drop down box 
"
+"next to each field to choose the type of detail."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/span
+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:52 C/contacts-add-remove.page:66
+msgid "View More"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:52
+msgid "To add more details press the <_:media-1/> option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:55
+msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Add</gui> to save the contact."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:59
+msgid "To remove a contact:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:63 C/contacts-connect.page:44 C/contacts-edit-details.page:47
+msgid "Select the contact from your contact list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:66
+msgid "Press the <_:media-1/> button in the header bar on the top-right corner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:69
+msgid "Press <gui style=\"menu item\">Delete</gui> option to remove contact."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:72
+msgid ""
+"To remove one or more contacts, check the boxes next to the contacts you want to delete and press <gui "
+"style=\"button\">Remove</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/contacts.page:20
+msgid "Access your contacts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/contacts.page:26
+msgid ""
+"Use <app>Contacts</app> to store, access or edit information for your contacts, locally or in your <link "
+"xref=\"accounts\">Online Accounts</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/years
+#: C/contacts-connect.page:24
+msgid "2013-2014"
+msgstr "2013-2014"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/contacts-connect.page:35
+msgid "Email, chat with, or phone a contact."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/contacts-connect.page:38
+msgid "Connect with your contact"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/contacts-connect.page:40
+msgid "To email, chat with or phone someone in <app>Contacts</app>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/span
+#: C/contacts-connect.page:50
+msgid "mail"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-connect.page:47
+msgid ""
+"Press the button corresponding to the <em>detail</em> that you want to use. For example, to email your "
+"contact, press the <_:media-1/> button next to the contact’s email address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-connect.page:54
+msgid "The corresponding application will be launched using the contact’s details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/contacts-connect.page:60
+msgid ""
+"If there is no available application for the detail that you wish to use, you will not be able to select 
it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:37
+msgid "Edit the information for each contact."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:40
+msgid "Edit contact details"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:42
+msgid "Editing contact details helps you keep the information in your address book up to date and complete."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/span
+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:51 C/contacts-edit-details.page:61 C/contacts-link-unlink.page:77
+msgid "view more"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:50
+msgid ""
+"Press the <_:media-1/> button in the top-right corner of the window and select <gui "
+"style=\"menuitem\">Edit</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:56
+msgid "Edit the contact details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:57
+msgid ""
+"To add a <em>detail</em> such as a new phone number or email address, just fill in the details on the next "
+"empty field of the type (phone number, email, etc.) you want to add."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:61
+msgid ""
+"Press the <_:media-1/> option at the bottom to expand available options, revealing fields like "
+"<gui>Website</gui> and <gui>Birthday</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:67
+msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Done</gui> to finish editing the contact."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:36
+msgid "Combine information for a contact from multiple sources."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:39
+msgid "Link and unlink contacts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:42
+msgid "Link contacts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:44
+msgid ""
+"You can combine duplicate contacts from your local address book and online accounts into one 
<app>Contacts</"
+"app> entry. This feature helps you keep your address book organized, with all details about one contact in "
+"one place."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:50
+msgid "Enable <em>selection mode</em> by pressing the tick button above the contact list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:54
+msgid ""
+"A checkbox will appear next to each contact. Tick the checkboxes next to the contacts that you want to "
+"merge."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:58
+msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Link</gui> to link the selected contacts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:66
+msgid "Unlink contacts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:68
+msgid "You may want to unlink contacts if you accidentally linked contacts which should not be linked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:73
+msgid "Select the contact you wish to unlink from your list of contacts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:76
+msgid "Press <_:media-1/> in the top-right corner of <app>Contacts</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:81
+msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Unlink</gui> to unlink the entry from the contact."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/contacts-search.page:28
+msgid "Search for a contact."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/contacts-search.page:31
+msgid "Search for a contact"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/contacts-search.page:33
+msgid "You can search for an online contact in one of two ways:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-search.page:37
+msgid "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, start typing the name of the contact."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-search.page:41
+msgid "Matching contacts will appear in the overview instead of the usual list of applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-search.page:45
+msgid ""
+"Press <key>Enter</key> to select the contact at the top of the list or click the contact that you want to "
+"select if they are not at the top."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/contacts-search.page:51
+msgid "To search from inside <app>Contacts</app>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-search.page:55
+msgid "Click inside the search field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-search.page:58
+msgid "Start typing the name of the contact."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/contacts-setup.page:23
+msgid "Paul Cutler"
+msgstr "Paul Cutler"
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/years
+#: C/contacts-setup.page:25
+msgid "2017"
+msgstr "2017"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/contacts-setup.page:36
+msgid "Store your contacts in a local address book or in an online account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/contacts-setup.page:39
+msgid "Starting Contacts for the first time"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/contacts-setup.page:41
+msgid "When you run <app>Contacts</app> for the first time, the <gui>Select Address Book</gui> window opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/contacts-setup.page:44
+msgid ""
+"If you have <link xref=\"accounts\">online accounts</link> configured, they are listed with <gui>Local "
+"Address Book</gui>. Select an item from the list and press <gui style=\"button\">Done</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/contacts-setup.page:48
+msgid ""
+"All new contacts you create will be saved to the address book you choose. You are also able to view, edit "
+"and delete contacts in other address books."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/contacts-setup.page:51
+msgid ""
+"If you have no online accounts configured, press <gui style=\"button\">Online Accounts</gui> to begin the "
+"setup. If you do not wish to set up online accounts at this time, press <gui style=\"button\">Local Address 
"
+"Book</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:18 C/disk-capacity.page:12 C/disk-check.page:13 C/display-brightness.page:20
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:19 C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:19 C/look-background.page:21
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:18 C/look-resolution.page:18
+msgid "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
+msgstr "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:28
+msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:31
+msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40
+msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:44
+msgid "Open <app>Disks</app> from the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48
+msgid "Choose the disk from the list in the left pane."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51
+msgid "Click the menu button and select <gui>Benchmark disk…</gui> from the menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui>Start Benchmark…</gui> and adjust the <gui>Transfer Rate</gui> and <gui>Access Time</gui> "
+"parameters as desired."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:59
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui>Start Benchmarking…</gui> to test how fast data can be read from the disk. <link xref=\"user-"
+"admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> may be required. Enter your password, or the password for "
+"the requested administrator account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:64
+msgid ""
+"If <gui>Perform write-benchmark</gui> is checked, the benchmark will test how fast data can be read from "
+"and written to the disk. This will take longer to complete."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:71
+msgid ""
+"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green points and connecting lines "
+"indicate the samples taken; these correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the "
+"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line represents read "
+"rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, "
+"plotted against percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:80
+msgid ""
+"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read and write rates, average access 
"
+"time and time elapsed since the last benchmark test."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:20 C/net-findip.page:32
+msgid "Rafael Fontenelle"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:27
+msgid ""
+"Use <gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui>, <gui>System Monitor</gui>, or <gui>Usage</gui> to check space and "
+"capacity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:32
+msgid "Check how much disk space is left"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:34
+msgid ""
+"You can check how much disk space is left with <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app>, <app>System Monitor</app>, "
+"or <app>Usage</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:38
+msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:40
+msgid "To check the free disk space and disk capacity using <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:45
+msgid ""
+"Open <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. The window will display a list 
"
+"of file locations together with the usage and capacity of each."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:50
+msgid ""
+"Click one of the items in the list to view a detailed summary of the usage for that item. Click the menu "
+"button, and then <gui>Scan Folder…</gui> to scan a different location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:55
+msgid ""
+"The information is displayed according to <gui>Folder</gui>, <gui>Size</gui>, <gui>Contents</gui> and when "
+"the data was last <gui>Modified</gui>. See more details in <link href=\"help:baobab\"><app>Disk Usage "
+"Analyzer</app></link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:64
+msgid "Check with System Monitor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:66
+msgid "To check the free disk space and disk capacity with <app>System Monitor</app>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:70
+msgid "Open the <app>System Monitor</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:74
+msgid ""
+"Select the <gui>File Systems</gui> tab to view the system’s partitions and disk space usage. The "
+"information is displayed according to <gui>Total</gui>, <gui>Free</gui>, <gui>Available</gui> and "
+"<gui>Used</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:82
+msgid "Check with Usage"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:84
+msgid "To check the free disk space and disk capacity with <app>Usage</app>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:88
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Launch apps from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+msgid "Open the <app>Usage</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+msgstr "Pokrenite svoje aplikacije iz <gui>Aktivnosti</gui> pregleda."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:92
+msgid ""
+"Select <gui>Storage</gui> tab to view the system’s total <gui>Used</gui> and <gui>Available</gui> disk "
+"space, as well as the used by the <gui>Operating System</gui> and common user’s directories."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:99
+msgid ""
+"Disk space can be freed from user’s directories and its subdirectories by checking the box next to the "
+"directory name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:106
+msgid "What if the disk is too full?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:108
+msgid "If the disk is too full you should:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:112
+msgid "Delete files that aren’t important or that you won’t use anymore."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-capacity.page:115
+msgid ""
+"Make <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> of the important files that you won’t need for a while and "
+"delete them from the hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/disk-check.page:24
+msgid "Test your hard disk for problems to make sure that it’s healthy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/disk-check.page:28
+msgid "Check your hard disk for problems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/disk-check.page:31
+msgid "Checking the hard disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/disk-check.page:32
+msgid ""
+"Hard disks have a built-in health-check tool called <app>SMART</app> (Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and "
+"Reporting Technology), which continually checks the disk for potential problems. SMART also warns you if "
+"the disk is about to fail, helping you avoid loss of important data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/disk-check.page:37
+msgid ""
+"Although SMART runs automatically, you can also check your disk’s health by running the <app>Disks</app> "
+"application:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/disk-check.page:41
+msgid "Check your disk’s health using the Disks application"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-check.page:44 C/disk-format.page:32 C/disk-repair.page:33 C/disk-repair.page:76
+#: C/disk-resize.page:34
+msgid "Open <app>Disks</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-check.page:47
+msgid ""
+"Select the disk you want to check from the list of storage devices on the left. Information and status of "
+"the disk will be shown."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-check.page:51
+msgid ""
+"Click the menu button and select <gui>SMART Data &amp; Self-Tests…</gui>. The <gui>Overall Assessment</gui> 
"
+"should say “Disk is OK”."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-check.page:55
+msgid ""
+"See more information under <gui>SMART Attributes</gui>, or click the <gui style=\"button\">Start 
Self-test</"
+"gui> button to run a self-test."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/disk-check.page:65
+msgid "What if the disk isn’t healthy?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/disk-check.page:67
+msgid ""
+"Even if the <gui>Overall Assessment</gui> indicates that the disk <em>isn’t</em> healthy, there may be no "
+"cause for alarm. However, it’s better to be prepared with a <link xref=\"backup-why\">backup</link> to "
+"prevent data loss."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/disk-check.page:72
+msgid ""
+"If the status says “Pre-fail”, the disk is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected "
+"which mean it might fail in the near future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are "
+"likely to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should <link xref=\"backup-"
+"how\">backup your important files regularly</link> and check the disk status periodically to see if it gets 
"
+"worse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/disk-check.page:79
+msgid ""
+"If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a professional for further diagnosis or "
+"repair."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/disk-format.page:17
+msgid "Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash drive by formatting it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/disk-format.page:22
+msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/disk-format.page:24
+msgid ""
+"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard disk, you may sometimes wish to "
+"completely remove all of its files and folders. You can do this by <em>formatting</em> the disk — this "
+"deletes all of the files on the disk and leaves it empty."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/disk-format.page:30
+msgid "Format a removable disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-format.page:35
+msgid "Select the disk you want to wipe from the list of storage devices on the left."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/disk-format.page:39
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong disk, all of the files on the "
+"other disk will be deleted!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-format.page:44
+msgid ""
+"In the toolbar underneath the <gui>Volumes</gui> section, click the menu button. Then click <gui>Format "
+"Partition…</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-format.page:48
+msgid "In the window that pops up, choose a file system <gui>Type</gui> for the disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-format.page:50
+msgid ""
+"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux computers, choose <gui>FAT</gui>. "
+"If you only use it on Windows, <gui>NTFS</gui> may be a better option. A brief description of the file "
+"system type will be presented as a label."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-format.page:56
+msgid ""
+"Give the disk a name and click <gui>Next</gui> to continue and show a confirmation window. Check the "
+"details carefully, and click <gui>Format</gui> to wipe the disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-format.page:61
+msgid ""
+"Once the formatting has finished, click the eject icon to safely remove the disk. It should now be blank "
+"and ready to use again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/title
+#: C/disk-format.page:67
+msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/disk-format.page:68
+msgid ""
+"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. A formatted disk will not "
+"appear to have files on it, but it is possible that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If "
+"you need to securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such as <app>shred</"
+"app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:15
+msgid "Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to manage them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:20
+msgid "Manage volumes and partitions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:22
+msgid ""
+"The word <em>volume</em> is used to describe a storage device, like a hard disk. It can also refer to a "
+"<em>part</em> of the storage on that device, because you can split the storage up into chunks. The computer 
"
+"makes this storage accessible via your file system in a process referred to as <em>mounting</em>. Mounted "
+"volumes may be hard drives, USB drives, DVD-RWs, SD cards, and other media. If a volume is currently "
+"mounted, you can read (and possibly write) files on it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:30
+msgid ""
+"Often, a mounted volume is called a <em>partition</em>, though they are not necessarily the same thing. A "
+"“partition” refers to a <em>physical</em> area of storage on a single disk drive. Once a partition has been 
"
+"mounted, it can be referred to as a volume because you can access the files on it. You can think of volumes 
"
+"as the labeled, accessible “storefronts” to the functional “back rooms” of partitions and drives."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:38
+msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:40
+msgid "You can check and modify your computer’s storage volumes with the disk utility."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:45
+msgid "Open the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and start <app>Disks</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:48
+msgid ""
+"In the list of storage devices on the left, you will find hard disks, CD/DVD drives, and other physical "
+"devices. Click the device you want to inspect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:53
+msgid ""
+"The right pane provides a visual breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It 
"
+"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:56
+msgid "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with these utilities."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:61
+msgid ""
+"Your computer most likely has at least one <em>primary</em> partition and a single <em>swap</em> partition. 
"
+"The swap partition is used by the operating system for memory management, and is rarely mounted. The "
+"primary partition contains your operating system, applications, settings, and personal files. These files "
+"can also be distributed among multiple partitions for security or convenience."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/disk-partitions.page:68
+msgid ""
+"One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to start up, or <em>boot</em>. For "
+"this reason it is sometimes called a boot partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, "
+"select the partition and click the menu button in the toolbar underneath the partition list. Then, click "
+"<gui>Edit Partition…</gui> and look at its <gui>Flags</gui>. External media such as USB drives and CDs may "
+"also contain a bootable volume."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/disk-repair.page:15
+msgid "Check if a filesystem is damaged and bring it back into a usable state."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/disk-repair.page:20
+msgid "Repair a damaged filesystem"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/disk-repair.page:22
+msgid ""
+"Filesystems can be corrupted due to unexpected power loss, system crashes and unsafe removal of the drive. "
+"After such an incident it is recommended to <em>repair</em> or at least <em>check</em> the filesystem to "
+"prevent future data loss."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/disk-repair.page:26
+msgid ""
+"Sometimes a repair is required in order to mount or modify a filesystem. Even if a <em>check</em> does not "
+"report any damage the filesystem might still be marked as ‘dirty’ internally and require a repair."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/disk-repair.page:31
+msgid "Check if a filesystem is damaged"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-repair.page:36 C/disk-repair.page:79 C/disk-resize.page:37
+msgid ""
+"Select the disk containing the filesystem in question from the list of storage devices on the left. If "
+"there is more than one volume on the disk, select the volume which contains the filesystem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-repair.page:41
+msgid ""
+"In the toolbar underneath the <gui>Volumes</gui> section, click the menu button. Then click <gui>Check "
+"Filesystem…</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-repair.page:45
+msgid ""
+"Depending on how much data is stored in the filesystem a check may take longer time. Confirm to start the "
+"action in the dialog that pops up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-repair.page:47
+msgid ""
+"The action will not modify the filesystem but will unmount it if needed. Be patient while the filesystem is 
"
+"checked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-repair.page:51
+msgid ""
+"After completion you will be notified whether the filesystem is damaged. Note that in some cases even if "
+"the filesystem is undamaged it still may need to be repaired to reset an internal ‘dirty’ marker."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/title
+#: C/disk-repair.page:58
+msgid "Possible data loss when repairing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/disk-repair.page:59
+msgid ""
+"If the filesystem structure is damaged it can affect the files stored in it. In some cases these files can "
+"not be brought into a valid form again and will be deleted or moved to a special directory. It is normally "
+"the <em>lost+found</em> folder in the top level directory of the filesystem where these recovered file "
+"parts can be found."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/disk-repair.page:64
+msgid ""
+"If the data is too valuable to be lost during this process, you are advised to back it up by saving an "
+"image of the volume before repairing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/disk-repair.page:67
+msgid ""
+"This image can be then processed with forensic analysis tools like <app>sleuthkit</app> to further recover "
+"missing files and data parts which were not restored during the repair, and also previously removed files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/disk-repair.page:74
+msgid "Repair a filesystem"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-repair.page:84
+msgid ""
+"In the toolbar underneath the <gui>Volumes</gui> section, click the menu button. Then click <gui>Repair "
+"Filesystem…</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-repair.page:88
+msgid ""
+"Depending on how much data is stored in the filesystem a repair may take longer time. Confirm to start the "
+"action in the dialog that pops up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-repair.page:90
+msgid ""
+"The action will unmount the filesystem if needed. The repair action tries to bring the filesystem into a "
+"consistent state and moves files which were damaged in a special folder. Be patient while the filesystem is 
"
+"repaired."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-repair.page:96
+msgid ""
+"After completion you will be notified whether the filesystem could be successfully repaired. In case of "
+"success it can be used again in the normal way."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-repair.page:99
+msgid ""
+"If the filesystem could not be repaired, back it up by saving an image of the volume to be able to retrieve 
"
+"important files later. This can be done by mounting the image read-only or using forensic analysis tools "
+"like <app>sleuthkit</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-repair.page:103
+msgid ""
+"To make use of the volume again it has to be <link xref=\"disk-format\">formatted</link> with a new "
+"filesystem. All data will be discarded."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/disk-resize.page:15
+msgid "Shrink or grow a filesystem and its partition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/disk-resize.page:19
+msgid "Adjust the size of a filesystem"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/disk-resize.page:21
+msgid ""
+"A filesystem can be grown to make use of the free space after its partition. Often this is even possible "
+"while the filesystem is mounted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/disk-resize.page:24
+msgid ""
+"To make space for another partition after the filesystem, it can be shrunk according to the free space "
+"within it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/disk-resize.page:26
+msgid "Not all filesystems have resize support."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/disk-resize.page:27
+msgid ""
+"The partition size will be changed together with the filesystem size. It is also possible to resize a "
+"partition without a filesystem in the same way."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/disk-resize.page:32
+msgid "Resize a filesystem/partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-resize.page:42
+msgid ""
+"In the toolbar underneath the <gui>Volumes</gui> section, click the menu button. Then click <gui>Resize "
+"Filesystem…</gui> or <gui>Resize…</gui> if there is no filesystem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-resize.page:47
+msgid ""
+"A dialog will open where the new size can be chosen. The filesystem will be mounted to calculate the "
+"minimum size by the amount of current content. If shrinking is not supported the minimum size is the "
+"current size. Leave enough space within the filesystem when shrinking to ensure that it can work fast and "
+"reliably."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-resize.page:52
+msgid ""
+"Depending on how much data has to be moved from the shrunk part, the filesystem resize may take longer 
time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/disk-resize.page:55
+msgid ""
+"The filesystem resize automatically involves <link xref=\"disk-repair\">repairing</link> of the filesystem. 
"
+"Therefore it is advised to back up important data before starting. The action must not be stopped or it "
+"will result in a damaged filesystem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-resize.page:62
+msgid "Confirm to start the action by clicking <gui style=\"button\">Resize</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-resize.page:64
+msgid ""
+"The action will unmount the filesystem if resizing a mounted filesystem is not supported. Be patient while "
+"the filesystem is resized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/disk-resize.page:68
+msgid "After completion of the needed resize and repair actions the filesystem is ready to be used again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/disk.page:15
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Disks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/disk.page:16
+msgid "Check on disk space and control how disk space is allocated and used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/disk.page:21
+msgid "Disks &amp; storage"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/display-blank.page:20 C/get-involved.page:16 C/gnome-classic.page:19 C/gnome-version.page:9
+#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:20 C/power-closelid.page:25 C/power-lowpower.page:21
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:17 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:17 C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:18
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:27 C/translate.page:20
+msgid "Petr Kovar"
+msgstr "Petr Kovar"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/display-blank.page:31
+msgid "Change the screen blanking time to save power."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/display-blank.page:34
+msgid "Set screen blanking time"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/display-blank.page:36
+msgid ""
+"To save power, you can adjust the time before the screen blanks when left idle. You can also disable the "
+"blanking completely."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/display-blank.page:40
+msgid "To set the screen blanking time:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/display-blank.page:42 C/power-autobrightness.page:34 C/power-autosuspend.page:33
+#: C/power-percentage.page:37 C/power-profile.page:50 C/power-status.page:32 C/power-whydim.page:48
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing 
<gui>Power</"
+"gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/display-blank.page:46 C/power-autobrightness.page:38 C/power-autosuspend.page:37
+#: C/power-percentage.page:41 C/power-profile.page:54 C/power-whydim.page:52
+msgid "Click <gui>Power</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/display-blank.page:49
+msgid ""
+"Use the <gui>Screen Blank</gui> drop-down list under <gui>Power Saving Options</gui> to set the time until "
+"the screen blanks, or disable the blanking completely."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/display-blank.page:56
+msgid ""
+"When your computer is left idle, the screen will automatically lock itself for security reasons. To change "
+"this behavior, see <link xref=\"session-screenlocks\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/display-brightness.page:42
+msgid "Change the screen brightness to make it more readable in bright light."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/display-brightness.page:46
+msgid "Set screen brightness"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/display-brightness.page:48
+msgid ""
+"Depending on your hardware, you can change the brightness of your screen to save power or to make the "
+"screen more readable in bright light."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/display-brightness.page:51
+msgid ""
+"To change the brightness of your screen, click the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#systemmenu\">system 
menu</"
+"gui> on the right side of the top bar and adjust the screen brightness slider to the value you want to use. 
"
+"The change should take effect immediately."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/display-brightness.page:57
+msgid ""
+"Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These often have a picture that looks "
+"like the sun. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key to use these keys."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/display-brightness.page:63
+msgid ""
+"If your computer features an integrated light sensor, the screen brightness will automatically be adjusted "
+"for you. For more information, see <link xref=\"power-autobrightness\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/display-brightness.page:68
+msgid ""
+"If it is possible to set the brightness of your screen, you can also have the screen dim automatically to "
+"save power. For more information, see <link xref=\"power-whydim\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:27
+msgid "Set up an additional monitor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:30
+msgid "Connect another monitor to your computer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:81
+msgid "Set up an additional monitor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:82
+msgid ""
+"To set up an additional monitor, connect the monitor to your computer. If your system does not recognize it 
"
+"immediately, or you would like to adjust the settings:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:88 C/display-night-light.page:31 C/look-display-fuzzy.page:46
+#: C/look-resolution.page:54
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing "
+"<gui>Displays</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 C/display-night-light.page:35 C/look-display-fuzzy.page:50
+#: C/look-resolution.page:58
+msgid "Click <gui>Displays</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr "Kliknite na <gui>Zasloni</gui> u bočnoj traci za otvaranje panela."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95
+msgid "In the display arrangement diagram, drag your displays to the relative positions you want."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:98
+msgid ""
+"The numbers on the diagram are shown at the top-left of each display when the <gui>Displays</gui> panel is "
+"active."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:103
+msgid "Click <gui>Primary Display</gui> to choose your primary display."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:106
+msgid ""
+"The primary display is the one with the <link xref=\"shell-introduction\">top bar</link>, and where the "
+"<gui>Activities</gui> overview is shown."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:112
+msgid "Click on each monitor in the list and select the orientation, resolution or scale, and refresh rate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:116 C/look-resolution.page:69
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui>Apply</gui>. The new settings will be applied for 20 seconds before reverting back. That way, if 
"
+"you cannot see anything with the new settings, your old settings will be automatically restored. If you are 
"
+"happy with the new settings, click <gui>Keep Changes</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:127
+msgid "Display modes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:128
+msgid "With two screens, these display modes are available:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:130
+msgid "<gui>Join Displays:</gui> screen edges are joined so things can pass from one display to another."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:132
+msgid ""
+"<gui>Mirror:</gui> the same content is shown on two displays, with the same resolution and orientation for "
+"both."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:135
+msgid ""
+"When only one display is needed, for example, an external monitor connected to a docked laptop with the lid 
"
+"closed, the other monitor can be switched off. In the list, click on the monitor you want to disable, and "
+"turn the switch to off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:144
+msgid "Adding more than one monitor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:145
+msgid "With more than two screens, <gui>Join Displays</gui> is the only mode available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:149
+msgid "Press the button for the display that you would like to configure."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:153
+msgid "Drag the screens to the desired relative positions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/years
+#: C/display-night-light.page:13
+msgid "2018"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/display-night-light.page:18
+msgid "Night Light changes the color of your displays according to the time of day."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/display-night-light.page:22
+msgid "Adjust the color temperature of your screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/display-night-light.page:24
+msgid ""
+"A computer monitor emits blue light which contributes to sleeplessness and eye strain after dark. "
+"<gui>Night Light</gui> changes the color of your displays according to the time of day, making the color "
+"warmer in the evening. To enable <gui>Night Light</gui>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/display-night-light.page:38
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Click <gui>Night Light</gui> to open the settings."
+msgid "Click <gui>Night Light</gui> to open the settings."
+msgstr "Kliknite na <gui>Noćno svjetlo</gui> za otvaranje postavki."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/display-night-light.page:41
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Click <gui>Night Light</gui> to open the settings."
+msgid "Ensure the <gui>Night Light</gui> switch is set to on."
+msgstr "Kliknite na <gui>Noćno svjetlo</gui> za otvaranje postavki."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/display-night-light.page:44
+msgid ""
+"Under <gui>Schedule</gui>, select <gui>Sunset to Sunrise</gui> to make the screen color follow the sunset "
+"and sunrise times for your location. Select <gui>Manual Schedule</gui> to set the <gui>Times</gui> to a "
+"custom schedule."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/display-night-light.page:49
+msgid "Use the slider to adjust the <gui>Color Temperature</gui> to be more warm or less warm."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/display-night-light.page:54
+msgid ""
+"The <link xref=\"shell-introduction\">top bar</link> shows when <gui>Night Light</gui> is active. It can be 
"
+"temporarily disabled from the system menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/files-autorun.page:22 C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:31 C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:31
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:31 C/look-background.page:37 C/look-display-fuzzy.page:30
+#: C/look-resolution.page:26 C/mouse-doubleclick.page:29 C/shell-apps-open.page:22
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:20
+msgid "Shobha Tyagi"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/files-autorun.page:32
+msgid "Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and other devices and media."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/files-autorun.page:37
+msgid "Open applications for devices or discs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-autorun.page:39
+msgid ""
+"You can have an application automatically start when you plug in a device or insert a disc or media card. "
+"For example, you might want your photo organizer to start when you plug in a digital camera. You can also "
+"turn this off, so that nothing happens when you plug something in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-autorun.page:44
+msgid "To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-autorun.page:49
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing "
+#| "<gui>Search</gui>."
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing "
+"<gui>Removable Media</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Otvorite <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivnosti</gui> pregled i započnite upisivati "
+"<gui>Pretraga</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-autorun.page:53
+msgid "Click <gui>Removable Media</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-autorun.page:56
+msgid ""
+"Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or action for that media type. See "
+"below for a description of the different types of devices and media."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-autorun.page:59
+msgid ""
+"Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device will be shown in the file "
+"manager, with the <gui>Open folder</gui> option. When that happens, you will be asked what to do, or "
+"nothing will happen automatically."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-autorun.page:65
+msgid ""
+"If you do not see the device or media type that you want to change in the list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-"
+"book readers), click <gui>Other Media…</gui> to see a more detailed list of devices. Select the type of "
+"device or media from the <gui>Type</gui> drop-down and the application or action from the <gui>Action</gui> 
"
+"drop-down."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/files-autorun.page:74
+msgid ""
+"If you do not want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you plug in, select <gui>Never "
+"prompt or start programs on media insertion</gui> at the bottom of the <gui>Removable Media</gui> window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/files-autorun.page:80
+msgid "Types of devices and media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/files-autorun.page:83
+msgid "Audio discs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-autorun.page:84
+msgid ""
+"Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio CDs. If you use audio DVDs "
+"(DVD-A), select how to open them under <gui>Other Media…</gui>. If you open an audio disc with the file "
+"manager, the tracks will appear as WAV files that you can play in any audio player application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/files-autorun.page:91
+msgid "Video discs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-autorun.page:92
+msgid ""
+"Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the <gui>Other Media…</gui> button to set "
+"an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, video CD (VCD), and super video CD (SVCD). If DVDs or other video discs 
"
+"do not work correctly when you insert them, see <link xref=\"video-dvd\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/files-autorun.page:99
+msgid "Blank discs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-autorun.page:100
+msgid ""
+"Use the <gui>Other Media…</gui> button to select a disc-writing application for blank CDs, blank DVDs, "
+"blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/files-autorun.page:105
+msgid "Cameras and photos"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-autorun.page:106
+msgid ""
+"Use the <gui>Photos</gui> drop-down to choose a photo-management application to run when you plug in your "
+"digital camera, or when you insert a media card from a camera, such as a CF, SD, MMC, or MS card. You can "
+"also simply browse your photos using the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-autorun.page:110
+msgid ""
+"Under <gui>Other Media…</gui>, you can select an application to open Kodak picture CDs, such as those you "
+"might have made in a store. These are regular data CDs with JPEG images in a folder called <file>Pictures</"
+"file>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/files-autorun.page:116
+msgid "Music players"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-autorun.page:117
+msgid ""
+"Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music player, or manage the files "
+"yourself using the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/files-autorun.page:121
+msgid "E-book readers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-autorun.page:122
+msgid ""
+"Use the <gui>Other Media…</gui> button to choose an application to manage the books on your e-book reader, "
+"or manage the files yourself using the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/files-autorun.page:127
+msgid "Software"
+msgstr "Softver"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-autorun.page:128
+msgid ""
+"Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run automatically when the media is "
+"inserted. Use the <gui>Software</gui> option to control what to do when media with autorun software is "
+"inserted. You will always be prompted for a confirmation before software is run."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/files-autorun.page:134
+msgid "Never run software from media you don’t trust."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/files-browse.page:38
+msgid "Manage and organize files with the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/files-browse.page:41
+msgid "Browse files and folders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-browse.page:51
+msgid ""
+"Use the <app>Files</app> file manager to browse and organize the files on your computer. You can also use "
+"it to manage files on storage devices (like external hard disks), on <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">file "
+"servers</link>, and on network shares."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-browse.page:56
+msgid ""
+"To start the file manager, open <app>Files</app> in the <gui xref=\"shell-"
+"introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview. You can also search for files and folders through the "
+"overview in the same way you would <link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">search for applications</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/files-browse.page:63
+msgid "Exploring the contents of folders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-browse.page:65
+msgid ""
+"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and double-click or <link xref=\"mouse-"
+"middleclick\">middle-click</link> any file to open it with the default application for that file. Middle-"
+"click a folder to open it in a new tab. You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new "
+"window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-browse.page:71
+msgid ""
+"When looking through the files in a folder, you can quickly <link xref=\"files-preview\">preview each 
file</"
+"link> by pressing the space bar to be sure you have the right file before opening it, copying it, or "
+"deleting it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-browse.page:76
+msgid ""
+"The <em>path bar</em> above the list of files and folders shows you which folder you’re viewing, including "
+"the parent folders of the current folder. Click a parent folder in the path bar to go to that folder. 
Right-"
+"click any folder in the path bar to open it in a new tab or window, or access its properties."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-browse.page:82
+msgid ""
+"If you want to quickly <link xref=\"files-search\">search for a file</link>, in or below the folder you are 
"
+"viewing, start typing its name. A <em>search bar</em> will appear at the top of the window and only files "
+"which match your search will be shown. Press <key>Esc</key> to cancel the search."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-browse.page:87
+msgid ""
+"You can quickly access common places from the <em>sidebar</em>. If you do not see the sidebar, press the "
+"menu button in the top-right corner of the window and then select <gui>Sidebar</gui>. You can <link "
+"xref=\"nautilus-bookmarks-edit\">add bookmarks to folders that you use often</link> and they will appear in 
"
+"the sidebar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/files-copy.page:14 C/files-delete.page:15 C/files-open.page:13
+msgid "Cristopher Thomas"
+msgstr "Cristopher Thomas"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/files-copy.page:28
+msgid "Copy or move items to a new folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/files-copy.page:31
+msgid "Copy or move files and folders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-copy.page:33
+msgid ""
+"A file or folder can be copied or moved to a new location by dragging and dropping with the mouse, using "
+"the copy and paste commands, or by using keyboard shortcuts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-copy.page:37
+msgid ""
+"For example, you might want to copy a presentation onto a memory stick so you can take it to work with you. 
"
+"Or, you could make a back-up copy of a document before you make changes to it (and then use the old copy if 
"
+"you don’t like your changes)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-copy.page:42
+msgid ""
+"These instructions apply to both files and folders. You copy and move files and folders in exactly the same 
"
+"way."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/files-copy.page:46
+msgid "Copy and paste files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-copy.page:47
+msgid "Select the file you want to copy by clicking on it once."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-copy.page:48
+msgid "Right-click and pick <gui>Copy</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-copy.page:50
+msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-copy.page:52
+msgid ""
+"Click the menu button and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish copying the file, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+"key><key>V</key></keyseq>. There will now be a copy of the file in the original folder and the other 
folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/files-copy.page:59
+msgid "Cut and paste files to move them"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-copy.page:60
+msgid "Select the file you want to move by clicking on it once."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-copy.page:61
+msgid "Right-click and pick <gui>Cut</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-copy.page:63
+msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to move the file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-copy.page:64
+msgid ""
+"Click the menu button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish moving the file, or press "
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. The file will be taken out of its original folder and moved "
+"to the other folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/files-copy.page:71
+msgid "Drag files to copy or move"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-copy.page:72
+msgid "Open the file manager and go to the folder which contains the file you want to copy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-copy.page:74
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, select <gui>New Window</gui> (or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+"key><key>N</key></keyseq>) to open a second window. In the new window, navigate to the folder where you "
+"want to move or copy the file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-copy.page:79
+msgid ""
+"Click and drag the file from one window to another. This will <em>move it</em> if the destination is on the 
"
+"<em>same</em> device, or <em>copy it</em> if the destination is on a <em>different</em> device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-copy.page:82
+msgid ""
+"For example, if you drag a file from a USB memory stick to your Home folder, it will be copied, because "
+"you’re dragging from one device to another."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-copy.page:84
+msgid ""
+"You can force the file to be copied by holding down the <key>Ctrl</key> key while dragging, or force it to "
+"be moved by holding down the <key>Shift</key> key while dragging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/files-copy.page:91
+msgid ""
+"You cannot copy or move a file into a folder that is <em>read-only</em>. Some folders are read-only to "
+"prevent you from making changes to their contents. You can change things from being read-only by <link "
+"xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">changing file permissions </link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/files-delete.page:37
+msgid "Remove files or folders you no longer need."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/files-delete.page:40
+msgid "Delete files and folders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-delete.page:42
+msgid ""
+"If you do not want a file or folder any more, you can delete it. When you delete an item it is moved to the 
"
+"<gui>Trash</gui>, where it is stored until you empty the trash. You can <link xref=\"files-"
+"recover\">restore items</link> in the <gui>Trash</gui> to their original location if you decide you need "
+"them, or if they were accidentally deleted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/files-delete.page:49
+msgid "To send a file to the trash:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-delete.page:50
+msgid "Select the item you want to place in the trash by clicking it once."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-delete.page:52
+msgid ""
+"Press <key>Delete</key> on your keyboard. Alternatively, drag the item to the <gui>Trash</gui> in the "
+"sidebar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-delete.page:56
+msgid ""
+"The file will be moved to the trash, and you’ll be presented with an option to <gui>Undo</gui> the "
+"deletion. The <gui>Undo</gui> button will appear for a few seconds. If you select <gui>Undo</gui>, the file 
"
+"will be restored to its original location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-delete.page:61
+msgid ""
+"To delete files permanently, and free up disk space on your computer, you need to empty the trash. To empty 
"
+"the trash, right-click <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar and select <gui>Empty Trash</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/files-delete.page:66
+msgid "Permanently delete a file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-delete.page:67
+msgid "You can immediately delete a file permanently, without having to send it to the trash first."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/files-delete.page:71
+msgid "To permanently delete a file:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-delete.page:72
+msgid "Select the item you want to delete."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-delete.page:73
+msgid "Press and hold the <key>Shift</key> key, then press the <key>Delete</key> key on your keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-delete.page:75
+msgid "Because you cannot undo this, you will be asked to confirm that you want to delete the file or 
folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/files-delete.page:79
+msgid ""
+"Deleted files on a <link xref=\"files#removable\">removable device </link> may not be visible on other "
+"operating systems, such Windows or Mac OS. The files are still there, and will be available when you plug "
+"the device back into your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:19
+msgid "Put files and documents onto a blank CD or DVD using a CD/DVD burner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:23
+msgid "Write files to a CD or DVD"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:25
+msgid "You can put files onto a blank disc by using a disc burning application, such as <app>Brasero</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:29
+msgid "If the disc wasn’t burned properly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:31
+msgid ""
+"Sometimes the computer doesn’t record the data correctly, and you won’t be able to see the files you put "
+"onto the disc when you insert it into a computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:35
+msgid ""
+"In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, for example, 12x rather than 48x. "
+"Burning at slower speeds is more reliable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/files-hidden.page:28
+msgid "Make a file invisible, so you cannot see it in the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/files-hidden.page:32
+msgid "Hide a file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-hidden.page:34
+msgid ""
+"The <app>Files</app> file manager gives you the ability to hide and unhide files at your discretion. When a 
"
+"file is hidden, it is not displayed by the file manager, but it is still there in its folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-hidden.page:38
+msgid ""
+"To hide a file, <link xref=\"files-rename\">rename it</link> with a <file>.</file> at the beginning of its "
+"name. For example, to hide a file named <file>example.txt</file>, you should rename it to <file>.example."
+"txt</file>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/files-hidden.page:44
+msgid ""
+"You can hide folders in the same way that you can hide files. Hide a folder by placing a <file>.</file> at "
+"the beginning of the folder’s name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/files-hidden.page:49
+msgid "Show all hidden files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-hidden.page:51
+msgid ""
+"If you want to see all hidden files in a folder, go to that folder and either click the view options button 
"
+"in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></"
+"keyseq>. You will see all hidden files, along with regular files that are not hidden."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-hidden.page:58
+msgid ""
+"To hide these files again, either click the view options button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden "
+"Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/files-hidden.page:66
+msgid "Unhide a file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-hidden.page:68
+msgid ""
+"To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click the view options button in the "
+"toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>. Then, find the hidden file and rename it so that it does not 
"
+"have a <file>.</file> in front of its name. For example, to unhide a file called <file>.example.txt</file>, 
"
+"you should rename it to <file>example.txt</file>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-hidden.page:77
+msgid ""
+"Once you have renamed the file, you can either click the view options button in the toolbar and pick "
+"<gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> to hide any other "
+"hidden files again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/files-hidden.page:83
+msgid ""
+"By default, you will only see hidden files in the file manager until you close the file manager. To change "
+"this setting so that the file manager will always show hidden files, see <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/files-hidden.page:88
+msgid ""
+"Most hidden files will have a <file>.</file> at the beginning of their name, but others might have a "
+"<file>~</file> at the end of their name instead. These files are backup files. See <link xref=\"files-"
+"tilde\"/> for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/files-lost.page:32
+msgid "Follow these tips if you can’t find a file you created or downloaded."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/files-lost.page:36
+msgid "Find a lost file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-lost.page:38
+msgid "If you created or downloaded a file, but now you cannot find it, follow these tips."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-lost.page:42
+msgid ""
+"If you do not remember where you saved the file, but you have some idea of how you named it, you can <link "
+"xref=\"files-search\">search for the file by name</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-lost.page:46
+msgid ""
+"If you just downloaded the file, your web browser might have automatically saved it to a common folder. "
+"Check the <file>Desktop</file> and <file>Downloads</file> folders in your home folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-lost.page:51
+msgid ""
+"You might have accidentally deleted the file. When you delete a file, it gets moved to the trash, where it "
+"stays until you manually empty the trash. See <link xref=\"files-recover\"/> to learn how to recover a "
+"deleted file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-lost.page:56
+msgid ""
+"You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files that start with a <file>.</file> "
+"or end with a <file>~</file> are hidden in the file manager. Click the view options button in the "
+"<app>Files</app> toolbar and enable <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui> to display them. See <link xref=\"files-"
+"hidden\"/> to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/files-open.page:23
+msgid ""
+"Open files using an application that isn’t the default one for that type of file. You can change the "
+"default too."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/files-open.page:27
+msgid "Open files with other applications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-open.page:29
+msgid ""
+"When you double-click (or middle-click) a file in the file manager, it will be opened with the default "
+"application for that file type. You can open it in a different application, search online for applications, 
"
+"or set the default application for all files of the same type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-open.page:34
+msgid ""
+"To open a file with an application other than the default, right-click the file and select the application "
+"you want from the top of the menu. If you do not see the application you want, select <gui>Open With Other "
+"Application</gui>. By default, the file manager only shows applications that are known to handle the file. "
+"To look through all the applications on your computer, click <gui>View All Applications</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-open.page:41
+msgid ""
+"If you still cannot find the application you want, you can search for more applications by clicking "
+"<gui>Find New Applications</gui>. The file manager will search online for packages containing applications "
+"that are known to handle files of that type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/files-open.page:47
+msgid "Change the default application"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-open.page:48
+msgid ""
+"You can change the default application that is used to open files of a given type. This will allow you to "
+"open your preferred application when you double-click to open a file. For example, you might want your "
+"favorite music player to open when you double-click an MP3 file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-open.page:54
+msgid ""
+"Select a file of the type whose default application you want to change. For example, to change which "
+"application is used to open MP3 files, select a <file>.mp3</file> file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-open.page:57
+msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-open.page:58
+msgid "Select the <gui>Open With</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-open.page:59
+msgid "Select the application you want and click <gui>Set as default</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-open.page:61
+msgid ""
+"If <gui>Other Applications</gui> contains an application you sometimes want to use, but do not want to make 
"
+"the default, select that application and click <gui>Add</gui>. This will add it to <gui>Recommended "
+"Applications</gui>. You will then be able to use this application by right-clicking the file and selecting "
+"it from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-open.page:68
+msgid ""
+"This changes the default application not just for the selected file, but for all files with the same type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/files-preview.page:26
+msgid "Quickly show and hide previews for documents, images, videos, and more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/files-preview.page:30
+msgid "Preview files and folders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/files-preview.page:33
+msgid "You need to have <app>Sushi</app> installed on your computer to perform these steps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#. Translators: This button is only shown on Ubuntu, where this link
+#. format is preferred over 'install:gnome-sushi'.
+#: C/files-preview.page:36
+msgid "<link style=\"button\" href=\"apt:gnome-sushi\">Install <app>Sushi</app></link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-preview.page:40
+msgid ""
+"You can quickly preview files without opening them in a full-blown application. Select any file and press "
+"the space bar. The file will open in a simple preview window. Press the space bar again to dismiss the "
+"preview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-preview.page:44
+msgid ""
+"The built-in preview supports most file formats for documents, images, video, and audio. In the preview, "
+"you can scroll through your documents or seek through your video and audio."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-preview.page:48
+msgid ""
+"To view a preview full-screen, press <key>F</key> or <key>F11</key>. Press <key>F</key> or <key>F11</key> "
+"again to leave full-screen, or press the space bar to exit the preview completely."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/files-recover.page:24
+msgid "Deleted files are normally sent to the Trash, but can be recovered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/files-recover.page:28
+msgid "Recover a file from the Trash"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-recover.page:30
+msgid ""
+"If you delete a file with the file manager, the file is normally placed into the <gui>Trash</gui>, and "
+"should be able to be restored."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/files-recover.page:34
+msgid "To restore a file from the Trash:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-recover.page:36
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing 
<app>Files</"
+"app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-recover.page:40
+msgid "Click on <app>Files</app> to open the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-recover.page:43
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar. If you do not see the sidebar, press the menu button in the top-"
+"right corner of the window and select <gui>Sidebar</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-recover.page:48
+msgid ""
+"If your deleted file is there, click on it and select <gui>Restore</gui>. It will be restored to the folder 
"
+"from where it was deleted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-recover.page:54
+msgid ""
+"If you deleted the file by pressing <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Delete </key></keyseq>, or by using the "
+"command line, the file has been permanently deleted. Files that have been permanently deleted can’t be "
+"recovered from the <gui>Trash</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-recover.page:59
+msgid ""
+"There are a number of recovery tools available that are sometimes able to recover files that were "
+"permanently deleted. These tools are generally not very easy to use, however. If you accidentally "
+"permanently deleted a file, it’s probably best to ask for advice on a support forum to see if you can "
+"recover it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:28
+msgid "Eject or unmount a USB flash drive, CD, DVD, or other device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:31
+msgid "Safely remove an external drive"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:33
+msgid ""
+"When you use external storage devices like USB flash drives, you should safely remove them before "
+"unplugging them. If you just unplug a device, you run the risk of unplugging while an application is still "
+"using it. This could result in some of your files being lost or damaged. When you use an optical disc like "
+"a CD or DVD, you can use the same steps to eject the disc from your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:41
+msgid "To eject a removable device:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:43
+msgid "From the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview, open 
<app>Files</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:47
+msgid ""
+"Locate the device in the sidebar. It should have a small eject icon next to the name. Click the eject icon "
+"to safely remove or eject the device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:50 C/files-removedrive.page:67
+msgid "Alternately, you can right-click the name of the device in the sidebar and select <gui>Eject</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:56
+msgid "Safely remove a device that is in use"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:58
+msgid ""
+"If any of the files on the device are open and in use by an application, you will not be able to safely "
+"remove the device. You will be prompted with a window telling you <gui>Volume is busy</gui>. To safely "
+"remove the device:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:63
+msgid "Click <gui>Cancel</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:64
+msgid "Close all the files on the device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:65
+msgid "Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:71
+msgid ""
+"You can also choose <gui>Eject Anyway</gui> to remove the device without closing the files. This may cause "
+"errors in applications that have those files open."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/files-rename.page:35
+msgid "Change file or folder name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/files-rename.page:38
+msgid "Rename a file or folder"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-rename.page:40
+msgid "As with other file managers, you can use <app>Files</app> to change the name of a file or folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/files-rename.page:44
+msgid "To rename a file or folder:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-rename.page:45
+msgid "Right-click on the item and select <gui>Rename</gui>, or select the file and press <key>F2</key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-rename.page:47
+msgid "Type the new name and press <key>Enter</key> or click <gui>Rename</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-rename.page:51
+msgid ""
+"You can also rename a file from the <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-basic\">properties</link> window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-rename.page:54
+msgid ""
+"When you rename a file, only the first part of the name of the file is selected, not the file extension "
+"(the part after the last <file>.</file>). The extension normally denotes what type of file it is (for "
+"example, <file>file.pdf</file> is a PDF document), and you usually do not want to change that. If you need "
+"to change the extension as well, select the entire file name and change it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/files-rename.page:62
+msgid ""
+"If you renamed the wrong file, or named your file improperly, you can undo the rename. To revert the "
+"action, immediately click the menu button in the toolbar and select <gui>Undo Rename</gui>, or press "
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>, to restore the former name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/files-rename.page:70
+msgid "Valid characters for file names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-rename.page:72
+msgid ""
+"You can use any character except the <file>/</file> (slash) character in file names. Some devices, however, 
"
+"use a <em>file system</em> that has more restrictions on file names. Therefore, it is a best practice to "
+"avoid the following characters in your file names: <file>|</file>, <file>\\</file>, <file>?</file>, "
+"<file>*</file>, <file>&lt;</file>, <file>\"</file>, <file>:</file>, <file>&gt;</file>, <file>/</file>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/files-rename.page:80
+msgid ""
+"If you name a file with a <file>.</file> as the first character, the file will be <link xref=\"files-"
+"hidden\">hidden</link> when you attempt to view it in the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/files-rename.page:88 C/hardware.page:35 C/mouse.page:47
+msgid "Common problems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/files-rename.page:92
+msgid "The file name is already in use"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-rename.page:93
+msgid ""
+"You cannot have two files or folders with the same name in the same folder. If you try to rename a file to "
+"a name that already exists in the folder you are working in, the file manager will not allow it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-rename.page:96
+msgid ""
+"File and folder names are case sensitive, so the file name <file>File.txt</file> is not the same as "
+"<file>FILE.txt</file>. Using different file names like this is allowed, though it is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/files-rename.page:102
+msgid "The file name is too long"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-rename.page:103
+msgid ""
+"On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in their names. This 255 character "
+"limit includes both the file name and the path to the file (for example, <file>/home/wanda/Documents/work/"
+"business-proposals/…</file>), so you should avoid long file and folder names where possible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/files-rename.page:110
+msgid "The option to rename is grayed out"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-rename.page:111
+msgid ""
+"If <gui>Rename</gui> is grayed out, you do not have permission to rename the file. You should use caution "
+"with renaming such files, as renaming some protected files may cause your system to become unstable. See "
+"<link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\"/> for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/files-search.page:39
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Search"
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Search"
+msgstr "Pretraga"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/files-search.page:40
+msgid "Locate files based on file name and type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/files-search.page:43
+msgid "Search for files"
+msgstr "Pretraga datoteka"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-search.page:45
+msgid "You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: links/title
+#: C/files-search.page:49
+msgid "Other search applications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/files-search.page:55 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:158
+msgid "Search"
+msgstr "Pretraga"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-search.page:57 C/files-share.page:53
+msgid ""
+"Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> 
"
+"overview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-search.page:61
+msgid "If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-search.page:65
+msgid ""
+"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name, and they will be shown in the search bar. For "
+"example, if you name all your invoices with the word “Invoice”, type <input>invoice</input>. Words are "
+"matched regardless of case."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/files-search.page:70
+msgid ""
+"Instead of typing words directly to bring up the search bar, you can click the <_:media-1/> in the toolbar, 
"
+"or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-search.page:78
+msgid ""
+"You can narrow your results by date, by file type, and by whether to search a file’s full text, or to only "
+"search for file names."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-search.page:80
+msgid ""
+"To apply filters, select the drop-down menu button to the left of the file manager’s <_:media-1/> icon, and 
"
+"choose from the available filters:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-search.page:86
+msgid "<gui>When</gui>: How far back do you want to search?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-search.page:89
+msgid "<gui>What</gui>: What is the type of item?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-search.page:92
+msgid "Should your search include a full-text search, or search only the file names?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-search.page:98
+msgid "To remove a filter, select the <gui>X</gui> beside the filter tag that you want to remove."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-search.page:102
+msgid ""
+"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the search results, just as you would "
+"from any folder in the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-search.page:107
+msgid "Click the <_:media-1/> in the toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/files-search.page:115
+msgid "Customize files search"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-search.page:117
+msgid ""
+"You may want certain directories to be included or excluded from searches in the <app>Files</app> "
+"application. To customize which directories are searched:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-search.page:123
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing "
+"<gui>Search</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Otvorite <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivnosti</gui> pregled i započnite upisivati "
+"<gui>Pretraga</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-search.page:127
+msgid ""
+"Select <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Search</gui></guiseq> from the results. This will open the "
+"<gui>Search Settings</gui> panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-search.page:131
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Click on <gui>Notifications</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."
+msgid "Click the <gui>Search Locations</gui> button in the header bar."
+msgstr "Kliknite na <gui>Obavijesti</gui> u bočnoj traci za otvaranje panela."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-search.page:135
+msgid ""
+"This will open a separate settings panel which allows you toggle directory searches on or off. You can "
+"toggle searches on each of the three tabs:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-search.page:140
+msgid "<gui>Places</gui>: Lists common home directory locations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-search.page:143
+msgid ""
+"<gui>Bookmarks</gui>: Lists directory locations that you have bookmarked in the <app>Files</app> 
application"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-search.page:147
+msgid "<gui>Other</gui>: Lists directory locations that you include via the <gui>+</gui> button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/files-select.page:18
+msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to select multiple files which have similar names."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/files-select.page:22
+msgid "Select files by pattern"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-select.page:24
+msgid ""
+"You can select files in a folder using a pattern on the file name. Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</"
+"key></keyseq> to bring up the <gui>Select Items Matching</gui> window. Type in a pattern using common parts 
"
+"of the file names plus wild card characters. There are two wild card characters available:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-select.page:31
+msgid "<file>*</file> matches any number of any characters, even no characters at all."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-select.page:33
+msgid "<file>?</file> matches exactly one of any character."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-select.page:36
+msgid "For example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-select.page:39
+msgid ""
+"If you have an OpenDocument Text file, a PDF file, and an image that all have the same base name "
+"<file>Invoice</file>, select all three with the pattern"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/p
+#: C/files-select.page:42
+msgid "<file>Invoice.*</file>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-select.page:44
+msgid ""
+"If you have some photos that are named like <file>Vacation-001.jpg</file>, <file>Vacation-002.jpg</file>, "
+"<file>Vacation-003.jpg</file>; select them all with the pattern"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/p
+#: C/files-select.page:47
+msgid "<file>Vacation-???.jpg</file>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-select.page:49
+msgid ""
+"If you have photos as before, but you have edited some of them and added <file>-edited</file> to the end of 
"
+"the file name of the photos you have edited, select the edited photos with"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/p
+#: C/files-select.page:52
+msgid "<file>Vacation-???-edited.jpg</file>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/files-share.page:26
+msgid "Easily transfer files to your email contacts from the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/files-share.page:30
+msgid "Share files by email"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-share.page:42
+msgid "You can easily share files with your contacts by email directly from the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/files-share.page:46
+msgid ""
+"Before you begin, make sure <app>Evolution</app> or <app>Geary</app> is installed on your computer, and "
+"your email account is configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/files-share.page:51
+msgid "To share a file by email:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-share.page:56
+msgid "Locate the file you want to transfer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-share.page:58
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the file and select <gui>Send to…</gui>. An email compose window will appear with the file "
+"attached."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-share.page:61
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui>To</gui> to choose a contact, or enter an email address where you want to send the file. Fill in 
"
+"the <gui>Subject</gui> and the body of the message as required and click <gui>Send</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/files-share.page:67
+msgid ""
+"You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down <key>Ctrl</key> while clicking "
+"the files, then right-click any selected file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/files-sort.page:27
+msgid "Arrange files by name, size, type, or when they were changed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/files-sort.page:30
+msgid "Sort files and folders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-sort.page:36
+msgid ""
+"You can sort files in different ways in a folder, for example by sorting them in order of date or file "
+"size. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> below for a list of common ways to sort files. See <link xref=\"nautilus-"
+"views\"/> for information on how to change the default sort order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-sort.page:41
+msgid ""
+"The way that you can sort files depends on the <em>folder view</em> that you are using. You can change the "
+"current view using the list or icon buttons in the toolbar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/files-sort.page:46
+msgid "Icon view"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-sort.page:48
+msgid ""
+"To sort files in a different order, click the view options button in the toolbar and choose <gui>By Name</"
+"gui>, <gui>By Size</gui>, <gui>By Type</gui>, <gui>By Modification Date</gui>, or <gui>By Access 
Date</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-sort.page:54
+msgid ""
+"As an example, if you select <gui>By Name</gui>, the files will be sorted by their names, in alphabetical "
+"order. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> for other options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-sort.page:58
+msgid "You can sort in the reverse order by selecting <gui>Reversed Order</gui> from the menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/files-sort.page:64
+msgid "List view"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-sort.page:66
+msgid ""
+"To sort files in a different order, click one of the column headings in the file manager. For example, "
+"click <gui>Type</gui> to sort by file type. Click the column heading again to sort in the reverse order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/files-sort.page:69
+msgid ""
+"In list view, you can show columns with more attributes and sort on those columns. Click the view options "
+"button in the toolbar, pick <gui>Visible Columns…</gui> and select the columns that you want to be visible. 
"
+"You will then be able to sort by those columns. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for descriptions of "
+"available columns."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/files-sort.page:79
+msgid "Ways of sorting files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/files-sort.page:83 C/nautilus-list.page:49 C/net-firewall-ports.page:38
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr "Naziv"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-sort.page:84
+msgid "Sorts alphabetically by the name of the file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#: C/files-sort.page:87 C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:76 C/nautilus-list.page:56
+msgid "Size"
+msgstr "Veličina"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-sort.page:88
+msgid ""
+"Sorts by the size of the file (how much disk space it takes up). Sorts from smallest to largest by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#: C/files-sort.page:92 C/nautilus-list.page:61
+msgid "Type"
+msgstr "Vrsta"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-sort.page:93
+msgid ""
+"Sorts alphabetically by the file type. Files of the same type are grouped together, then sorted by name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/files-sort.page:97
+msgid "Last Modified"
+msgstr "Posljednja promjena"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-sort.page:98
+msgid "Sorts by the date and time that a file was last changed. Sorts from oldest to newest by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/files-templates.page:13 C/printing-inklevel.page:14
+msgid "Anita Reitere"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/files-templates.page:27
+msgid "Quickly create new documents from custom file templates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/files-templates.page:30
+msgid "Templates for commonly-used document types"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-templates.page:32
+msgid ""
+"If you often create documents based on the same content, you might benefit from using file templates. A "
+"file template can be a document of any type with the formatting or content you would like to reuse. For "
+"example, you could create a template document with your letterhead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/files-templates.page:38
+msgid "Make a new template"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-templates.page:40
+msgid ""
+"Create a document that you are going to use as a template. For example, you could make your letterhead in a 
"
+"word processing application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-templates.page:45
+msgid ""
+"Save the file with the template content in the <file>Templates</file> folder in your <file>Home</file> "
+"folder. If the <file>Templates</file> folder does not exist, you will need to create it first."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/files-templates.page:52
+msgid "Use a template to create a document"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-templates.page:54
+msgid "Open the folder where you want to place the new document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-templates.page:57
+msgid ""
+"Right-click anywhere in the empty space in the folder, then choose <gui style=\"menuitem\">New Document</"
+"gui>. The names of available templates will be listed in the submenu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-templates.page:62
+msgid "Choose your desired template from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-templates.page:65
+msgid ""
+"Double-click the file to open it and start editing. You may wish to <link xref=\"files-rename\">rename the "
+"file</link> when you are finished."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/files-tilde.page:28
+msgid "These are backup files. They are hidden by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/files-tilde.page:31
+msgid "What is a file with a <file>~</file> at the end of its name?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-tilde.page:33
+msgid ""
+"Files with a <file>~</file> at the end of their names (for example, <file>example.txt~</file>) are "
+"automatically created backup copies of documents edited in the <app>gedit</app> text editor or other "
+"applications. It is safe to delete them, but there is no harm to leave them on your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-tilde.page:39
+msgid ""
+"These files are hidden by default. If you are seeing them, that is because you either selected <gui>Show "
+"Hidden Files</gui> (in the view options menu of the <app>Files</app> toolbar) or pressed 
<keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+"key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You can hide them again by repeating either of these steps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-tilde.page:46
+msgid ""
+"These files are treated in the same way as normal hidden files. See <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for "
+"advice on dealing with hidden files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/files.page:28
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Files"
+msgstr "Datoteke"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/files.page:30
+msgid "Find and manage your files, whether on your computer, on the internet, or in backups."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/files.page:37
+msgid "Files, folders &amp; search"
+msgstr "Datoteke, mape i pretraga"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/files.page:40
+msgid "Common tasks"
+msgstr "Uobičajene radnje"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/files.page:45
+msgid "More file-related tasks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/files.page:50
+msgid "Removable drives and external disks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/files.page:55
+msgid "Backing up"
+msgstr "Sigurnosno kopiranje"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/files.page:60
+msgid "Tips and questions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/get-involved.page:7
+msgid "How and where to report problems with these help topics."
+msgstr "Kako i gdje prijaviti problem s ovim temama pomoći."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/get-involved.page:22
+msgid "Participate to improve this guide"
+msgstr "Sudjelujte u poboljšanju ovog vodiča"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/get-involved.page:26
+msgid "Submit an issue"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/get-involved.page:28
+msgid ""
+"This help documentation is created by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate. If you notice "
+"a problem with these help pages (like typos, incorrect instructions or topics that should be covered but "
+"are not), you can submit a <em>new issue</em>. To submit a new issue, go to the <link 
href=\"https://gitlab.";
+"gnome.org/GNOME/gnome-user-docs/issues\">issue tracker</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/get-involved.page:35
+msgid ""
+"You need to register, so you can submit an issue and receive updates by email about its status. If you do "
+"not already have an account, click the <gui><link href=\"https://gitlab.gnome.org/users/sign_in\";>Sign in / 
"
+"Register</link></gui> button to create one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/get-involved.page:40
+msgid ""
+"Once you have an account, make sure you are logged in, then go back to the <link href=\"https://gitlab.";
+"gnome.org/GNOME/gnome-user-docs/issues\">documentation issue tracker</link> and click <gui><link "
+"href=\"https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gnome-user-docs/issues/new\";>New issue</link></gui>. Before reporting 
"
+"a new issue, please <link href=\"https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gnome-user-docs/issues\";>browse</link> for "
+"the issue to see if something similar already exists."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/get-involved.page:48
+msgid ""
+"Before submitting your issue, choose the appropriate label in the <gui>Labels</gui> menu. If you are filing 
"
+"an issue against this documentation, you should choose the <gui>gnome-help</gui> label. If you are not sure 
"
+"which component your issue pertains to, do not choose any."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/get-involved.page:53
+msgid ""
+"If you are requesting help about a topic that you feel is not covered, choose <gui>Feature</gui> as the "
+"label. Fill in the Title and Description sections and click <gui>Submit issue</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/get-involved.page:57
+msgid ""
+"Your issue will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it is being dealt with. Thanks for 
"
+"helping make the GNOME Help better!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/get-involved.page:63
+msgid "Contact us"
+msgstr "Kontaktirajte nas"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/get-involved.page:65
+msgid ""
+"You can send an <link href=\"mailto:gnome-doc-list gnome org\">email</link> to the GNOME docs mailing list "
+"to learn more about how to get involved with the documentation team."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:25
+msgid "Consider switching to GNOME Classic if you prefer a more traditional desktop experience."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:29
+msgid "What is GNOME Classic?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:33
+msgid ""
+"<em>GNOME Classic</em> is a feature for users who prefer a more traditional desktop experience. While "
+"<em>GNOME Classic</em> is based on modern GNOME technologies, it provides a number of changes to the user "
+"interface, such as the <gui>Applications</gui> and <gui>Places</gui> menus on the top bar, and a window "
+"list at the bottom of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:41
+msgid ""
+"<em>GNOME Classic</em> is a feature for users who prefer a more traditional desktop experience. While "
+"<em>GNOME Classic</em> is based on modern GNOME technologies, it provides a number of changes to the user "
+"interface, such as the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Applications</gui> and <gui>Places</gui> 
"
+"menus on the top bar, and a window list at the bottom of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:50
+msgid "You can use the <gui>Applications</gui> menu on the top bar to launch applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:54
+msgid "Window list"
+msgstr "Popis prozora"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:56 C/shell-introduction.page:272
+msgid ""
+"The window list at the bottom of the screen provides access to all your open windows and applications and "
+"lets you quickly minimize and restore them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:59
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing "
+#| "<gui>Settings</gui>."
+msgid ""
+"The <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview is available by clicking the "
+"button at the left-hand side of the window list at the bottom."
+msgstr ""
+"Otvorite <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivnosti</gui> pregled i započnite upisivati "
+"<gui>Postavke</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:62
+msgid ""
+"To access the <em><gui>Activities</gui> overview</em>, you can also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
+"super\">Super</key> key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:65
+msgid ""
+"At the right-hand side of the window list, GNOME displays a short identifier for the current workspace, "
+"such as <gui>1</gui> for the first (top) workspace. In addition, the identifier also displays the total "
+"number of available workspaces. To switch to a different workspace, you can click the identifier and select 
"
+"the workspace you want to use from the menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:74
+msgid "Switch to and from GNOME Classic"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:77
+msgid ""
+"GNOME Classic is only available on systems with certain GNOME Shell extensions installed. Some Linux "
+"distributions may not have these extensions available or installed by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#. Translators: Ubuntu only string
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:83
+msgid ""
+"You need to have the <sys>gnome-shell-extensions</sys> package installed to make GNOME Classic available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#. Translators: Ubuntu only string
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:85
+msgid ""
+"<link style=\"button\" action=\"install:gnome-shell-extensions\">Install 
<sys>gnome-shell-extensions</sys></"
+"link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:90
+msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME</em> to <em>GNOME Classic</em>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:92
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "To lock your screen, click the system menu on the right side of the top bar and press the lock screen "
+#| "button at the bottom of the menu."
+msgid ""
+"Save any open work, and then log out. Click the system menu on the right side of the top bar and then "
+"choose the right option."
+msgstr ""
+"Kako bi zaključali svoj zaslon, kliknite na izbornik sustava desno u gornjoj traci i pritisnite tipku "
+"zaključavanja zaslona na dnu izbornika."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:96 C/gnome-classic.page:124
+msgid "A confirmation message will appear. Select <gui>Log Out</gui> to confirm."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:100 C/gnome-classic.page:128
+msgid "At the login screen, select your name from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/span
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:103 C/net-findip.page:65 C/net-findip.page:91 C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:58
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:61 C/net-macaddress.page:62 C/net-manual.page:55 C/net-manual.page:59
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:57 C/net-othersedit.page:77 C/net-vpn-connect.page:95 C/net-wired-connect.page:37
+#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:48 C/printing-name-location.page:61 C/printing-name-location.page:96
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:63
+msgid "settings"
+msgstr "postavke"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:103
+msgid "Click the <_:media-1/> button in the bottom right corner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:107
+msgid "Select <gui>GNOME Classic</gui> from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:110 C/gnome-classic.page:137
+msgid "Enter your password in the password entry box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:113 C/gnome-classic.page:140
+msgid "Press <key>Enter</key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:118
+msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME Classic</em> to <em>GNOME</em>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:120
+msgid ""
+"Save any open work, and then log out. Click the system menu on the right side of the top bar, click your "
+"name and then choose the right option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:131
+msgid "Click the options icon in the bottom right corner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:134
+msgid "Select <gui>GNOME</gui> from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/gnome-version.page:16
+msgid "How to determine which version of GNOME is running."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/gnome-version.page:19
+msgid "Determine which version of GNOME is running"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/gnome-version.page:21
+msgid ""
+"You can determine the version of GNOME that is running on your system by going to the <gui>About</gui> "
+"panel in <gui>Settings</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/gnome-version.page:26
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing 
<gui>About</"
+"gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/gnome-version.page:30
+msgid ""
+"A window appears showing information about your system, including your distribution’s name and the GNOME "
+"version."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/hardware-auth.page:13
+msgid "Use hardware devices to authenticate instead of passwords."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/hardware-auth.page:18
+msgid "Fingerprints &amp; smart cards"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:25
+msgid "Troubleshoot media card readers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:28
+msgid "Media card reader problems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:30
+msgid ""
+"Many computers contain readers for SD, MMC, SM, MS, CF, and other storage media cards. These should be "
+"automatically detected and <link xref=\"disk-partitions\">mounted</link>. Here are some troubleshooting "
+"steps if they are not:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:36
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that the card is put in correctly. Many cards look as though they are upside down when correctly "
+"inserted. Also make sure that the card is firmly seated in the slot; some cards, especially CF, require a "
+"small amount of force to insert correctly. (Be careful not to push too hard! If you come up against "
+"something solid, do not force it.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:44
+msgid ""
+"Open <app>Files</app> from the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview. Does "
+"the inserted card appear in the left sidebar? Sometimes the card appears in this list but is not mounted; "
+"click it once to mount. (If the sidebar is not visible, press <key>F9</key> or click <gui "
+"style=\"menu\">Files</gui> in the top bar and select the <gui style=\"menuitem\">Sidebar</gui>.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:53
+msgid ""
+"If your card does not show up in the sidebar, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>L</key></keyseq>, then type 
"
+"<input>computer:///</input> and press <key>Enter</key>. If your card reader is correctly configured, the "
+"reader should come up as a drive when no card is present, and the card itself when the card has been "
+"mounted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:61
+msgid ""
+"If you see the card reader but not the card, the problem may be with the card itself. Try a different card "
+"or check the card on a different reader if possible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:66
+msgid ""
+"If no cards or drives are shown when browsing the <gui>Computer</gui> location, it is possible that your "
+"card reader does not work with Linux due to driver issues. If your card reader is internal (inside the "
+"computer instead of sitting outside) this is more likely. The best solution is to directly connect your "
+"device (camera, cell phone, etc.) to a USB port on the computer. USB external card readers are also "
+"available, and are far better supported by Linux."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/hardware-driver.page:17
+msgid "A hardware/device driver allows your computer to use devices that are attached to it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/hardware-driver.page:21
+msgid "What is a driver?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/hardware-driver.page:23
+msgid ""
+"Devices are the physical “parts” of your computer. They may be <em>external</em> like printers and monitor "
+"or <em>internal</em> like graphics and audio cards."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/hardware-driver.page:27
+msgid ""
+"In order for your computer to be able to use these devices, it needs to know how to communicate with them. "
+"This is done by a piece of software called a <em>device driver</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/hardware-driver.page:31
+msgid ""
+"When you attach a device to your computer, you must have the correct driver installed for that device to "
+"work. For example, if you plug in a printer but the correct driver is not available, you will not be able "
+"to use the printer. Normally, each model of device uses a driver that is not compatible with any other "
+"model."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/hardware-driver.page:37
+msgid ""
+"On Linux, the drivers for most devices are installed by default, so everything should work when you plug it 
"
+"in. However, the drivers may need to be installed manually or may not be available at all."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/hardware-driver.page:41
+msgid ""
+"In addition, some existing drivers are incomplete or partially non-functional. For example, you might find "
+"that your printer cannot do double-sided printing, but is otherwise completely functional."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:13
+msgid "Troubleshoot screen and graphics problems."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:19
+msgid "Screen problems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:21
+msgid ""
+"Most problems with the display are caused by issues with graphics drivers or configuration. Which of the "
+"topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/hardware.page:14
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Hardware"
+msgstr "Hardver"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/hardware.page:16
+msgid "Configure hardware and diagnose problems, including printers, displays, disks, and more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/hardware.page:22
+msgid "Hardware &amp; drivers"
+msgstr "Hardver i upravljački programi"
+
+#. (itstool) path: links/title
+#: C/hardware.page:27
+msgid "More topics"
+msgstr "Više tema"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/hardware.page:32
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Problems"
+msgstr "Problemi"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/hardware.page:33
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Hardware problems"
+msgstr "Problemi s hardverom"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/help-irc.page:7
+msgid "Get live support on IRC."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/help-irc.page:19
+msgid "IRC"
+msgstr "IRC"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/help-irc.page:20
+msgid ""
+"IRC stands for Internet Relay Chat. It is a real-time multi-user messaging system. You can get help and "
+"advice on the GNOME IRC server from other GNOME users and developers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/help-irc.page:25
+msgid "To connect to the GNOME IRC server, use <app>Polari</app> or <app>HexChat</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/help-irc.page:28
+msgid "To create an IRC account in Polari, see the <link href=\"help:polari/\">Polari documentation</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/help-irc.page:32
+msgid ""
+"The GNOME IRC server is <sys>irc.gnome.org</sys>. You may also see it referred to as the \"GIMP network\". "
+"If your computer is properly configured you can click on the link <link href=\"irc://irc.gnome.org/gnome\"/"
+"> to access the <sys>gnome</sys> channel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/help-irc.page:37
+msgid "While IRC is a real-time discussion medium, people tend to not reply immediately, so be patient."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/help-irc.page:42
+msgid ""
+"Please note the <link href=\"https://wiki.gnome.org/Foundation/CodeOfConduct\";>GNOME code of conduct</link> 
"
+"applies when you chat on IRC."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/help-mailing-list.page:23
+msgid "Request support by e-mail."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/help-mailing-list.page:26
+msgid "Mailing list"
+msgstr "Mailing lista"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/help-mailing-list.page:28
+msgid ""
+"Mailing lists are email based discussions. You can ask for support using the GNOME mailing lists. Almost "
+"each GNOME application has its own mailing list. The complete list of mailing-lists are listed at <link "
+"href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/help-mailing-list.page:34
+msgid "You may need to subscribe to the mailing-list before being able to send an email to it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/help-mailing-list.page:38
+msgid ""
+"The default language used on mailing lists is English. There are user mailing lists for other languages. "
+"For example, <sys>gnome-de</sys> for German speakers or <sys>gnome-cl-list</sys> for all things related to "
+"Chile."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/index.page:7
+msgid "A guide for GNOME desktop users."
+msgstr "Priručnik za korisnike GNOME radnog okruženja."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/index.page:9
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "GNOME Help"
+msgstr "GNOME priručnik"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/index.page:10
+msgctxt "text"
+msgid "GNOME Help"
+msgstr "GNOME priručnik"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/index.page:11
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Help"
+msgstr "Priručnik"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/index.page:16
+msgid "GNOME Help"
+msgstr "GNOME priručnik"
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:23 C/keyboard-layouts.page:21 C/keyboard-nav.page:19 C/keyboard-osk.page:20
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:23 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:23 C/keyboard.page:19
+msgid "Julita Inca"
+msgstr "Julita Inca"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:37
+msgid "Make the insertion point blink and control how quickly it blinks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:41
+msgid "Make the keyboard cursor blink"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:43
+msgid ""
+"If you find it difficult to see the keyboard cursor in a text field, you can make it blink to make it "
+"easier to locate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:58
+msgid "Press <gui>Cursor Blinking</gui> in the <gui>Typing</gui> section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:61
+msgid "Use the <gui>Speed</gui> slider to adjust how quickly the cursor blinks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:15 C/keyboard-layouts.page:29 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:27
+msgid "Juanjo Marín"
+msgstr "Juanjo Marín"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:25
+msgid "The <key>Menu</key> key launches a context menu with the keyboard rather than with a right-click."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:29
+msgid "What is the <key>Menu</key> key?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:31
+msgid ""
+"The <key>Menu</key> key, also known as the <em>Application</em> key, is a key found on some Windows-"
+"oriented keyboards. This key is usually on the bottom-right of the keyboard, next to the <key>Ctrl</key> "
+"key, but it can be placed in a different location by keyboard manufacturers. It is usually depicted as a "
+"cursor hovering above a menu: <_:media-1/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:45
+msgid ""
+"The primary function of this key is to launch a context menu with the keyboard rather than by clicking the "
+"right mouse button: this is useful if mouse or a similar device is not available, or when the right mouse "
+"button is not present."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:50
+msgid ""
+"The <key>Menu</key> key is sometimes omitted in the interest of space, particularly on portable and laptop "
+"keyboards. In this case, some keyboards include a <key>Menu</key> function key that can be activated in "
+"combination with the Function (<key>Fn</key>) key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:55
+msgid ""
+"The <em>context menu</em> is a menu that pops up when you right-click. The menu that you see, if any, is "
+"dependent on the context and function of the area that you right-clicked. When you use the <key>Menu</key> "
+"key, the context menu is shown for the area of the screen that your cursor is over at the point when the "
+"key is pressed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:25
+msgid ""
+"The <key>Super</key> key opens the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. You can usually find it next to the "
+"<key>Alt</key> key on your keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:30
+msgid "What is the <key>Super</key> key?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:32
+msgid ""
+"When you press the <key>Super</key> key, the <gui>Activities</gui> overview is displayed. This key can "
+"usually be found on the bottom-left of your keyboard, next to the <key>Alt</key> key, and usually has a "
+"Windows logo on it. It is sometimes called the <em>Windows key</em> or system key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:38
+msgid ""
+"If you have an Apple keyboard, you will have a <key>⌘</key> (Command) key instead of the Windows key, while 
"
+"Chromebooks have a magnifying glass instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:43
+msgid "To change which key is used to display the <gui>Activities</gui> overview:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:55 C/keyboard-layouts.page:61 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:75
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:93
+msgid "Click <gui>Keyboard</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."
+msgstr "Kliknite na <gui>Tipkovnica</gui> u bočnoj traci za otvaranje panela."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:58 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:78
+msgid "In the <gui>Keyboard Shortcuts</gui> section, select <gui>Customize Shortcuts</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:61
+msgid "Select the <gui>System</gui> category."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:64
+msgid "Click the row with <gui>Show the activities overview</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:67
+msgid "Hold down the desired key combination."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/years
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 C/mouse-wakeup.page:29 C/prefs-sharing.page:15 C/printing-cancel-job.page:24
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:18 C/printing-name-location.page:23 C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:26
+#: C/printing-to-file.page:15 C/privacy.page:20 C/privacy-screen-lock.page:30 C/session-fingerprint.page:26
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:24 C/user-autologin.page:18
+msgid "2013"
+msgstr "2013"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40
+msgid "Add keyboard layouts and switch between them."
+msgstr "Dodavanje rasporeda tipkovnice i prebacivanje između njih."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:43
+msgid "Use alternative keyboard layouts"
+msgstr "Korištenje alternativnih rasporeda tipkovnice"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:45
+msgid ""
+"Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. Even for a single language, there "
+"are often multiple keyboard layouts, such as the Dvorak layout for English. You can make your keyboard "
+"behave like a keyboard with a different layout, regardless of the letters and symbols printed on the keys. "
+"This is useful if you often switch between multiple languages."
+msgstr ""
+"Tipkovnice dolaze s tisućama različitih rasporeda za različite jezike. Čak i za pojedinačni jezik, često "
+"postoji više rasporeda tipkovnice, poput Dvorak raspored za engleski. Možete postaviti vašu tipkovnicu da "
+"koristi drugi raspored, bez obzira na slova i simbole naslikane na tipkama. To je korisno ako često "
+"prebacujete između više jezika."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:64
+msgid ""
+"Click the <gui>+</gui> button in the <gui>Input Sources</gui> section, select the language which is "
+"associated with the layout, then select a layout and press <gui>Add</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Kliknite na <gui>+</gui> tipku u <gui>Ulazni načini unosa</gui> odjeljku, odaberite jezik koji je povezan s 
"
+"rasporedom, zatim odaberite raspored i kliknite na <gui>Dodaj</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 C/session-formats.page:65 C/session-language.page:88
+msgid ""
+"If there are multiple user accounts on your system, there is a separate instance of the <gui>Region &amp; "
+"Language</gui> panel for the login screen. Click the <gui>Login Screen</gui> button at the top right to "
+"toggle between the two instances."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:76
+msgid ""
+"Some rarely used keyboard layout variants are not available by default when you click the <gui>+</gui> "
+"button. To make also those input sources available you can open a terminal window by pressing "
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>T</key></keyseq> and run this command:"
+msgstr ""
+"Određene rijetko korištene varijante rasporeda nisu dostupne po zadanome kada kliknete <gui>+</gui> tipku. "
+"Kako bi učinili te ulazne načine dostupnima možete otvorit prozor terminala pritiskom <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+"key><key>Alt</key><key>T</key></keyseq> i pokrenuti ovu naredbu:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/span
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 C/keyboard-layouts.page:93
+msgid "preview"
+msgstr "pregled"
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86
+msgid ""
+"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list of <gui>Input Sources</gui> and clicking 
"
+"<gui><_:media-1/></gui>"
+msgstr ""
+"Možete pogledati svaku sliku rasporeda odabirom u popisu <gui>Ulazni načini unosa</gui> i klikom na 
<gui><_:"
+"media-1/></gui>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/span
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:96
+msgid "preferences"
+msgstr "osobitosti"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:91
+msgid ""
+"Certain languages offer some extra configuration options. You can identify those languages because they "
+"have a <gui><_:media-1/></gui> icon next to them. If you want to access these extra parameters, select the "
+"language from the <gui>Input Source</gui> list and a new <gui style=\"button\"><_:media-2/></gui> button "
+"will give you access to the extra settings."
+msgstr ""
+"Određeni jezici omogućuju neke dodatne mogućnosti podešavanja. Možete identificirati te jezike zato jer "
+"imaju <gui><_:media-1/></gui> ikonu pokraj njih. Ako želite pristupiti tim dodatnim parametrima, odaberite "
+"jezik iz<gui>Ulazni načini unosa</gui> popisa i novu <gui style=\"button\"><_:media-2/></gui> tipku dati će 
"
+"vam pristup dodatnim postavkama."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99
+msgid ""
+"When you use multiple layouts, you can choose to have all windows use the same layout or to set a different 
"
+"layout for each window. Using a different layout for each window is useful, for example, if you’re writing "
+"an article in another language in a word processor window. Your keyboard selection will be remembered for "
+"each window as you switch between windows. Press the <gui style=\"button\">Options</gui> button to select "
+"how you want to manage multiple layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"Kada koristite više rasporeda, možete postaviti da svi prozori koriste isti raspored ili da svaki prozor "
+"koristi različiti raspored. Korištenje različitog rasporeda za svaki prozor je korisno, na primjer, ako "
+"pišete članak na drugom jeziku u prozoru za obradu teksta. Vaš odabir tipkovnice će biti zapamćen za svaki "
+"prozor kada se prebacivate između prozora. Pritisnite <gui style=\"button\">Mogućnosti</gui> tipku za "
+"odabir o načinu upravljanja više rasporeda."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:107
+msgid ""
+"The top bar will display a short identifier for the current layout, such as <gui>en</gui> for the standard "
+"English layout. Click the layout indicator and select the layout you want to use from the menu. If the "
+"selected language has any extra settings, they will be shown below the list of available layouts. This "
+"gives you a quick overview of your settings. You can also open an image with the current keyboard layout "
+"for reference."
+msgstr ""
+"Gornja traka će prikazati kratki identifikator trenutnog rasporeda, poput <gui>hr</gui> za standardni "
+"hrvatski raspored. Kliknite na identifikator rasporeda i odaberite raspored koji želite koristiti iz "
+"izbornika. Ako odabrani jezik ima dodatne postavke, biti će prikazane na dnu popisa dostupnih rasporeda. To 
"
+"vam daje brz prikaz vaših postavki. Isto tako možete otvoriti sliku s trenutnim rasporedom tipkovnice u "
+"informativnu svrhu."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:114
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The fastest way to change to another layout is by using the <gui>Input Source</gui> <gui>Keyboard "
+#| "Shortcuts</gui>. These shortcuts open the <gui>Input Source</gui> chooser where you can move forward and 
"
+#| "backward. By default, you can switch to the next input source with <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
+#| "super\">Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq> and to the previous one with <keyseq><key>Shift</"
+#| "key><key>Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>. You can change these shortcuts in the <gui>Keyboard</gui> 
"
+#| "settings."
+msgid ""
+"The fastest way to change to another layout is by using the <gui>Input Source</gui> <gui>Keyboard "
+"Shortcuts</gui>. These shortcuts open the <gui>Input Source</gui> chooser where you can move forward and "
+"backward. By default, you can switch to the next input source with <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
+"super\">Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq> and to the previous one with <keyseq><key>Shift</"
+"key><key>Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>. You can change these shortcuts in the <gui>Keyboard</gui> "
+"settings under <guiseq><gui>Keyboard Shortcuts</gui><gui>Customize Shortcuts</gui><gui>Typing</gui></"
+"guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+"Najbrži način promjene na drugi raspored je korištenjem <gui>Prečaca tipkovnice</gui> <gui>Ulaznih načina</"
+"gui>. Ti prečaci otvaraju odabiratelja <gui>Ulaznih načina</gui> gdje se možete pomicati natrag i naprijed. 
"
+"Po zadanome, možete prebaciti na sljedeći ulazni izvor sa <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</"
+"key><key>Space</key></keyseq> i na prijašnji sa<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Space</key></"
+"keyseq>. Te pračace možete promijeniti u postavkama <gui>Tipkovnice</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: p/media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:124
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/input-methods-switcher.png' md5='1393ed6c6d43813439ddd74bac2707bb'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:34
+msgid "Use applications and the desktop without a mouse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:37
+msgid "Keyboard navigation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:47
+msgid ""
+"This page details keyboard navigation for people who cannot use a mouse or other pointing device, or who "
+"want to use a keyboard as much as possible. For keyboard shortcuts that are useful to all users, see <link "
+"xref=\"shell-keyboard-shortcuts\"/> instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:53
+msgid ""
+"If you cannot use a pointing device like a mouse, you can control the mouse pointer using the numeric "
+"keypad on your keyboard. See <link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\"/> for details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:59
+msgid "Navigate user interfaces"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:61
+msgid "<key>Tab</key> and"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:62
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:65
+msgid ""
+"Move keyboard focus between different controls. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Tab</key></keyseq> moves "
+"between groups of controls, such as from a sidebar to the main content. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</"
+"key></keyseq> can also break out of a control that uses <key>Tab</key> itself, such as a text area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:70
+msgid "Hold down <key>Shift</key> to move focus in reverse order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:74
+msgid "Arrow keys"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:76
+msgid ""
+"Move selection between items in a single control, or among a set of related controls. Use the arrow keys to 
"
+"focus buttons in a toolbar, select items in a list or icon view, or select a radio button from a group."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:82
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:83
+msgid ""
+"In a list or icon view, move the keyboard focus to another item without changing which item is selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:87
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:88
+msgid "In a list or icon view, select all items from the currently selected item to the newly focused item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:90
+msgid ""
+"In a tree view, items that have children can be expanded or collapsed, to show or hide their children: "
+"expand by pressing <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>→</key></keyseq>, and collapse by pressing "
+"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>←</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:96
+msgid "<key>Space</key>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:97
+msgid "Activate a focused item such as a button, check box, or list item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:101
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:102
+msgid "In a list or icon view, select or deselect the focused item without deselecting other items."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:106
+msgid "<key>Alt</key>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:107
+msgid ""
+"Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key to reveal <em>accelerators</em>: underlined letters on menu items, "
+"buttons, and other controls. Press <key>Alt</key> plus the underlined letter to activate a control, just as 
"
+"if you had clicked on it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:113
+msgid "<key>Esc</key>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:114
+msgid "Exit a menu, popup, switcher, or dialog window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:117
+msgid "<key>F10</key>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:118
+msgid "Open the first menu on the menubar of a window. Use the arrow keys to navigate the menus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:122
+msgid "<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> <key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:124
+msgid "Open the application menu on the top bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:127
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:128
+msgid "<key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:130
+msgid "Pop up the context menu for the current selection, as if you had right-clicked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:135
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:136
+msgid ""
+"In the file manager, pop up the context menu for the current folder, as if you had right-clicked on the "
+"background and not on any item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:140
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageUp</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:141 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:100 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:111
+msgid "and"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:142
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageDown</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:143
+msgid "In a tabbed interface, switch to the tab to the left or right."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:149
+msgid "Navigate the desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:166 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:271
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:167
+msgid ""
+"Cycle through windows in the same application. Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and press <key>F6</key> "
+"until the window you want is highlighted, then release <key>Alt</key>. This is similar to the "
+"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</key></keyseq> feature."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:173 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:267 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:76
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:174
+msgid "Cycle through all open windows on a workspace."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:177 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:392 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:135
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:178
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"shell-notifications#notificationlist\">Open the notification list.</link> Press <key>Esc</key> 
"
+"to close."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:184
+msgid "Navigate windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:186 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:425
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:187
+msgid "Close the current window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:190
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:192
+msgid ""
+"Restore a maximized window to its original size. Use <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> to "
+"maximize. <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> both maximizes and restores."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:198 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:449
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:199
+msgid ""
+"Move the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>, then use the arrow keys to "
+"move the window. Press <key>Enter</key> to finish moving the window, or <key>Esc</key> to return it to its "
+"original place."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:205 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:461
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:206
+msgid ""
+"Resize the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>, then use the arrow keys to "
+"resize the window. Press <key>Enter</key> to finish resizing the window, or <key>Esc</key> to return it to "
+"its original size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:221
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:224
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize</link> a window. Press 
<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></"
+"keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq> to restore a maximized window to its original 
size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:230 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:429
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>H</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:231
+msgid "Minimize a window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:234 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:481
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:235
+msgid ""
+"Maximize a window vertically along the left side of the screen. Press again to restore the window to its "
+"previous size. Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq> to switch sides."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:241 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:485
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:242
+msgid ""
+"Maximize a window vertically along the right side of the screen. Press again to restore the window to its "
+"previous size. Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq> to switch sides."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:248 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:421
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:249
+msgid "Pop up the window menu, as if you had right-clicked on the titlebar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:16
+msgid "Jeremy Bicha"
+msgstr "Jeremy Bicha"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:32
+msgid "Use an on-screen keyboard to enter text by clicking buttons with the mouse or a touchscreen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:38
+msgid "Use an on-screen keyboard"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:40
+msgid ""
+"If you do not have a keyboard attached to your computer or prefer not to use it, you can turn on the 
<em>on-"
+"screen keyboard</em> to enter text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:44
+msgid "The on-screen keyboard is automatically enabled if you use a touchscreen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:60
+msgid "Switch on <gui>Screen Keyboard</gui> in the <gui>Typing</gui> section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:65
+msgid ""
+"When you next have the opportunity to type, the on-screen keyboard will open at the bottom of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:68
+msgid ""
+"Press the <gui style=\"button\">?123</gui> button to enter numbers and symbols. More symbols are available "
+"if you then press the <gui style=\"button\">=/&lt;</gui> button. To return to the alphabet keyboard, press "
+"the <gui style=\"button\">ABC</gui> button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/span
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:74
+msgid "down"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:73
+msgid ""
+"You can press the <gui style=\"button\"><_:media-1/></gui> button to hide the keyboard temporarily. The "
+"keyboard will show again automatically when you next press on something where you can use it. On a "
+"touchscreen, you can also pull up the keyboard by <link xref=\"touchscreen-gestures\">dragging up from the "
+"bottom edge</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/span
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:80
+msgid "flag"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:79
+msgid ""
+"Press the <gui style=\"button\"><_:media-1/></gui> button to change your settings for <link xref=\"session-"
+"language\">Language</link> or <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">Input Sources</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:37
+msgid ""
+"Make the keyboard not repeat letters when you hold down a key, or change the delay and speed of repeat 
keys."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:41
+msgid "Manage repeated key presses"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43
+msgid ""
+"By default, when you hold down a key on your keyboard, the letter or symbol will be repeated until you "
+"release the key. If you have difficulty picking your finger back up quickly enough, you can disable this "
+"feature, or change how long it takes before key presses start repeating, or how quickly key presses repeat."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:61
+msgid "Press <gui>Repeat Keys</gui> in the <gui>Typing</gui> section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:64
+msgid "Switch the <gui>Repeat Keys</gui> switch to off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:65
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> slider to control how long you have to hold a key down to begin "
+"repeating it, and adjust the <gui>Speed</gui> slider to control how quickly key presses repeat."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45
+msgid "Define or change keyboard shortcuts in <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:49
+msgid "Set keyboard shortcuts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64
+msgid "To change the key or keys to be pressed for a keyboard shortcut:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81
+msgid "Select the desired category, or enter a search term."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84
+msgid "Click the row for the desired action. The <gui>Set shortcut</gui> window will be shown."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:88
+msgid ""
+"Hold down the desired key combination, or press <key>Backspace</key> to reset, or press <key>Esc</key> to "
+"cancel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:95
+msgid "Pre-defined shortcuts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:96
+msgid "There are a number of pre-configured shortcuts that can be changed, grouped into these categories:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:102
+msgid "Decrease text size"
+msgstr "Smanji veličinu teksta"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:103 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:107 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:111
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:115 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:151 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:172
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:219 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:223 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:227
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:251 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:255 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:259
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:263 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:275 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:433
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:441 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:445 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:453
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:457 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:469 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:477
+msgid "Disabled"
+msgstr "Onemogućeno"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:106
+msgid "High contrast on or off"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:110
+msgid "Increase text size"
+msgstr "Uvećaj veličinu teksta"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:114
+msgid "Turn on-screen keyboard on or off"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:118
+msgid "Turn screen reader on or off"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:119
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>S</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:122
+msgid "Turn zoom on or off"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:123
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>8</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:126
+msgid "Zoom in"
+msgstr "Uvećaj"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:127
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>=</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:130
+msgid "Zoom out"
+msgstr "Umanji"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:131
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>-</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:136
+msgid "Launchers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:138
+msgid "Home folder"
+msgstr "Osobna mapa"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:139
+msgid "<_:media-1/> or <_:media-2/> or <key>Explorer</key>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:142
+msgid "Launch calculator"
+msgstr "Pokreni kalkulator"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:143
+msgid "<_:media-1/> or <key>Calculator</key>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:146
+msgid "Launch email client"
+msgstr "Pokreni klijent e-pošte"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:147
+msgid "<_:media-1/> or <key>Mail</key>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:150
+msgid "Launch help browser"
+msgstr "Pokreni preglednik pomoći"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:154
+msgid "Launch web browser"
+msgstr "Pokreni internetski preglednik"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:155
+msgid "<_:media-1/> or <_:media-2/> or <key>WWW</key>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:159
+msgid "<_:media-1/> or <key>Search</key>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:162
+msgid "Settings"
+msgstr "Postavke"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:163
+msgid "<key>Tools</key>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:169
+msgid "Navigation"
+msgstr "Navigacija"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:171
+msgid "Hide all normal windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:175
+msgid "Move to workspace on the left"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:176 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:98
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:179
+msgid "Move to workspace on the right"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:180 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:101
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:183
+msgid "Move window one monitor down"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:184
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:187
+msgid "Move window one monitor to the left"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:188 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:119
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:191
+msgid "Move window one monitor to the right"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:192 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:123
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:195
+msgid "Move window one monitor up"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:196
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:199
+msgid "Move window one workspace to the left"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:200
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key> <key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:204
+msgid "Move window one workspace to the right"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:205 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:112
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:208
+msgid "Move window to last workspace"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:209
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>End</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:213
+msgid "Move window to workspace 1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:214
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Home</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:218
+msgid "Move window to workspace 2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:222
+msgid "Move window to workspace 3"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:226
+msgid "Move window to workspace 4"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:230
+msgid "Switch applications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:231 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:61
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:234
+msgid "Switch system controls"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:235 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:84
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:238
+msgid "Switch system controls directly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:239
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:242
+msgid "Switch to last workspace"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:243
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>End</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:246
+msgid "Switch to workspace 1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:247
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Home</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:250
+msgid "Switch to workspace 2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:254
+msgid "Switch to workspace 3"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:258
+msgid "Switch to workspace 4"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:262
+msgid "Switch windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:266
+msgid "Switch windows directly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:270
+msgid "Switch windows of an app directly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:274
+msgid "Switch windows of an application"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:280
+msgid "Screenshots"
+msgstr "Slike zaslona"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:282
+msgid "Copy a screenshot of a window to clipboard"
+msgstr "Kopiraj sliku prozora u međuspremnik"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:283
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:286
+msgid "Copy a screenshot of an area to clipboard"
+msgstr "Kopiraj sliku područja u međuspremnik"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:287
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:290
+msgid "Copy a screenshot to clipboard"
+msgstr "Kopiraj sliku zaslona u međuspremnik"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:291
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:294
+msgid "Record a short screencast"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:295
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>R</key> </keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:299
+msgid "Save a screenshot of a window to Pictures"
+msgstr "Spremi sliku prozora u međuspremnik"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:300
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:303
+msgid "Save a screenshot of an area to Pictures"
+msgstr "Spremi sliku područja u međuspremnik"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:304
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:307
+msgid "Save a screenshot to Pictures"
+msgstr "Spremi sliku prozora u mapu Slike"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:308
+msgid "<key>Print</key>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:313
+msgid "Sound and Media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:315
+msgid "Eject"
+msgstr "Izbaci"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:316
+msgid "<_:media-1/> (Eject)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:319
+msgid "Launch media player"
+msgstr "Pokreni medijski reproduktor"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:320
+msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio media)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:323
+msgid "Microphone mute/unmute"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:327
+msgid "Next track"
+msgstr "Sljedeća pjesma"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:328
+msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio next)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:331
+msgid "Pause playback"
+msgstr "Pauziraj reprodukciju"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:332
+msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio pause)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:335
+msgid "Play (or play/pause)"
+msgstr "Reprodukcija (ili reprodukcija/pauza)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:336
+msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio play)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:339
+msgid "Previous track"
+msgstr "Prijašnja pjesma"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:340
+msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio previous)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:343
+msgid "Stop playback"
+msgstr "Zaustavi reprodukciju"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:344
+msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio stop)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:347
+msgid "Volume down"
+msgstr "Smanji glasnoću zvuka"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:348
+msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio lower volume)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:351
+msgid "Volume mute"
+msgstr "Utišaj zvuk"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:352
+msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio mute)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:355
+msgid "Volume up"
+msgstr "Pojačaj glasnoću zvuka"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:356
+msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio raise volume)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:361
+msgid "System"
+msgstr "Sustav"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:363
+msgid "Focus the active notification"
+msgstr "Fokusiraj aktivnu obavijest"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:364
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>N</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:367
+msgid "Lock screen"
+msgstr "Zaključaj zaslon"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:368 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:131
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:371
+msgid "Show the Power Off dialog"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:372 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:127
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:375
+msgid "Open the application menu"
+msgstr "Otvori izbornik aplikacija"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:376
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:379
+msgid "Restore the keyboard shortcuts"
+msgstr "Vrati izvorne prečaca tipkovnica"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:380
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:383
+msgid "Show all applications"
+msgstr "Prikaži sve aplikacije"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:384 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:93
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:387
+msgid "Show the activities overview"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:388
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:391
+msgid "Show the notification list"
+msgstr "Prikaži popis obavijesti"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:395
+msgid "Show the overview"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:396
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>S</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:399
+msgid "Show the run command prompt"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:400 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:56
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:405
+msgid "Typing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:407
+msgid "Switch to next input source"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:408
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:412
+msgid "Switch to previous input source"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:413
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:418
+msgid "Windows"
+msgstr "Prozori"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:420
+msgid "Activate the window menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:424
+msgid "Close window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:428
+msgid "Hide window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:432
+msgid "Lower window below other windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:436
+msgid "Maximize window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:437
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:440
+msgid "Maximize window horizontally"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:444
+msgid "Maximize window vertically"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:448
+msgid "Move window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:452
+msgid "Raise window above other windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:456
+msgid "Raise window if covered, otherwise lower it"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:460
+msgid "Resize window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:464
+msgid "Restore window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:465
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:468
+msgid "Toggle fullscreen mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:472
+msgid "Toggle maximization state"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:473
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:476
+msgid "Toggle window on all workspaces or one"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:480
+msgid "View split on left"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:484
+msgid "View split on right"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:492
+msgid "Custom shortcuts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:494
+msgid "To create your own application keyboard shortcut in the <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:499
+msgid "Select <gui>Custom Shortcuts</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:502
+msgid ""
+"Click the <gui style=\"button\">Add Shortcut</gui> button if no custom shortcut is set yet. Otherwise click 
"
+"the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> button. The <gui>Add Custom Shortcut</gui> window will appear."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:507
+msgid ""
+"Type a <gui>Name</gui> to identify the shortcut, and a <gui>Command</gui> to run an application. For "
+"example, if you wanted the shortcut to open <app>Rhythmbox</app>, you could name it <input>Music</input> "
+"and use the <input>rhythmbox</input> command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:514
+msgid ""
+"Click the <gui style=\"button\">Add Shortcut…</gui> button. In the <gui>Add Custom Shortcut</gui> window, "
+"hold down the desired shortcut key combination."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:519 C/user-add.page:83
+msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:523
+msgid ""
+"The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can check that the command works by "
+"opening a Terminal and typing it in there. The command that opens an application cannot have the same name "
+"as the application itself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:528
+msgid ""
+"If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard shortcut, click the row of the "
+"shortcut. The <gui>Set Custom Shortcut</gui> window will appear, and you can edit the command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/keyboard.page:11
+msgid "Select international keyboard layouts and use keyboard accessibility features."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/keyboard.page:29
+msgid "Keyboard"
+msgstr "Tipkovnica"
+
+#. (itstool) path: links/title
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/keyboard.page:32 C/prefs-language.page:22
+msgid "Region &amp; Language"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/look-background.page:17
+msgid "April Gonzales"
+msgstr "April Gonzales"
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/look-background.page:45
+msgid "Ivan Stanton"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/look-background.page:51
+msgid "Choose a style and set a background."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/look-background.page:54
+msgid "Change the appearance of your desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/look-background.page:56
+msgid ""
+"You can change the look of things that appear on the screen by setting the style preference to light or "
+"dark. You can choose an image or wallpaper as your desktop background."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/look-background.page:61
+msgid "Light or Dark Style"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/look-background.page:62
+msgid "To switch between light and dark desktop styles:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/look-background.page:66 C/look-background.page:89
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing "
+#| "<gui>Search</gui>."
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing "
+"<gui>Appearance</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Otvorite <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivnosti</gui> pregled i započnite upisivati "
+"<gui>Pretraga</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/look-background.page:70
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui>Appearance</gui> to open the panel. The currently selected style is shown at the top surrounded "
+"by a blue border."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/look-background.page:74
+msgid "Click to choose <gui>Light</gui> or <gui>Dark</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/look-background.page:77
+msgid "The setting is applied immediately."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/look-background.page:84
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Basic sound"
+msgid "Background"
+msgstr "Osnovni zvuk"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/look-background.page:85
+msgid "To change the image used for your background:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/look-background.page:93
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui>Appearance</gui> to open the panel. The currently selected wallpaper is shown at the top in the "
+"preview for the current style."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/look-background.page:97
+msgid "There are two ways to change the image used for your backgrounds:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/look-background.page:100
+msgid "Click one of the background images which are shipped with the system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/look-background.page:103
+msgid ""
+"Some wallpapers change throughout the day. These wallpapers have a small clock icon in the bottom-right "
+"corner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/look-background.page:108
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui>Add Picture…</gui> to use one of your own photos. By default, the <file>Pictures</file> folder "
+"will be opened, since most photo management applications store photos there."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/look-background.page:115
+msgid "The settings are applied immediately."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/look-background.page:117
+msgid ""
+"For another way to set one of your own photos as the background, right-click on the image file in "
+"<app>Files</app> and select <gui>Set as Wallpaper</gui>, or open the image file in <app>Image Viewer</app>, 
"
+"click the menu button in the titlebar and select <gui>Set as Wallpaper</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/look-background.page:125
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch to an empty workspace</link> to view your entire desktop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36
+msgid "The screen resolution may be set incorrectly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:39
+msgid "Why do things look fuzzy/pixelated on my screen?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:41
+msgid "The display resolution that is configured may not be the correct one for your screen. To solve this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:53
+msgid "Try some of the <gui>Resolution</gui> options and select the one that makes the screen look better."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:59
+msgid "When multiple displays are connected"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66
+msgid ""
+"If you have two displays connected to the computer (for example, a normal monitor and a projector), the "
+"displays might have different optimal, or <link xref=\"look-resolution#native\">native</link>, resolutions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:70
+msgid ""
+"Using <link xref=\"display-dual-monitors#modes\">Mirror</link> mode, you can display the same thing on two "
+"screens. Both screens use the same resolution, which may not match the native resolution of either screen, "
+"so the sharpness of the image may suffer on both screens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:75
+msgid ""
+"Using <link xref=\"display-dual-monitors#modes\">Join Displays</link> mode, the resolution of each screen "
+"can be set independently, so they can both be set to their native resolution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/look-resolution.page:36
+msgid "Change the resolution of the screen and its orientation (rotation)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/look-resolution.page:40
+msgid "Change the resolution or orientation of the screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/look-resolution.page:42
+msgid ""
+"You can change how big (or how detailed) things appear on the screen by changing the <em>screen 
resolution</"
+"em>. You can change which way up things appear (for example, if you have a rotating display) by changing "
+"the <em>rotation</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/look-resolution.page:61
+msgid ""
+"If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have different settings on each display. "
+"Select a display in the preview area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/look-resolution.page:66
+msgid "Select the orientation, resolution or scale, and refresh rate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/look-resolution.page:77
+msgid "Orientation"
+msgstr "Zakretanje"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/look-resolution.page:79
+msgid ""
+"On some devices, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. Click <gui>Orientation</gui> in "
+"the panel and choose from <gui>Landscape</gui>, <gui>Portrait Right</gui>, <gui>Portrait Left</gui>, or "
+"<gui>Landscape (flipped)</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/span
+#: C/look-resolution.page:87
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Rotation"
+msgid "rotation lock"
+msgstr "Zakretanje"
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/span
+#: C/look-resolution.page:88
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Rotation"
+msgid "rotation unlock"
+msgstr "Zakretanje"
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/look-resolution.page:85
+msgid ""
+"If your device rotates the screen automatically, you can lock the current rotation using the <_:media-1/> "
+"button at the bottom of the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</gui>. To unlock, press 
"
+"the <_:media-2/> button"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/look-resolution.page:94
+msgid "Resolution"
+msgstr "Razlučivost"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/look-resolution.page:96
+msgid ""
+"The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each direction that can be displayed. Each "
+"resolution has an <em>aspect ratio</em>, the ratio of the width to the height. Wide-screen displays use a "
+"16∶9 aspect ratio, while traditional displays use 4∶3. If you choose a resolution that does not match the "
+"aspect ratio of your display, the screen will be letterboxed to avoid distortion, by adding black bars to "
+"the top and bottom or both sides of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/look-resolution.page:104
+msgid ""
+"You can choose the resolution you prefer from the <gui>Resolution</gui> drop-down list. If you choose one "
+"that is not right for your screen it may <link xref=\"look-display-fuzzy\">look fuzzy or pixelated</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/look-resolution.page:111
+msgid "Native Resolution"
+msgstr "Izvorna razlučivost"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/look-resolution.page:113
+msgid ""
+"The <em>native resolution</em> of a laptop screen or LCD monitor is the one that works best: the pixels in "
+"the video signal will line up precisely with the pixels on the screen. When the screen is required to show "
+"other resolutions, interpolation is necessary to represent the pixels, causing a loss of image quality."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/look-resolution.page:122
+msgid "Refresh Rate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/look-resolution.page:124
+msgid "The refresh rate is the number of times per second the screen image is drawn, or refreshed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/look-resolution.page:129
+msgid "Scale"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/look-resolution.page:131
+msgid ""
+"The scale setting increases the size of objects shown on the screen to match the density of your display, "
+"making them easier to read. Choose <gui>100%</gui> or <gui>200%</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/media.page:20
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/media.page:21
+msgid "Manage your sound devices, use your media files, connect to external devices, and more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/media.page:27
+msgid "Sound and media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/media.page:31
+msgctxt "sort"
+msgid "Sound"
+msgstr "Zvuk"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/media.page:32
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Sound"
+msgstr "Zvuk"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/media.page:33
+msgctxt "link:topic"
+msgid "Sound"
+msgstr "Zvuk"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/media.page:34
+msgid "Adjust the volume for different apps, and configure different speakers and microphones."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/media.page:38
+msgid "Basic sound"
+msgstr "Osnovni zvuk"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/media.page:42
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Sound, video &amp; pictures"
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Music, video &amp; devices"
+msgstr "Zvuk, video i slike"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/media.page:43
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Sound, video &amp; pictures"
+msgid "Music, video &amp; devices"
+msgstr "Zvuk, video i slike"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/more-help.page:19
+msgid "Get tips on using this guide, and connect with the community for more help."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/more-help.page:26
+msgid "Get more help"
+msgstr "Nabavite više pomoći"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:35
+msgid "Control how quickly you need to press the mouse button a second time to double-click."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39
+msgid "Adjust the double-click speed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41
+msgid ""
+"Double-clicking only happens when you press the mouse button twice quickly enough. If the second press is "
+"too long after the first, you’ll just get two separate clicks, not a double click. If you have difficulty "
+"pressing the mouse button quickly, you should increase the timeout."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:55
+msgid ""
+"Under <gui>Pointing &amp; Clicking</gui>, adjust the <gui>Double-Click Delay</gui> slider to a value you "
+"find comfortable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:60
+msgid ""
+"If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you have increased the double-"
+"click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that "
+"works properly. Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see if it still has the same "
+"problem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:67 C/mouse-lefthanded.page:57
+msgid "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other pointing device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34
+msgid "Reverse the left and right mouse buttons in the mouse settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:37
+msgid "Use your mouse left-handed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:39
+msgid ""
+"You can swap the behavior of the left and right buttons on your mouse or touchpad to make it more "
+"comfortable for left-handed use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 C/mouse-sensitivity.page:46 C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:133 C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:157
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing <gui>Mouse "
+"&amp; Touchpad</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:48 C/mouse-sensitivity.page:50 C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:137 C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:161
+msgid "Click on <gui>Mouse &amp; Touchpad</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:51
+msgid "In the <gui>General</gui> section, click to switch <gui>Primary button</gui> to <gui>Right</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:33
+msgid "Use the middle mouse button to open applications, open tabs and more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:37
+msgid "Middle-click"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:39
+msgid ""
+"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a scroll wheel, you can usually "
+"press directly down on the scroll wheel to middle-click. If you don’t have a middle mouse button, you can "
+"press the left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45
+msgid ""
+"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers at once to middle-click. You "
+"have to <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-click\">enable tap clicking</link> in the touchpad settings for this to 
"
+"work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:50
+msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53
+msgid ""
+"In applications with scrollbars, left-clicking in the empty space of the bar moves the scroll position "
+"directly to that place. Middle-clicking moves up to a single page towards that location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:57
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you can quickly open a new window for an application with middle-"
+"click. Simply middle-click on the application’s icon, either in the dash on the left, or in the "
+"applications overview. The applications overview is displayed using the grid button in the dash."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:63
+msgid ""
+"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle mouse button. Just click any link 
"
+"with your middle mouse button, and it will open in a new tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:67
+msgid ""
+"In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a folder, it will open in a new "
+"tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, "
+"just as if you had double-clicked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:73
+msgid ""
+"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for other functions. Search your "
+"application’s help for <em>middle-click</em> or <em>middle mouse button</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/years
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:31 C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 C/shell-notifications.page:24
+msgid "2013, 2015"
+msgstr "2013, 2015"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:36
+msgid "Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the numeric keypad."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40
+msgid "Click and move the mouse pointer using the keypad"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42
+msgid ""
+"If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can control the mouse pointer using "
+"the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This feature is called <em>mouse keys</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:50
+msgid ""
+"You can access the <gui>Activities</gui> overview by pressing on it, by moving your mouse pointer against "
+"the top-left corner of the screen, by using <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "
+"followed by <key>Enter</key>, or by using the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:62
+msgid ""
+"Use the up and down arrow keys to select <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> in the <gui>Pointing &amp; Clicking</gui> "
+"section, then press <key>Enter</key> to switch the <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> switch to on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:67
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that <key>Num Lock</key> is turned off. You will now be able to move the mouse pointer using the "
+"keypad."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72
+msgid ""
+"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged into a square grid. If you have 
"
+"a keyboard without a keypad (such as a laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (<key>Fn</"
+"key>) key and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often on a "
+"laptop, you can purchase external USB or Bluetooth numeric keypads."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:79
+msgid ""
+"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing <key>8</key> will move the "
+"pointer upwards and pressing <key>2</key> will move it downwards. Press the <key>5</key> key to click once "
+"with the mouse, or quickly press it twice to double-click."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:84
+msgid ""
+"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click, sometimes called the <key "
+"xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key> key. Note, however, that this key responds to where your keyboard "
+"focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for information on how to "
+"right-click by holding down <key>5</key> or the left mouse button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:90
+msgid ""
+"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, turn <key>Num Lock</key> on. The 
"
+"mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad when <key>Num Lock</key> is turned on, though."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:95
+msgid ""
+"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not control the mouse pointer. Only the "
+"keypad number keys can be used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:23
+msgid "How to check why your mouse is not working."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:26
+msgid "Mouse pointer is not moving"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:31
+msgid "Check that the mouse is plugged in"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:32
+msgid "If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:36
+msgid ""
+"If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a different USB port. If it is a 
"
+"PS/2 mouse (with a small, round connector with six pins), make sure that it is plugged in to the green "
+"mouse port rather than the purple keyboard port. You may need to restart the computer if it was not plugged 
"
+"in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:46
+msgid "Check that the mouse actually works"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:47
+msgid "Plug the mouse in to a different computer and see if it works."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:49
+msgid ""
+"If the mouse is an optical or laser mouse, a light should be shining out of the bottom of the mouse if it "
+"is turned on. If there is no light, check that it is turned on. If it is and there is still no light, the "
+"mouse may be broken."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:56
+msgid "Checking wireless mice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:60
+msgid ""
+"Make sure the mouse is turned on. There is often a switch on the bottom of the mouse to turn the mouse off "
+"completely, so you can take it with you without it constantly waking up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:64
+msgid ""
+"If you are using a Bluetooth mouse, make sure you have actually paired the mouse with your computer. See "
+"<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:67
+msgid ""
+"Click a button and see if the mouse pointer moves now. Some wireless mice go to sleep to save power, so "
+"might not respond until you click a button. See <link xref=\"mouse-wakeup\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:74
+msgid "Check that the battery of the mouse is charged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:79
+msgid "Make sure that the receiver (dongle) is firmly plugged in to the computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:84
+msgid ""
+"If your mouse and receiver can operate on different radio channels, make sure that they are both set to the 
"
+"same channel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:90
+msgid ""
+"You may need to press a button on the mouse, receiver or both to establish a connection. The instruction "
+"manual of your mouse should have more details if this is the case."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:98
+msgid ""
+"Most RF (radio) wireless mice should work automatically when you plug them into your computer. If you have "
+"a Bluetooth or IR (infrared) wireless mouse, you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. "
+"The steps might depend on the make or model of your mouse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:35
+msgid "Change how quickly the pointer moves when you use your mouse or touchpad."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39
+msgid "Adjust the speed of the mouse and touchpad"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41
+msgid ""
+"If your pointer moves too fast or slow when you move your mouse or use your touchpad, you can adjust the "
+"pointer speed for these devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:53
+msgid ""
+"Adjust the <gui>Mouse Speed</gui> or <gui>Touchpad Speed</gui> slider until the pointer motion is "
+"comfortable for you. Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device are not the best for "
+"the other."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61
+msgid ""
+"The <gui>Touchpad</gui> section only appears if your system has a touchpad, while the <gui>Mouse</gui> "
+"section is only visible when a mouse is connected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37
+msgid "Click, drag, or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41
+msgid "Click, drag, or scroll with the touchpad"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:43
+msgid ""
+"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47
+msgid "<link xref=\"touchscreen-gestures\">Touchpad gestures</link> are covered separately."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:52
+msgid "Tap to click"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:56
+msgid "You can tap your touchpad to click instead of using a button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:60
+msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63
+msgid "To double-click, tap twice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:66
+msgid ""
+"To drag an item, double-tap but don’t lift your finger after the second tap. Drag the item where you want "
+"it, then lift your finger to drop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:71
+msgid ""
+"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two fingers at once. Otherwise, "
+"you still need to use hardware buttons to right-click. See <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for a method "
+"of right-clicking without a second mouse button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:77
+msgid ""
+"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, <link xref=\"mouse-middleclick\">middle-click</link> by "
+"tapping with three fingers at once."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:84
+msgid ""
+"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are spread far enough apart. If your 
"
+"fingers are too close, your computer may think they’re a single finger."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:90
+msgid "Enable Tap to Click"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:99 C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:140
+msgid "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, make sure the <gui>Touchpad</gui> switch is set to on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102
+msgid "The <gui>Touchpad</gui> section only appears if your system has a touchpad."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:107
+msgid "Switch the <gui>Tap to Click</gui> switch to on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:113
+msgid "Two finger scroll"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:117
+msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:119
+msgid ""
+"When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as normal, but if you drag two "
+"fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will scroll instead. Move your fingers between the top and "
+"bottom of your touchpad to scroll up and down, or move your fingers across the touchpad to scroll sideways. 
"
+"Be careful to space your fingers a bit apart. If your fingers are too close together, they just look like "
+"one big finger to your touchpad."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:127
+msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:131
+msgid "Enable Two-finger Scrolling"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:144
+msgid "Switch the <gui>Two-finger Scrolling</gui> switch to on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:150
+msgid "Natural scrolling"
+msgstr "Prirodno pomicanje"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:152
+msgid "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the touchpad."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:164
+msgid "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, make sure that the <gui>Touchpad</gui> switch is set to on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:168
+msgid "Switch the <gui>Natural Scrolling</gui> switch to on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:173
+msgid "This feature is also known as <em>Reverse Scrolling</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/years
+#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:14 C/mouse-wakeup.page:19 C/screen-shot-record.page:15 C/session-fingerprint.page:21
+#: C/translate.page:13
+msgid "2011"
+msgstr "2011"
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:27 C/printing-cancel-job.page:22 C/printing-name-location.page:16
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:24 C/shell-apps-favorites.page:22
+msgid "Jana Svarova"
+msgstr "Jana Svarova"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:34
+msgid "If you have to wiggle or click the mouse before it responds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:37
+msgid "Mouse reacts with delay before it starts working"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:39
+msgid ""
+"Wireless and optical mice, as well as touchpads on laptops, may need to “wake up” before they start "
+"working. They automatically go to sleep when not in use to save battery power. To wake up your mouse or "
+"touchpad, you can click on a mouse button or wiggle the mouse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/mouse.page:29
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Mouse"
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Mouse"
+msgstr "Miš"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mouse.page:30
+msgid "Adjust the behavior of pointing devices to meet personal requirements."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mouse.page:33
+msgid "Mouse, Touchpad &amp; Touchscreen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/mouse.page:44
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Common mouse problems"
+msgstr "Črsti problemi s mišem"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/mouse.page:45
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Common problems"
+msgstr "Črsti problemi"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/mouse.page:52
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Mouse tips"
+msgstr "Savjeti miša"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/mouse.page:53 C/net-general.page:21
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Tips"
+msgstr "Savjeti"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mouse.page:55
+msgid "Tips"
+msgstr "Savjeti"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:13
+msgid "Support for that file format might not be installed or the songs could be “copy protected”."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:17
+msgid "I can’t play the songs I bought from an online music store"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:19
+msgid ""
+"If you downloaded some music from an online store you may find that it won’t play on your computer, "
+"especially if you bought it on a Windows or Mac OS computer and then copied it over."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:21
+msgid ""
+"This could be because the music is in a format that is not recognized by your computer. To be able to play "
+"a song you need to have support for the right audio formats installed — for example, if you want to play "
+"MP3 files, you need MP3 support installed. If you don’t have support for a given audio format, you should "
+"see a message telling you so when you try to play a song. The message should also provide instructions for "
+"how to install support for that format so that you can play it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:23
+msgid ""
+"If you do have support installed for the song’s audio format but still can’t play it, the song might be "
+"<em>copy protected</em> (also known as being <em>DRM restricted</em>). DRM is a way of restricting who can "
+"play a song and on what devices they can play it. The company that sold the song to you is in control of "
+"this, not you. If a music file has DRM restrictions, you will probably not be able to play it — you "
+"generally need special software from the vendor to play DRM restricted files, but this software is often "
+"not supported on Linux."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:25
+msgid ""
+"You can learn more about DRM from the <link href=\"https://www.eff.org/issues/drm\";>Electronic Frontier "
+"Foundation</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:8
+msgid "Single-click to open files, run or view executable text files, and specify trash behavior."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:28
+msgid "Sindhu S"
+msgstr "Sindhu S"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:38
+msgid "File manager behavior preferences"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:39
+msgid ""
+"You can control whether you single-click or double-click files, how executable text files are handled, and "
+"the trash behavior. Click the menu button in the top-right corner of the window, select <gui>Preferences</"
+"gui>, then go to the <gui>General</gui> section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:45
+msgid "Behavior"
+msgstr "Ponašanje"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:48
+msgid "<gui>Action to Open Items</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:49
+msgid ""
+"By default, clicking selects files and double-clicking opens them. You can instead choose to have files and 
"
+"folders open when you click on them once. When you use single-click mode, you can hold down the <key>Ctrl</"
+"key> key while clicking to select one or more files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:58
+msgid "Executable text files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:59
+msgid ""
+"An executable text file is a file that contains a program that you can run (execute). The <link "
+"xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">file permissions</link> must also allow for the file to run "
+"as a program. The most common are <sys>Shell</sys>, <sys>Python</sys> and <sys>Perl</sys> scripts. These "
+"have extensions <file>.sh</file>, <file>.py</file> and <file>.pl</file>, respectively."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:73
+msgid ""
+"Executable text files are also called <em>scripts</em>. All scripts in the <file>~/.local/share/nautilus/"
+"scripts</file> folder will appear in the context menu for a file under the <gui 
style=\"menuitem\">Scripts</"
+"gui> submenu. When a script is executed from a local folder, all selected files will be pasted to the "
+"script as parameters. To execute a script on a file:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:81
+msgid "Navigate to the desired folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:84
+msgid "Select the desired file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:87
+msgid ""
+"Right click on the file to open the context menu and select the desired script to execute from the <gui "
+"style=\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui> menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:93
+msgid ""
+"A script will not be passed any parameters when executed from a remote folder such as a folder showing web "
+"or <sys>ftp</sys> content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:27
+msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31
+msgid "Edit folder bookmarks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:33
+msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36
+msgid "Add a bookmark:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38
+msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41
+msgid ""
+"Click the current folder in the path bar and then select <gui style=\"menuitem\">Add to Bookmarks</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44
+msgid ""
+"You can also drag a folder to the sidebar, and drop it over <gui>New bookmark</gui>, which appears "
+"dynamically."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:51
+msgid "Delete a bookmark:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:53
+msgid "Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select <gui>Remove</gui> from the menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:59
+msgid "Rename a bookmark:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:61
+msgid "Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select <gui>Rename…</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:65
+msgid "In the <gui>Name</gui> text box, type the new name for the bookmark."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:68
+msgid ""
+"Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two different folders in two "
+"different locations, but which each have the same name, the bookmarks will have the same name, and you "
+"won’t be able to tell them apart. In these cases, it is useful to give a bookmark a name other than the "
+"name of the folder it points to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:29
+msgid "View and edit files on another computer over FTP, SSH, Windows shares, or WebDAV."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:34
+msgid "Browse files on a server or network share"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:44
+msgid ""
+"You can connect to a server or network share to browse and view files on that server, exactly as if they "
+"were on your own computer. This is a convenient way to download or upload files on the internet, or to "
+"share files with other people on your local network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:50
+msgid ""
+"To browse files over the network, open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
+"overview, and click <gui>Other Locations</gui> in the sidebar. The file manager will find any computers on "
+"your local area network that advertise their ability to serve files. If you want to connect to a server on "
+"the internet, or if you do not see the computer you’re looking for, you can manually connect to a server by 
"
+"typing in its internet/network address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:60
+msgid "Connect to a file server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:61
+msgid "In the file manager, click <gui>Other Locations</gui> in the sidebar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:64
+msgid ""
+"In <gui>Connect to Server</gui>, enter the address of the server, in the form of a <link "
+"xref=\"#urls\">URL</link>. Details on supported URLs are <link xref=\"#types\">listed below</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:69
+msgid "If you have connected to the server before, you can click on it in the <gui>Recent Servers</gui> 
list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:74
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui>Connect</gui>. The files on the server will be shown. You can browse the files just as you would 
"
+"for those on your own computer. The server will also be added to the sidebar so you can access it quickly "
+"in the future."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:82
+msgid "Writing URLs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:84
+msgid ""
+"A <em>URL</em>, or <em>uniform resource locator</em>, is a form of address that refers to a location or "
+"file on a network. The address is formatted like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:87
+msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:89
+msgid ""
+"The <em>scheme</em> specifies the protocol or type of server. The <em>example.com</em> portion of the "
+"address is called the <em>domain name</em>. If a username is required, it is inserted before the server "
+"name:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:93
+msgid "<sys>scheme://username servername example com/folder</sys>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:95
+msgid "Some schemes require the port number to be specified. Insert it after the domain name:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:97
+msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com:port/folder</sys>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:99
+msgid "Below are specific examples for the various server types that are supported."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:103
+msgid "Types of servers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:105
+msgid ""
+"You can connect to different types of servers. Some servers are public, and allow anybody to connect. Other 
"
+"servers require you to log in with a username and password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:108
+msgid ""
+"You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a server. For example, on public FTP "
+"sites, you will probably not be able to delete files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:111
+msgid "The URL you enter depends on the protocol that the server uses to export its file shares."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:115
+msgid "SSH"
+msgstr "SSH"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:116
+msgid ""
+"If you have a <em>secure shell</em> account on a server, you can connect using this method. Many web hosts "
+"provide SSH accounts to members so they can securely upload files. SSH servers always require you to log 
in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:120
+msgid "A typical SSH URL looks like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:122
+msgid "<sys>ssh://username servername example com/folder</sys>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:129
+msgid ""
+"When using SSH, all the data you send (including your password) is encrypted so that other users on your "
+"network can’t see it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:133
+msgid "FTP (with login)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:134
+msgid ""
+"FTP is a popular way to exchange files on the Internet. Because data is not encrypted over FTP, many "
+"servers now provide access through SSH. Some servers, however, still allow or require you to use FTP to "
+"upload or download files. FTP sites with logins will usually allow you to delete and upload files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:139
+msgid "A typical FTP URL looks like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:141
+msgid "<sys>ftp://username ftp example com/path/</sys>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:145
+msgid "Public FTP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:146
+msgid ""
+"Sites that allow you to download files will sometimes provide public or anonymous FTP access. These servers 
"
+"do not require a username and password, and will usually not allow you to delete or upload files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:150
+msgid "A typical anonymous FTP URL looks like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:152
+msgid "<sys>ftp://ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:154
+msgid ""
+"Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public username and password, or with a public "
+"username using your email address as the password. For these servers, use the <gui>FTP (with login)</gui> "
+"method, and use the credentials specified by the FTP site."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:161
+msgid "Windows share"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:162
+msgid ""
+"Windows computers use a proprietary protocol to share files over a local area network. Computers on a "
+"Windows network are sometimes grouped into <em>domains</em> for organization and to better control access. "
+"If you have the right permissions on the remote computer, you can connect to a Windows share from the file "
+"manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:167
+msgid "A typical Windows share URL looks like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:169
+msgid "<sys>smb://servername/Share</sys>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:173
+msgid "WebDAV and Secure WebDAV"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:174
+msgid ""
+"Based on the HTTP protocol used on the web, WebDAV is sometimes used to share files on a local network and "
+"to store files on the internet. If the server you’re connecting to supports secure connections, you should "
+"choose this option. Secure WebDAV uses strong SSL encryption, so that other users can’t see your password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:179
+msgid "A WebDAV URL looks like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:181
+msgid "<sys>dav://example.hostname.com/path</sys>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:192
+msgid "NFS share"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:193
+msgid ""
+"UNIX computers traditionally use the Network File System protocol to share files over a local network. With 
"
+"NFS, security is based on the UID of the user accessing the share, so no authentication credentials are "
+"needed when connecting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:197
+msgid "A typical NFS share URL looks like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:199
+msgid "<sys>nfs://servername/path</sys>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:28
+msgid "Control icon captions used in the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:32
+msgid "File manager display preferences"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:34
+msgid ""
+"You can control how the file manager displays captions under icons. Click the menu button in the top-right "
+"corner of the window, select <gui>Preferences</gui>, then go to the <gui>Icon View Captions</gui> section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:39
+msgid "Icon captions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:42
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' md5='c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/p
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:43
+msgid "File manager icons with captions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:45
+msgid ""
+"When you use icon view, you can choose to have extra information about files and folders displayed in a "
+"caption under each icon. This is useful, for example, if you often need to see who owns a file or when it "
+"was last modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:49
+msgid ""
+"You can zoom in a folder by clicking the view options button in the toolbar and choosing a zoom level with "
+"the slider. As you zoom in, the file manager will display more and more information in captions. You can "
+"choose up to three things to show in captions. The first will be displayed at most zoom levels. The last "
+"will only be shown at very large sizes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:55
+msgid ""
+"The information you can show in icon captions is the same as the columns you can use in list view. See "
+"<link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:62
+msgid "List View"
+msgstr "Pogled popisa"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:64
+msgid ""
+"When viewing files as a list, you can display <gui>Expandable Folders in List View</gui>. This shows "
+"expanders on each directory in the file list, so that the contents of several folders can be shown at once. 
"
+"This is useful if the folder structure is relevant, such as if your music files are organized with a folder 
"
+"per artist, and a subfolder per album."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:26
+msgid "View basic file information, set permissions, and choose default applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:31
+msgid "File properties"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:33
+msgid ""
+"To view information about a file or folder, right-click it and select <gui>Properties</gui>. You can also "
+"select the file and press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Enter</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:37
+msgid ""
+"The file properties window shows you information like the type of file, the size of the file, and when you "
+"last modified it. If you need this information often, you can have it displayed in <link xref=\"nautilus-"
+"list\">list view columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">icon captions</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:43
+msgid ""
+"The information given on the <gui>Basic</gui> tab is explained below. There are also <gui><link "
+"xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">Permissions</link></gui> and <gui><link xref=\"files-"
+"open#default\">Open With</link></gui> tabs. For certain types of files, such as images and videos, there "
+"will be an extra tab that provides information like the dimensions, duration, and codec."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:51
+msgid "Basic properties"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:54
+msgid "<gui>Name</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:55
+msgid ""
+"You can rename the file by changing this field. You can also rename a file outside the properties window. "
+"See <link xref=\"files-rename\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:60
+msgid "<gui>Type</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:61
+msgid ""
+"This helps you identify the type of the file, such as PDF document, OpenDocument Text, or JPEG image. The "
+"file type determines which applications can open the file, among other things. For example, you can’t open "
+"a picture with a music player. See <link xref=\"files-open\"/> for more information on this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:66
+msgid ""
+"The <em>MIME type</em> of the file is shown in parentheses; MIME type is a standard way that computers use "
+"to refer to the file type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:71
+msgid "Contents"
+msgstr "Sadržaj"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:72
+msgid ""
+"This field is displayed if you are looking at the properties of a folder rather than a file. It helps you "
+"see the number of items in the folder. If the folder includes other folders, each inner folder is counted "
+"as one item, even if it contains further items. Each file is also counted as one item. If the folder is "
+"empty, the contents will display <gui>nothing</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:77
+msgid ""
+"This field is displayed if you are looking at a file (not a folder). The size of a file tells you how much "
+"disk space it takes up. This is also an indicator of how long it will take to download a file or send it in 
"
+"an email (big files take longer to send/receive)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78
+msgid ""
+"Sizes may be given in bytes, KB, MB, or GB; in the case of the last three, the size in bytes will also be "
+"given in parentheses. Technically, 1 KB is 1024 bytes, 1 MB is 1024 KB and so on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:82
+msgid "Parent Folder"
+msgstr "Sadržajna mapa"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:83
+msgid ""
+"The location of each file on your computer is given by its <em>absolute path</em>. This is a unique "
+"“address” of the file on your computer, made up of a list of the folders that you would need to go into to "
+"find the file. For example, if Jim had a file called <file>Resume.pdf</file> in his Home folder, its parent 
"
+"folder would be <file>/home/jim</file> and its location would be <file>/home/jim/Resume.pdf</file>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:92
+msgid "Free Space"
+msgstr "Slobodan prostor"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:93
+msgid ""
+"This is only displayed for folders. It gives the amount of disk space which is available on the disk that "
+"the folder is on. This is useful for checking if the hard disk is full."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:99 C/nautilus-list.page:134
+msgid "Accessed"
+msgstr "Pristupljeno"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:100
+msgid "The date and time when the file was last opened."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:104 C/nautilus-list.page:66
+msgid "Modified"
+msgstr "Promijenjeno"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:105
+msgid "The date and time when the file was last changed and saved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:15
+msgid "Control who can view and edit your files and folders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:33
+msgid "Set file permissions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:35
+msgid ""
+"You can use file permissions to control who can view and edit files that you own. To view and set the "
+"permissions for a file, right click it and select <gui>Properties</gui>, then select the <gui>Permissions</"
+"gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:39
+msgid ""
+"See <link xref=\"#files\"/> and <link xref=\"#folders\"/> below for details on the types of permissions you 
"
+"can set."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:45
+msgid ""
+"You can set the permissions for the file owner, the group owner, and all other users of the system. For "
+"your files, you are the owner, and you can give yourself read-only or read-and-write permission. Set a file 
"
+"to read-only if you don’t want to accidentally change it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:50
+msgid ""
+"Every user on your computer belongs to a group. On home computers, it is common for each user to have their 
"
+"own group, and group permissions are not often used. In corporate environments, groups are sometimes used "
+"for departments or projects. As well as having an owner, each file belongs to a group. You can set the "
+"file’s group and control the permissions for all users in that group. You can only set the file’s group to "
+"a group you belong to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:58
+msgid "You can also set the permissions for users other than the owner and those in the file’s group."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:61
+msgid ""
+"If the file is a program, such as a script, you must select <gui>Allow executing file as program</gui> to "
+"run it. Even with this option selected, the file manager will still open the file in an application. See "
+"<link xref=\"nautilus-behavior#executable\"/> for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:68
+msgid "Folders"
+msgstr "Mape"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:69
+msgid ""
+"You can set permissions on folders for the owner, group, and other users. See the details of file "
+"permissions above for an explanation of owners, groups, and other users."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:72
+msgid "The permissions you can set for a folder are different from those you can set for a file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:76
+msgctxt "permission"
+msgid "None"
+msgstr "Nijedna"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:77
+msgid "The user will not even be able to see what files are in the folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:81
+msgid "List files only"
+msgstr "Prikaži samo datoteke"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:82
+msgid ""
+"The user will be able to see what files are in the folder, but will not be able to open, create, or delete "
+"files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:86
+msgid "Access files"
+msgstr "Pristup datotekama"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:87
+msgid ""
+"The user will be able to open files in the folder (provided they have permission to do so on the particular 
"
+"file), but will not be able to create new files or delete files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:92
+msgid "Create and delete files"
+msgstr "Stvori i obriši datoteke"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:93
+msgid "The user will have full access to the folder, including opening, creating, and deleting files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:98
+msgid ""
+"You can also quickly set the file permissions for all the files in the folder by clicking <gui>Change "
+"Permissions for Enclosed Files</gui>. Use the drop-down lists to adjust the permissions of contained files "
+"or folders, and click <gui>Change</gui>. Permissions are applied to files and folders in subfolders as "
+"well, to any depth."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:38
+msgid "Control what information is displayed in columns in list view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:41
+msgid "Files list columns preferences"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:43
+msgid ""
+"There are several columns of information that you can display in the <gui>Files</gui> list view. Right-"
+"click a column header and select or deselect which columns should be visible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:50
+msgid "The name of folders and files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:52
+msgid "The <gui>Name</gui> column cannot be hidden."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:57
+msgid ""
+"The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the folder. The size of a file is given "
+"as bytes, KB, or MB."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:62
+msgid "Displayed as folder, or file type such as PDF document, JPEG image, MP3 audio, and more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:67
+msgid "Gives the date of the last time the file was modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:70
+msgid "Owner"
+msgstr "Vlasnik"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:71
+msgid "The name of the user the folder or file is owned by."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:74
+msgid "Group"
+msgstr "Grupa"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:75
+msgid ""
+"The group the file is owned by. Each user is normally in their own group, but it is possible to have many "
+"users in one group. For example, a department may have their own group in a work environment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:80
+msgid "Permissions"
+msgstr "Dozvole"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:81
+msgid "Displays the file access permissions. For example, <gui>drwxrw-r--</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:85
+msgid ""
+"The first character is the file type. <gui>-</gui> means regular file and <gui>d</gui> means directory "
+"(folder). In rare cases, other characters can also be shown."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:90
+msgid "The next three characters <gui>rwx</gui> specify permissions for the user who owns the file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:94
+msgid "The next three <gui>rw-</gui> specify permissions for all members of the group that owns the file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:98
+msgid ""
+"The last three characters in the column <gui>r--</gui> specify permissions for all other users on the "
+"system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:102
+msgid "Each permission has the following meanings:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:105
+msgid "<gui>r</gui>: readable, meaning that you can open the file or folder"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:109
+msgid "<gui>w</gui>: writable, meaning that you can save changes to it"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:112
+msgid ""
+"<gui>x</gui>: executable, meaning that you can run it if it is a program or script file, or you can access "
+"subfolders and files if it is a folder"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:117
+msgid "<gui>-</gui>: permission not set"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:122
+msgid "MIME Type"
+msgstr "MIME vrsta"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:123
+msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:126
+msgid "Location"
+msgstr "Lokacija"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:127
+msgid "The path to the location of the file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:130
+msgid "Modified — Time"
+msgstr "Promijenjeno — Vrijeme"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:131
+msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:135
+msgid "Gives the date or time of the last time the file was modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:11
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "preferences"
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Preferences"
+msgstr "osobitosti"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:12
+msgid "View and set preferences for the file browser."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:17
+msgid "File manager preferences"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:28
+msgid "Control when thumbnails are used for files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:31
+msgid "File manager preview preferences"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:33
+msgid ""
+"The file manager creates thumbnails to preview image, video, and text files. Thumbnail previews can be slow 
"
+"for large files or over networks, so you can control when previews are made. Click the menu button in the "
+"top-right of the window, select <gui>Preferences</gui>, then go to the <gui>Performance</gui> section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:41
+msgid "<gui>Show Thumbnails</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:42
+msgid ""
+"By default, all previews are done for <gui>On this computer only</gui>, those on your computer or connected 
"
+"external drives. You can set this feature to <gui>All files</gui> or <gui>Never</gui>. The file manager can 
"
+"<link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">browse files on other computers</link> over a local area network or the "
+"internet. If you often browse files over a local area network, and the network has high bandwidth, you may "
+"want to set the preview option to <gui>All files</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:52
+msgid "<gui>Count Number of Files in Folders</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:53
+msgid ""
+"If you show file sizes in <link xref=\"nautilus-list\">list view columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-"
+"display#icon-captions\">icon captions</link>, folders will be shown with a count of how many files and "
+"folders they contain. Counting items in a folder can be slow, especially for very large folders, or over a "
+"network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:58
+msgid ""
+"You can turn this feature on or off, or turn it on only for files on your computer and local external "
+"drives."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:38
+msgid "Specify the default sort order and grouping for the file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:43
+msgid "Views preferences in <app>Files</app>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:45
+msgid ""
+"You can change how files and folders are grouped and sorted by default. Press the menu button in the top-"
+"right corner of the window, select <gui style=\"menuitem\">Preferences</gui>, and then select the <gui "
+"style=\"tab\">Views</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:51
+msgid "Default view"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:54
+msgid "Arrange items"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the view selector
+#. button that opens the view popover in the main window for 'View options'
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:57
+msgid ""
+"You can change how <link xref=\"files-sort\">files are sorted</link> in an individual folder by clicking "
+"the view options menu button in the toolbar and choosing the desired option under <gui>Sort</gui>, or by "
+"clicking the list column headers in list view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:64
+msgid "Sort folders before files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:65
+msgid ""
+"By default, the file manager no longer shows all folders before files. To see all folders listed before "
+"files, enable this option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-antivirus.page:18
+msgid "There are few Linux viruses, so you probably don’t need anti-virus software."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-antivirus.page:22
+msgid "Do I need anti-virus software?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-antivirus.page:24
+msgid ""
+"If you are used to Windows or Mac OS, you are probably also used to having anti-virus software running all "
+"of the time. Anti-virus software runs in the background, constantly checking for computer viruses that "
+"might find their way onto your computer and cause problems."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-antivirus.page:29
+msgid ""
+"Anti-virus software does exist for Linux, but you probably don’t need to use it. Viruses that affect Linux "
+"are still very rare. Some argue that this is because Linux is not as widely used as other operating "
+"systems, so no one writes viruses for it. Others argue that Linux is intrinsically more secure, and "
+"security problems that viruses could make use of are fixed very quickly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-antivirus.page:36
+msgid ""
+"Whatever the reason, Linux viruses are so rare that you don’t really need to worry about them at the 
moment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-antivirus.page:39
+msgid ""
+"If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files that you are passing between "
+"yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the "
+"software installer or search online; a number of applications are available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/net-browser.page:12 C/net-email.page:12 C/net-general.page:12 C/net-problem.page:12
+#: C/net-security.page:12 C/net-wired.page:14 C/net-wireless.page:19
+msgid "The Ubuntu Documentation Team"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-browser.page:17
+msgid "Change your default web browser."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-browser.page:20
+msgid "Web browsers"
+msgstr "Web preglednici"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-default-browser.page:29
+msgid "Change the default web browser by going to <gui>Details</gui> in <gui>Settings</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-default-browser.page:32
+msgid "Change which web browser opens websites by default"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-default-browser.page:34
+msgid ""
+"When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser will automatically open up to that "
+"page. However, if you have more than one browser installed, the page may not open up in the browser you "
+"wanted it to open in. To fix this, change the default web browser:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-default-browser.page:41
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing "
+#| "<gui>Settings</gui>."
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing "
+"<input>Default Applications</input>."
+msgstr ""
+"Otvorite <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivnosti</gui> pregled i započnite upisivati "
+"<gui>Postavke</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-default-browser.page:45
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Click on <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> to open the panel."
+msgid "Click on <gui>Default Applications</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr "Kliknite na <gui>Bežična mreža</gui> za otvaranje panela."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-default-browser.page:48
+msgid "Choose which web browser you would like to open links by changing the <gui>Web</gui> option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-default-browser.page:53
+msgid ""
+"When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it’s not the default browser any more. If "
+"this happens, click the <gui>Cancel</gui> button (or similar) so that it does not try to set itself as the "
+"default browser again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-default-email.page:29
+msgid "Change the default email client by going to <gui>Default Applications</gui> in <gui>Settings</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-default-email.page:32
+msgid "Change which mail application is used to write emails"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-default-email.page:34
+msgid ""
+"When you click a button or link to send a new email (for example, in your word processing application), "
+"your default mail application will open up with a blank message, ready for you to write. However, if you "
+"have more than one mail application installed, the wrong mail application might open up. You can fix this "
+"by changing which one is the default email application:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-default-email.page:42
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing "
+#| "<gui>Settings</gui>."
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing "
+"<gui>Default Applications</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Otvorite <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivnosti</gui> pregled i započnite upisivati "
+"<gui>Postavke</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-default-email.page:46
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Click on <gui>Settings</gui>."
+msgid "Click <gui>Default Applications</gui>."
+msgstr "Kliknite na <gui>Postavke</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-default-email.page:49
+msgid "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing the <gui>Mail</gui> 
option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-email-virus.page:21
+msgid "Viruses are unlikely to infect your computer, but could infect the computers of people you email."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-email-virus.page:25
+msgid "Do I need to scan my emails for viruses?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-email-virus.page:27
+msgid ""
+"Viruses are programs that cause problems if they manage to find their way onto your computer. A common way "
+"of them getting onto your computer is through email messages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-email-virus.page:31
+msgid ""
+"Viruses that can affect computers running Linux are quite rare, so you are <link xref=\"net-"
+"antivirus\">unlikely to get a virus through email or otherwise</link>. If you receive an email with a virus 
"
+"hidden in it, it will probably have no effect on your computer. As such, you probably don’t need to scan "
+"your email for viruses."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-email-virus.page:37
+msgid ""
+"You may, however, wish to scan your email for viruses in case you happen to forward a virus from one person 
"
+"to another. For example, if one of your friends has a Windows computer with a virus and sends you a virus-"
+"infected email, and you then forward that email to another friend with a Windows computer, then the second "
+"friend might get the virus too. You could install an anti-virus application to scan your emails to prevent "
+"this, but it’s unlikely to happen and most people using Windows and Mac OS have anti-virus software of "
+"their own anyway."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/net-email.page:15 C/net-general.page:15
+msgid "The GNOME Documentation Project"
+msgstr "Projekt GNOME dokumentacije"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/net-email.page:25
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Email"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-email.page:26
+msgid "Set your default app and stay safe with email."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-email.page:29
+msgid "Email &amp; email software"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-findip.page:38
+msgid "Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot network problems."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-findip.page:41
+msgid "Find your IP address"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-findip.page:43
+msgid ""
+"Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot problems with your internet connection. You may be "
+"surprised to learn that you have <em>two</em> IP addresses: an IP address for your computer on the internal 
"
+"network and an IP address for your computer on the internet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/net-findip.page:49
+msgid "Find your wired connection’s internal (network) IP address"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-findip.page:58
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Click <gui>Color</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."
+msgid "Click on <gui>Network</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."
+msgstr "Kliknite na <gui>Boja</gui> u bočnoj traci za otvaranje panela."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-findip.page:61
+msgid ""
+"The IP address for a <gui>Wired</gui> connection will be displayed on the right along with some 
information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-findip.page:64
+msgid "Click the <_:media-1/> button for more details on your connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#. TRANSLATORS: See NetworkManager for 'PCI', 'USB' and 'Ethernet'
+#: C/net-findip.page:71
+msgid ""
+"If more than one type of wired connected is available, you might see names like <gui>PCI Ethernet</gui> or "
+"<gui>USB Ethernet</gui> instead of <gui>Wired</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/net-findip.page:78
+msgid "Find your wireless connection’s internal (network) IP address"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-findip.page:87
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Click on <gui>Sharing</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."
+msgid "Click on <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."
+msgstr "Kliknite na <gui>Dijeljenje</gui> u bočnoj traci za otvaranje panela."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-findip.page:90
+msgid "Click the <_:media-1/> for the IP address and more details on your connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/net-findip.page:97
+msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-findip.page:99
+msgid "Visit <link href=\"https://whatismyipaddress.com/\";>whatismyipaddress.com</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-findip.page:103
+msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-findip.page:107
+msgid "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, both of these addresses may be the same."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:20
+msgid "You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep your computer secure."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:23
+msgid "Enable or block firewall access"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:35
+msgid ""
+"GNOME does not come with a firewall, so for support beyond this document check with your distribution’s "
+"support team or your organization’s IT department. Your computer should be equipped with a <em>firewall</"
+"em> that allows it to block programs from being accessed by other people on the internet or your network. "
+"This helps to keep your computer secure."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41
+msgid ""
+"Many applications can use your network connection. For instance, you can share files or let someone view "
+"your desktop remotely when connected to a network. Depending on how your computer is set up, you may need "
+"to adjust the firewall to allow these services to work as intended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46
+msgid ""
+"Each program that provides network services uses a specific <em>network port</em>. To enable other "
+"computers on the network to access a service, you may need to “open” its assigned port on the firewall:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:53
+msgid ""
+"Go to <gui>Activities</gui> in the top left corner of the screen and start your firewall application. You "
+"may need to install a firewall manager yourself if you can’t find one (for example, GUFW)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:58
+msgid ""
+"Open or disable the port for your network service, depending on whether you want people to be able to "
+"access it or not. Which port you need to change will <link xref=\"net-firewall-ports\">depend on the "
+"service</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:64
+msgid "Save or apply the changes, following any additional instructions given by the firewall tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:19
+msgid ""
+"You need to specify the right network port to enable/disable network access for a program with your "
+"firewall."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:23
+msgid "Commonly-used network ports"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:25
+msgid ""
+"This is a list of network ports commonly used by applications that provide network services, like file "
+"sharing or remote desktop viewing. You can change your system’s firewall to <link xref=\"net-firewall-on-"
+"off\">block or allow access</link> to these applications. There are thousands of ports in use, so this "
+"table isn’t complete."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:35
+msgid "Port"
+msgstr "Ulaz"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:41
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr "Opis"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:48
+msgid "5353/udp"
+msgstr "5353/udp"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:51
+msgid "mDNS, Avahi"
+msgstr "mDNS, Avahi"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:54
+msgid ""
+"Allows systems to find each other, and describe which services they offer, without you having to specify "
+"the details manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:60
+msgid "631/udp"
+msgstr "631/udp"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:63 C/net-firewall-ports.page:74 C/printing.page:22
+msgid "Printing"
+msgstr "Ispisivanje"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:66
+msgid "Allows you to send print jobs to a printer over the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:71
+msgid "631/tcp"
+msgstr "631/tcp"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:77
+msgid "Allows you to share your printer with other people over the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:83
+msgid "5298/tcp"
+msgstr "5298/tcp"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:86
+msgid "Presence"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:89
+msgid ""
+"Allows you to advertise your instant messaging status to other people on the network, such as “online” or "
+"“busy”."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:95
+msgid "5900/tcp"
+msgstr "5900/tcp"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:98
+msgid "Remote desktop"
+msgstr "Udaljena radna površina"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:101
+msgid "Allows you to share your desktop so other people can view it or provide remote assistance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:107
+msgid "3689/tcp"
+msgstr "3689/tcp"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:110
+msgid "Music sharing (DAAP)"
+msgstr "Dijeljenje glazbe (DAAP)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:113
+msgid "Allows you to share your music library with others on your network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:32
+msgid "Using a static IP address can make it easier to provide some network services from your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:36
+msgid "Create a connection with a fixed IP address"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:38
+msgid ""
+"Most networks will automatically assign an <link xref=\"net-what-is-ip-address\">IP address</link> and "
+"other details to your computer when you connect to the network. These details can change periodically, but "
+"you might want to have a fixed IP address for the computer so you always know what its address is (for "
+"example, if it is a file server)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:47
+msgid "To give your computer a fixed (static) IP address:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:49 C/net-macaddress.page:49 C/net-othersconnect.page:46
+#: C/net-othersedit.page:66 C/net-proxy.page:64 C/net-vpn-connect.page:62
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing "
+"<gui>Network</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:53 C/net-macaddress.page:53 C/net-othersconnect.page:50
+#: C/net-othersedit.page:70 C/net-proxy.page:68 C/net-vpn-connect.page:66
+msgid "Click on <gui>Network</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:56
+msgid ""
+"Find the network connection that you want to have a fixed address. Click the <_:media-1/> button next to "
+"the network connection. For a <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> connection, the <_:media-2/> button will be located next to "
+"the active network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:65 C/net-manual.page:64
+msgid ""
+"Select the <gui>IPv4</gui> or <gui>IPv6</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> to <gui>Manual</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:69 C/net-manual.page:68
+msgid ""
+"Type in the <gui xref=\"net-what-is-ip-address\">IP Address</gui> and <gui>Gateway</gui>, as well as the "
+"appropriate <gui>Netmask</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:73 C/net-manual.page:72
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>DNS</gui> section, switch the <gui>Automatic</gui> switch to off. Enter the IP address of a DNS 
"
+"server you want to use. Enter additional DNS server addresses using the <gui>+</gui> button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:78 C/net-manual.page:77
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>Routes</gui> section, switch the <gui>Automatic</gui> switch to off. Enter the <gui>Address</"
+"gui>, <gui>Netmask</gui>, <gui>Gateway</gui> and <gui>Metric</gui> for a route you want to use. Enter "
+"additional routes using the <gui>+</gui> button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:84
+msgid "Click <gui>Apply</gui>. The network connection should now have a fixed IP address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-general.page:22
+msgid "Learn about IP address, internet proxies, and how to stay safe on the internet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-general.page:26
+msgid "Networking terms &amp; tips"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:32
+msgid "The unique identifier assigned to network hardware."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:35
+msgid "What is a MAC address?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:37
+msgid ""
+"A <em>MAC address</em> is the unique identifier that is assigned by the manufacturer to a piece of network "
+"hardware (like a wireless card or an ethernet card). MAC stands for <em>Media Access Control</em>, and each 
"
+"identifier is intended to be unique to a particular device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:42
+msgid ""
+"A MAC address consists of six sets of two characters, each separated by a colon. <code>00:1B:44:11:3A:B7</"
+"code> is an example of a MAC address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:45
+msgid "To identify the MAC address of your own network hardware:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:56
+msgid "Choose which device, <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> or <gui>Wired</gui>, from the left pane."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:58
+msgid ""
+"The MAC address for the wired device will be displayed as the <gui>Hardware Address</gui> on the right."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:61
+msgid ""
+"Click the <_:media-1/> button to see the MAC address for the wireless device displayed as the <gui>Hardware 
"
+"Address</gui> in the <gui>Details</gui> panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:68
+msgid ""
+"In practice, you may need to modify or “spoof” a MAC address. For example, some internet service providers "
+"may require that a specific MAC address be used to access their service. If the network card stops working, 
"
+"and you need to swap a new card in, the service won’t work anymore. In such cases, you would need to spoof "
+"the MAC address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-manual.page:25
+msgid "You may have to enter network settings if they don’t get assigned automatically."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-manual.page:30
+msgid "Manually set network settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-manual.page:32
+msgid ""
+"If your network doesn’t automatically assign network settings to your computer, you may have to manually "
+"enter the settings yourself. This topic assumes that you already know the correct settings to use. If not, "
+"you may need to ask your network administrator or look at the settings of your router or network switch."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/net-manual.page:39
+msgid "To manually set your network settings:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-manual.page:48
+msgid ""
+"If you plug in to the network with a cable, click <gui>Network</gui>. Otherwise click <gui>Wi-Fi</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-manual.page:50
+msgid "Make sure that your wireless card is turned on or a network cable is plugged in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-manual.page:54
+msgid "Click the <_:media-1/> button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/net-manual.page:58
+msgid "For a <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> connection, the <_:media-1/> button will be located next to the active 
network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-manual.page:83
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui>Apply</gui>. If you are not connected to the network, open the <gui xref=\"shell-"
+"introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</gui> from the right side of the top bar and connect. Test the "
+"network settings by trying to visit a website or look at shared files on the network, for example."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-mobile.page:28
+msgid "Use your phone or Internet stick to connect to the mobile broadband network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-mobile.page:33
+msgid "Connect to mobile broadband"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-mobile.page:35
+msgid ""
+"You can set up a connection to a cellular (3G) network with your computer’s built-in 3G modem, your mobile "
+"phone, or an Internet stick."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/net-mobile.page:39
+msgid ""
+"Most phones have a setting called <link xref=\"net-tethering\">USB tethering</link> that requires no setup "
+"on the computer, and is generally the better method to connect to the cellular network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-mobile.page:45
+msgid ""
+"If you do not have a built-in 3G modem, connect your phone or Internet stick to a USB port on your 
computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-mobile.page:53
+msgid ""
+"Select <gui>Mobile Broadband Off</gui>. The <gui>Mobile Broadband</gui> section of the menu will expand."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/net-mobile.page:57
+msgid ""
+"If <gui>Mobile Broadband</gui> does not appear in the system menu, ensure that your device is not set to "
+"connect as Mass Storage."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-mobile.page:61
+msgid ""
+"Select <gui>Connect</gui>. If you are connecting for the first time, the <gui>Set up a Mobile Broadband "
+"Connection</gui> wizard is launched. The opening screen displays a list of required information. Click <gui 
"
+"style=\"button\">Next</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-mobile.page:65
+msgid "Choose your provider’s country or region from the list. Click <gui style=\"button\">Next</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-mobile.page:67
+msgid "Choose your provider from the list. Click <gui style=\"button\">Next</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-mobile.page:69
+msgid ""
+"Select a plan according to the type of device you are connecting. This will determine the Access Point "
+"Name. Click <gui style=\"button\">Next</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-mobile.page:72
+msgid ""
+"Confirm the settings you have selected by clicking <gui style=\"button\">Apply</gui>. The wizard will close 
"
+"and the <gui>Network</gui> panel will display the properties of your connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:29
+msgid ""
+"You can save settings (like the password) for a network connection so that everyone who uses the computer "
+"will be able to connect to it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:32
+msgid "Other users can’t connect to the internet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:40
+msgid ""
+"When you set up a network connection, all other users on your computer will normally be able to use it. If "
+"the connection information is not shared, you should check the connection settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:53 C/net-othersedit.page:73
+msgid "Select <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> from the list on the left."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:56 C/net-othersedit.page:76
+msgid "Click the <_:media-1/> button to open the connection details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:61 C/net-othersedit.page:81
+msgid "Select <gui>Identity</gui> from the pane on the left."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:64 C/net-othersedit.page:84
+msgid ""
+"At the bottom of the <gui>Identity</gui> panel, check the <gui>Make available to other users</gui> option "
+"to allow other users to use the network connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:69 C/net-othersedit.page:89
+msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Apply</gui> to save the changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:73
+msgid ""
+"Other users of the computer will now be able to use this connection without entering any further details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:77
+msgid "Any user can change this setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-othersedit.page:29
+msgid "You need to uncheck the <gui>Available to all users</gui> option in the network connection settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-othersedit.page:32
+msgid "Other users can’t edit the network connections"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-othersedit.page:40
+msgid ""
+"If you can edit a network connection but other users on your computer can’t, you may have set the "
+"connection to be <em>available to all users</em>. This makes it so that everyone on the computer can "
+"<em>connect</em> using that connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-problem.page:17
+msgid "Troubleshoot connectivity issues with wireless and wired networks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-problem.page:20
+msgid "Network problems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-proxy.page:37
+msgid ""
+"A proxy is an intermediary for web traffic, it can be used for accessing web services anonymously, for "
+"control or security purposes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-proxy.page:40
+msgid "Define proxy settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/net-proxy.page:43
+msgid "What is a proxy?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/net-proxy.page:45
+msgid ""
+"A <em>web proxy</em> filters websites that you look at, it receives requests from your web browser to fetch 
"
+"web pages and their elements, and following a policy will decide to pass them you back. They are commonly "
+"used in businesses and at public wireless hotspots to control what websites you can look at, prevent you "
+"from accessing the internet without logging in, or to do security checks on websites."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/net-proxy.page:55
+msgid "Change proxy method"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-proxy.page:71
+msgid "Select <gui>Network proxy</gui> from the list on the left."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-proxy.page:74
+msgid "Choose which proxy method you want to use from:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#: C/net-proxy.page:77
+msgctxt "proxy"
+msgid "None"
+msgstr "Nijedan"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-proxy.page:78
+msgid "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content from the web."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#: C/net-proxy.page:82
+msgid "Manual"
+msgstr "Ručno"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-proxy.page:83
+msgid ""
+"For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the protocols. The protocols are "
+"<gui>HTTP</gui>, <gui>HTTPS</gui>, <gui>FTP</gui> and <gui>SOCKS</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: title/gui
+#: C/net-proxy.page:88
+msgid "Automatic"
+msgstr "Automatski"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-proxy.page:89
+msgid "A URL pointing to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration for your system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/net-proxy.page:96
+msgid "Applications that use the network connection will use your specified proxy settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:13
+msgid "Steven Richards"
+msgstr "Steven Richards"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:19
+msgid "General tips to keep in mind when using the internet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:22
+msgid "Staying safe on the internet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:24
+msgid ""
+"A possible reason for why you are using Linux is the robust security that it is known for. One reason that "
+"Linux is relatively safe from malware and viruses is due to the lower number of people who use it. Viruses "
+"are targeted at popular operating systems, like Windows, that have an extremely large user base. Linux is "
+"also very secure due to its open source nature, which allows experts to modify and enhance the security "
+"features included with each distribution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:32
+msgid ""
+"Despite the measures taken to ensure that your installation of Linux is secure, there are always "
+"vulnerabilities. As an average user on the internet you can still be susceptible to:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:38
+msgid "Phishing Scams (websites and emails that try to obtain sensitive information through deception)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:42
+msgid "<link xref=\"net-email-virus\">Forwarding malicious emails</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:45
+msgid "<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Applications with malicious intent (viruses)</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:49
+msgid "<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">Unauthorized remote/local network access</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:54
+msgid "To stay safe online, keep in mind the following tips:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:58
+msgid "Be wary of emails, attachments, or links that were sent from people you do not know."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:62
+msgid ""
+"If a website’s offer is too good to be true, or asks for sensitive information that seems unnecessary, then 
"
+"think twice about what information you are submitting and the potential consequences if that information is 
"
+"compromised by identity thieves or other criminals."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:68
+msgid ""
+"Be careful in providing <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">root level permissions</link> to any application, 
"
+"especially ones that you have not used before or which are not well-known. Providing anyone or anything "
+"with root level permissions puts your computer at high risk to exploitation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-security-tips.page:75
+msgid ""
+"Make sure you are only running necessary remote-access services. Having SSH or VNC running can be useful, "
+"but also leaves your computer open to intrusion if not secured properly. Consider using a <link xref=\"net-"
+"firewall-on-off\">firewall</link> to help protect your computer from intrusion."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/net-security.page:17
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Security"
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Security"
+msgstr "Sigurnost"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-security.page:18
+msgid "Understand firewalls, viruses, and other internet security topics."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-security.page:21
+msgid "Keeping safe on the internet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-slow.page:19
+msgid ""
+"Other things might be downloading, you could have a poor connection, or it could be a busy time of day."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-slow.page:23
+msgid "The internet seems slow"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-slow.page:25
+msgid ""
+"If you are using the internet and it seems slow, there are a number of things that could be causing the "
+"slow down."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-slow.page:28
+msgid ""
+"Try closing your web browser and then re-opening it, and disconnecting from the internet and then "
+"reconnecting again. (Doing this resets a lot of things that might be causing the internet to run slowly.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-slow.page:34
+msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Busy time of day</em>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-slow.page:35
+msgid ""
+"Internet service providers commonly setup internet connections so that they are shared between several "
+"households. Even though you connect separately, through your own phone line or cable connection, the "
+"connection to the rest of the internet at the telephone exchange might actually be shared. If this is the "
+"case and lots of your neighbors are using the internet at the same time as you, you might notice a slow-"
+"down. You’re most likely to experience this at times when your neighbors are probably on the internet (in "
+"the evenings, for example)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-slow.page:45
+msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Downloading lots of things at once</em>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-slow.page:46
+msgid ""
+"If you or someone else using your internet connection are downloading several files at once, or watching "
+"videos, the internet connection might not be fast enough to keep up with the demand. In this case, it will "
+"feel slower."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-slow.page:52
+msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Unreliable connection</em>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-slow.page:53
+msgid ""
+"Some internet connections are just unreliable, especially temporary ones or those in high demand areas. If "
+"you are in a busy coffee shop or a conference center, the internet connection might be too busy or simply "
+"unreliable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-slow.page:59
+msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Low wireless connection signal</em>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-slow.page:60
+msgid ""
+"If you are connected to the internet by wireless (Wi-Fi), check the network icon on the top bar to see if "
+"you have good wireless signal. If not, the internet may be slow because you don’t have a very strong 
signal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-slow.page:66
+msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Using a slower mobile internet connection</em>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-slow.page:67
+msgid ""
+"If you have a mobile internet connection and notice that it is slow, you may have moved into an area where "
+"signal reception is poor. When this happens, the internet connection will automatically switch from a fast "
+"“mobile broadband” connection like 3G to a more reliable, but slower, connection like GPRS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-slow.page:74
+msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Web browser has a problem</em>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-slow.page:75
+msgid ""
+"Sometimes web browsers encounter a problem that makes them run slow. This could be for any number of "
+"reasons — you could have visited a website that the browser struggled to load, or you might have had the "
+"browser open for a long time, for example. Try closing all of the browser’s windows and then opening the "
+"browser again to see if this makes a difference."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:28
+msgid "Set up a VPN connection to a local network over the internet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:32
+msgid "Connect to a VPN"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:34
+msgid ""
+"A VPN (or <em>Virtual Private Network</em>) is a way of connecting to a local network over the internet. "
+"For example, say you want to connect to the local network at your workplace while you’re on a business "
+"trip. You would find an internet connection somewhere (like at a hotel) and then connect to your "
+"workplace’s VPN. It would be as if you were directly connected to the network at work, but the actual "
+"network connection would be through the hotel’s internet connection. VPN connections are usually "
+"<em>encrypted</em> to prevent people from accessing the local network you’re connecting to without logging "
+"in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:44
+msgid ""
+"There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some extra software depending on what 
"
+"type of VPN you’re connecting to. Find out the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and "
+"see which <em>VPN client</em> you need to use. Then, go to the software installer application and search "
+"for the <app>NetworkManager</app> package which works with your VPN (if there is one) and install it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:52
+msgid ""
+"If there isn’t a NetworkManager package for your type of VPN, you will probably have to download and "
+"install some client software from the company that provides the VPN software. You’ll probably have to "
+"follow some different instructions to get that working."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:58
+msgid "To set up the VPN connection:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:69
+msgid "At the bottom of the list on the left, click the <gui>+</gui> button to add a new connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:73
+msgid "Choose <gui>VPN</gui> in the interface list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:76
+msgid "Choose which kind of VPN connection you have."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:79
+msgid "Fill in the VPN connection details, then press <gui>Add</gui> once you are finished."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:83
+msgid ""
+"When you have finished setting up the VPN, open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#systemmenu\">system "
+"menu</gui> from the right side of the top bar, click <gui>VPN off</gui> and select <gui>Connect</gui>. You "
+"may need to enter a password for the connection before it is established. Once the connection is made, you "
+"will see a lock shaped icon in the top bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:91
+msgid ""
+"Hopefully you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need to double-check the VPN settings "
+"you entered. You can do this from the <gui>Network</gui> panel that you used to create the connection. "
+"Select the VPN connection from the list, then press the <_:media-1/> button to review the settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:98
+msgid ""
+"To disconnect from the VPN, click the system menu on the top bar and click <gui>Turn Off</gui> under the "
+"name of your VPN connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:22
+msgid "An IP Address is like a phone number for your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:25
+msgid "What is an IP address?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:27
+msgid ""
+"“IP address” stands for <em>Internet Protocol address</em>, and each device that is connected to a network "
+"(like the internet) has one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:30
+msgid ""
+"An IP address is similar to your phone number. Your phone number is a unique set of numbers that identifies 
"
+"your phone so that other people can call you. Similarly, an IP address is a unique set of numbers that "
+"identifies your computer so that it can send and receive data with other computers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:35
+msgid ""
+"Currently, most IP addresses consist of four sets of numbers, each separated by a period. "
+"<code>192.168.1.42</code> is an example of an IP address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:40
+msgid ""
+"An IP address can either be <em>dynamic</em> or <em>static</em>. Dynamic IP addresses are temporarily "
+"assigned each time your computer connects to a network. Static IP addresses are fixed, and do not change. "
+"Dynamic IP addresses are more common that static addresses — static addresses are typically only used when "
+"there is a special need for them, such as in the administration of a server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-wired-connect.page:25
+msgid "To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a network cable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-wired-connect.page:29
+msgid "Connect to a wired (Ethernet) network"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wired-connect.page:33
+msgid ""
+"To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a network cable. The wired network "
+"icon (<_:media-1/>) is displayed on the top bar with three dots while the connection is being established. "
+"The dots disappear when you are connected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/p
+#: C/net-wired-connect.page:42
+msgid "Diagram of an Ethernet cable"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wired-connect.page:45
+msgid ""
+"If this does not happen, you should first of all make sure that your network cable is plugged in. One end "
+"of the cable should be plugged into the rectangular Ethernet (network) port on your computer, and the other 
"
+"end should be plugged into a switch, router, network wall socket or similar (depending on the network setup 
"
+"you have). The Ethernet port is often on the side of a laptop, or near the top of the back of a desktop "
+"computer. Sometimes, a light beside the Ethernet port will indicate that it is plugged in and active."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/net-wired-connect.page:54
+msgid ""
+"You cannot plug one computer directly into another one with a network cable (at least, not without some "
+"extra setting-up). To connect two computers, you should plug them both into a network hub, router or 
switch."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wired-connect.page:60
+msgid ""
+"If you are still not connected, your network may not support automatic setup (DHCP). In this case you will "
+"have to <link xref=\"net-manual\">configure it manually</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-wired.page:11
+msgid "Use a wired internet connection and set a static IP address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-wired.page:19
+msgid "Wired networking"
+msgstr "Žično umrežavanje"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27
+msgid "Use an ad-hoc network to allow other devices to connect to your computer and its network connections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:33
+msgid "Create a wireless hotspot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:35
+msgid ""
+"You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices to connect to you without a "
+"separate network, and allows you to share an internet connection you’ve made with another interface, such "
+"as to a wired network or over the cellular network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:56
+msgid ""
+"Select <gui>Wi-Fi Not Connected</gui> or the name of the wireless network to which you are already "
+"connected. The Wi-Fi section of the menu will expand."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:61 C/net-wireless-hidden.page:48
+msgid "Click <gui>Wi-Fi Settings</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:62
+msgid ""
+"Press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window and select <gui>Turn On Wi-Fi Hotspot…</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:64
+msgid ""
+"If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you want to disconnect from that "
+"network. A single wireless adapter can connect to or create only one network at a time. Click <gui>Turn 
On</"
+"gui> to confirm."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:70
+msgid ""
+"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The network name will be based on the "
+"name of your computer. Other devices will need this information to connect to the hotspot you’ve just "
+"created."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:75
+msgid ""
+"You can also connect to the wireless network by scanning the QR Code on your phone or tablet using the "
+"built-in camera app or a QR code scanner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30
+msgid "Open Network Settings and switch Airplane Mode to on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34
+msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36
+msgid ""
+"If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless connections are not allowed), "
+"you should switch off your wireless. You may also want to switch off your wireless for other reasons (to "
+"save battery power, for example)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:42
+msgid ""
+"Using <em>Airplane Mode</em> will completely turn off all wireless connections, including Wi-Fi, 3G and "
+"Bluetooth connections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:46
+msgid "To turn on airplane mode:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:50 C/net-wrongnetwork.page:41 C/power-nowireless.page:50
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing 
<gui>Wi-Fi</"
+"gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Otvorite <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivnosti</gui> pregled i započnite upisivati "
+"<gui>Bežična mreža</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:54 C/power-nowireless.page:54
+msgid "Click on <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr "Kliknite na <gui>Bežična mreža</gui> za otvaranje panela."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:57
+msgid ""
+"Switch the <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> switch to on. This will turn off your wireless connection until you "
+"disable airplane mode again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:63
+msgid ""
+"You can turn off your Wi-Fi connection from the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</"
+"gui> by clicking on the connection name and choosing <gui>Turn Off</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:26
+msgid "Get on the internet — wirelessly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:30
+msgid "Connect to a wireless network"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:32
+msgid ""
+"If you have a wireless-enabled computer, you can connect to a wireless network that is within range to get "
+"access to the internet, view shared files on the network, and so on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:42 C/net-wireless-hidden.page:44
+msgid "Select <gui>Wi-Fi Not Connected</gui>. The Wi-Fi section of the menu will expand."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:46
+msgid "Click <gui>Select Network</gui>."
+msgstr "Kliknite na <gui>Odaberi mrežu</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:49
+msgid "Click the name of the network you want, then click <gui>Connect</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:51
+msgid ""
+"If the name of the network is not shown, scroll down the list. If you still do not see the network, you may 
"
+"be out of range, or the network <link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">might be hidden</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:56
+msgid ""
+"If the network is protected by a password (<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">encryption key</link>), enter 
"
+"the password when prompted and click <gui>Connect</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:59
+msgid ""
+"If you do not know the key, it may be written on the underside of the wireless router or base station, or "
+"in its instruction manual, or you may have to ask the person who administers the wireless network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:64
+msgid "The network icon will change appearance as the computer attempts to connect to the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
+#. (itstool) path: choose/p
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:70 C/net-wireless-connect.page:76
+msgid ""
+"If the connection is successful, the icon will change to a dot with several curved bars above it (<_:"
+"media-1/>). More bars indicate a stronger connection to the network. Fewer bars mean the connection is "
+"weaker and might not be very reliable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:85
+msgid ""
+"If the connection is not successful, you may be asked for your password again or it might just tell you "
+"that the connection has been disconnected. There are a number of things that could have caused this to "
+"happen. You could have entered the wrong password, the wireless signal could be too weak, or your "
+"computer’s wireless card might have a problem, for example. See <link 
xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/"
+"> for more help."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:92
+msgid ""
+"A stronger connection to a wireless network does not necessarily mean that you have a faster internet "
+"connection, or that you will have faster download speeds. The wireless connection connects your computer to 
"
+"the <em>device which provides the internet connection</em> (like a router or modem), but the two "
+"connections are actually different, and so will run at different speeds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:24
+msgid "You might have low signal, or the network might not be letting you connect properly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:29
+msgid "Why does my wireless network keep disconnecting?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:31
+msgid ""
+"You may find that you have been disconnected from a wireless network even though you wanted to stay "
+"connected. Your computer will normally try to reconnect to the network as soon as this happens (the network 
"
+"icon on the top bar will display three dots if it is trying to reconnect), but it can be annoying, "
+"especially if you were using the internet at the time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:38
+msgid "Weak wireless signal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:40
+msgid ""
+"A common reason for being disconnected from a wireless network is that you have low signal. Wireless "
+"networks have a limited range, so if you are too far away from the wireless base station you may not be "
+"able to get a strong enough signal to maintain a connection. Walls and other objects between you and the "
+"base station can also weaken the signal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:46
+msgid ""
+"The network icon on the top bar displays how strong your wireless signal is. If the signal looks low, try "
+"moving closer to the wireless base station."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:52
+msgid "Network connection not being established properly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:54
+msgid ""
+"Sometimes, when you connect to a wireless network, it may appear that you have successfully connected at "
+"first, but then you will be disconnected soon after. This normally happens because your computer was only "
+"partially successful in connecting to the network — it managed to establish a connection, but was unable to 
"
+"finalize the connection for some reason and so was disconnected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:61
+msgid ""
+"A possible reason for this is that you entered the wrong wireless passphrase, or that your computer was not 
"
+"allowed on the network (because the network requires a username to log in, for example)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:68
+msgid "Unreliable wireless hardware/drivers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:70
+msgid ""
+"Some wireless network hardware can be a little unreliable. Wireless networks are complicated, so wireless "
+"cards and base stations occasionally run into minor problems and may drop connections. This is annoying, "
+"but it happens quite regularly with many devices. If you are disconnected from wireless connections from "
+"time to time, this may be the only reason. If it happens very regularly, you may want to consider getting "
+"some different hardware."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:80
+msgid "Busy wireless networks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:82
+msgid ""
+"Wireless networks in busy places (in universities and coffee shops, for example) often have many computers "
+"trying to connect to them at once. Sometimes these networks get too busy and may not be able to handle all "
+"of the computers that are trying to connect, so some of them get disconnected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-wireless-find.page:23
+msgid "The wireless could be turned off or broken, or you may be trying to connect to a hidden network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-wireless-find.page:27
+msgid "I can’t see my wireless network in the list"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-find.page:29
+msgid ""
+"There are a number of reasons why you might not be able to see your wireless network on the list of "
+"available networks from the system menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-find.page:34
+msgid ""
+"If no networks are shown in the list, your wireless hardware could be turned off, or it <link xref=\"net-"
+"wireless-troubleshooting\">may not be working properly</link>. Make sure it is turned on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-find.page:48
+msgid ""
+"You could be out of range of the network. Try moving closer to the wireless base station/router and see if "
+"the network appears in the list after a while."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-find.page:53
+msgid ""
+"The list of wireless networks takes time to update. If you have just turned on your computer or moved to a "
+"different location, wait for a minute or so and then check if the network has appeared in the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-find.page:58
+msgid ""
+"The network could be hidden. You need to <link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">connect in a different way</"
+"link> if it is a hidden network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27
+msgid "Connect to a wireless network that is not displayed in the network list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:32
+msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:34
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is “hidden.” Hidden networks won’t show up in the "
+"list of wireless networks displayed in the <gui>Network</gui> settings. To connect to a hidden wireless "
+"network:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:50
+msgid ""
+"Press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window and select <gui>Connect to Hidden Network…</"
+"gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:53
+msgid ""
+"In the window that appears, select a previously-connected hidden network using the <gui>Connection</gui> "
+"drop-down list, or <gui>New</gui> for a new one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:58
+msgid ""
+"For a new connection, type the network name and choose the type of wireless security from the <gui>Wi-Fi "
+"security</gui> drop-down list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:62
+msgid "Enter the password or other security details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:65
+msgid "Click <gui>Connect</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:69
+msgid ""
+"You may have to check the settings of the wireless access point or router to see what the network name is. "
+"If you don’t have the network name (SSID), you can use the <em>BSSID</em> (Basic Service Set Identifier, "
+"the access point’s MAC address), which looks something like <gui>02:00:01:02:03:04</gui> and can usually be 
"
+"found on the underside of the access point."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:75
+msgid ""
+"You should also check the security settings for the wireless access point. Look for terms like WEP and WPA."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:79
+msgid ""
+"You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by preventing people who don’t know "
+"about it from connecting. In practice, this is not the case; the network is slightly harder to find but it "
+"is still detectable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:18
+msgid "Double-check the password, and other things to try."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:22
+msgid "I’ve entered the correct password, but I still can’t connect"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:24
+msgid ""
+"If you’re sure that you entered the correct <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">wireless password</link> but 
"
+"you still can’t successfully connect to a wireless network, try some of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:28
+msgid "Double-check that you have the correct password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:29
+msgid ""
+"Passwords are case-sensitive (it matters whether they have capital or lower-case letters), so check that "
+"you didn’t get the case of one of the letters wrong."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:33
+msgid "Try the hex or ASCII pass key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:34
+msgid ""
+"The password you enter can also be represented in a different way — as a string of characters in "
+"hexadecimal (numbers 0-9 and letters a-f) called a pass key. Each password has an equivalent pass key. If "
+"you have access to the pass key as well as the password/passphrase, try typing the pass key instead. Make "
+"sure you select the correct <gui>wireless security</gui> option when asked for your password (for example, "
+"select <gui>WEP 40/128-bit Key</gui> if you’re typing the 40-character pass key for a WEP-encrypted "
+"connection)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:38
+msgid "Try turning your wireless card off and then on again"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:39
+msgid ""
+"Sometimes wireless cards get stuck or experience a minor problem that means they won’t connect. Try turning 
"
+"the card off and then on again to reset it — see <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more "
+"information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:43
+msgid "Check that you’re using the correct type of wireless security"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:44
+msgid ""
+"When prompted for your wireless security password, you can choose which type of wireless security to use. "
+"Make sure you choose the one that is used by the router or wireless base station. This should be selected "
+"by default, but sometimes it will not be for some reason. If you don’t know which one it is, use trial and "
+"error to go through the different options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:48
+msgid "Check that your wireless card is properly supported"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:49
+msgid ""
+"Some wireless cards aren’t supported very well. They show up as a wireless connection, but they can’t "
+"connect to a network because their drivers lack the ability to do this. See if you can get an alternative "
+"wireless driver, or if you need to perform some extra set-up (like installing a different <em>firmware</"
+"em>). See <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:14 
C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:16
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:15
+msgid "Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:24
+msgid ""
+"Some device drivers don’t work very well with certain wireless adapters, so you may need to find a better "
+"one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:28 C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:28
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:29 C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:27
+msgid "Wireless network troubleshooter"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:30
+msgid "Make sure that working device drivers are installed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:34
+msgid ""
+"In this step you can check to see if you can get working device drivers for your wireless adapter. A "
+"<em>device driver</em> is a piece of software which tells the computer how to make a hardware device work "
+"properly. Even though the wireless adapter has been recognized by the computer, it may not have drivers "
+"which work very well. You may be able to find different drivers for the wireless adapter which do work. Try 
"
+"some of the options below:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:43
+msgid "Check to see if your wireless adapter is on a list of supported devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:45
+msgid ""
+"Most Linux distributions keep a list of wireless devices that they have support for. Sometimes, these lists 
"
+"provide extra information on how to get the drivers for certain adapters working properly. Go to the list "
+"for your distribution (for example, <link href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/WifiDocs/";
+"WirelessCardsSupported\">Ubuntu</link>, <link href=\"https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/";
+"Wireless_network_configuration\">Arch</link>, <link href=\"https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/";
+"Drivers\">Fedora</link> or <link href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/HCL:Network_(Wireless)\">openSUSE</link>) "
+"and see if your make and model of wireless adapter is listed. You may be able to use some of the "
+"information there to get your wireless drivers working."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:58
+msgid "Look for restricted (binary) drivers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:59
+msgid ""
+"Many Linux distributions only come with device drivers which are <em>free</em> and <em>open source</em>. "
+"This is because they cannot distribute drivers which are proprietary, or closed-source. If the correct "
+"driver for your wireless adapter is only available in a non-free, or “binary-only” version, it may not be "
+"installed by default. If this is the case, look on the wireless adapter manufacturer’s website to see if "
+"they have any Linux drivers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:66
+msgid ""
+"Some Linux distributions have a tool that can download restricted drivers for you. If your distribution has 
"
+"one of these, use it to see if it can find any wireless drivers for you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:71
+msgid "Use the Windows drivers for your adapter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:72
+msgid ""
+"In general, you cannot use a device driver designed for one operating system (like Windows) on another "
+"operating system (like Linux). This is because they have different ways of handling devices. For wireless "
+"adapters, however, you can install a compatibility layer called <em>NDISwrapper</em> which lets you use "
+"some Windows wireless drivers on Linux. This is useful because wireless adapters almost always have Windows 
"
+"drivers available for them, whereas Linux drivers are sometimes not available. You can learn more about how 
"
+"to use NDISwrapper <link href=\"https://sourceforge.net/p/ndiswrapper/ndiswrapper/Main_Page/\";>here</link>. 
"
+"Note that not all wireless drivers can be used through NDISwrapper."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:85
+msgid ""
+"If none of these options work, you may want to try a different wireless adapter to see if you can get that "
+"working. USB wireless adapters are often quite cheap, and will plug into any computer. You should check "
+"that the adapter is compatible with your Linux distribution before buying it, though."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:24
+msgid ""
+"Even though your wireless adapter is connected, it may not have been recognized properly by the computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:28
+msgid "Wireless connection troubleshooter"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:29
+msgid "Check that the wireless adapter was recognized"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:31
+msgid ""
+"Even though the wireless adapter is connected to the computer, it may not have been recognized as a network 
"
+"device by the computer. In this step, you will check whether the device was recognized properly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:37
+msgid ""
+"Open a Terminal window, type <cmd>lshw -C network</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>. If this gives an error "
+"message, you may need to install the <app>lshw</app> program on your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:42
+msgid ""
+"Look through the information that appeared and find the <em>Wireless interface</em> section. If your "
+"wireless adapter was detected properly, you should see something similar (but not identical) to this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/code
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:45
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"*-network\n"
+"       description: Wireless interface\n"
+"       product: PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection\n"
+"       vendor: Intel Corporation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:51
+msgid ""
+"If a wireless device is listed, continue on to the <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-"
+"drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:54
+msgid ""
+"If a wireless device is <em>not</em> listed, the next steps you take will depend on the type of device that 
"
+"you use. Refer to the section below that is relevant to the type of wireless adapter that your computer has 
"
+"(<link xref=\"#pci\">internal PCI</link>, <link xref=\"#usb\">USB</link>, or <link 
xref=\"#pcmcia\">PCMCIA</"
+"link>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:63
+msgid "PCI (internal) wireless adapter"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:65
+msgid ""
+"Internal PCI adapters are the most common, and are found in most laptops made within the past few years. To 
"
+"check if your PCI wireless adapter was recognized:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:71
+msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lspci</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:74
+msgid ""
+"Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that are marked <code>Network controller</code> 
"
+"or <code>Ethernet controller</code>. Several devices may be marked in this way; the one corresponding to "
+"your wireless adapter might include words like <code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</code>, <code>wifi</code> "
+"or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an example of what the entry might look like:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/code
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:81
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:84
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:117
+msgid ""
+"If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-"
+"device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>. If you didn’t find anything related to your wireless adapter, "
+"see <link xref=\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:95
+msgid "USB wireless adapter"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:97
+msgid ""
+"Wireless adapters that plug into a USB port on your computer are less common. They can plug directly into a 
"
+"USB port, or may be connected by a USB cable. 3G/mobile broadband adapters look quite similar to wireless "
+"(Wi-Fi) adapters, so if you think you have a USB wireless adapter, double-check that it is not actually a "
+"3G adapter. To check if your USB wireless adapter was recognized:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:106
+msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lsusb</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:109
+msgid ""
+"Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that seem to refer to a wireless or network "
+"device. The one corresponding to your wireless adapter might include words like <code>wireless</code>, "
+"<code>WLAN</code>, <code>wifi</code> or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an example of what the entry might "
+"look like:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/code
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:114
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 Wireless Data Modem HSD USB 
Card"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:128
+msgid "Checking for a PCMCIA device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:130
+msgid ""
+"PCMCIA wireless adapters are typically rectangular cards which slot into the side of your laptop. They are "
+"more commonly found in older computers. To check if your PCMCIA adapter was recognized:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:136
+msgid "Start your computer <em>without</em> the wireless adapter plugged in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:140
+msgid "Open a Terminal and type the following, then press <key>Enter</key>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/code
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:142
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "tail -f /var/log/messages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:143
+msgid ""
+"This will display a list of messages related to your computer’s hardware, and will automatically update if "
+"anything to do with your hardware changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:148
+msgid ""
+"Insert your wireless adapter into the PCMCIA slot and see what changes in the Terminal window. The changes "
+"should include some information about your wireless adapter. Look through them and see if you can identify "
+"it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:154
+msgid ""
+"To stop the command from running in the Terminal, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>. After 
"
+"you have done that, you can close the Terminal if you like."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:159
+msgid ""
+"If you found any information about your wireless adapter, proceed to the <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
+"troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>. If you didn’t find anything related to your "
+"wireless adapter, see <link xref=\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:169
+msgid "Wireless adapter was not recognized"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:171
+msgid ""
+"If your wireless adapter was not recognized, it might not be working properly or the correct drivers may "
+"not be installed for it. How you check to see if there are any drivers you can install will depend on which 
"
+"Linux distribution you are using (like Ubuntu, Arch, Fedora or openSUSE)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:176
+msgid ""
+"To get specific help, look at the support options on your distribution’s website. These might include "
+"mailing lists and web chats where you can ask about your wireless adapter, for example."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:24
+msgid ""
+"You may need details such as the model number of your wireless adapter in subsequent troubleshooting steps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:29
+msgid "Gather information about your network hardware"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:31
+msgid ""
+"In this step, you will collect information about your wireless network device. The way you fix many "
+"wireless problems depends on the make and model number of the wireless adapter, so you will need to make a "
+"note of these details. It can also be helpful to have some of the items that came with your computer too, "
+"like device driver installation discs. Look for the following items, if you still have them:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:40
+msgid "The packaging and instructions for your wireless devices (especially the user guide for your router)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:44
+msgid "The disc containing drivers for your wireless adapter (even if it only contains Windows drivers)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:48
+msgid ""
+"The manufacturers and model numbers of your computer, wireless adapter and router. This information can "
+"usually be found on the underside or reverse of the device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:53
+msgid ""
+"Any version or revision numbers that may be printed on your wireless network devices or their packaging. "
+"These can be especially helpful, so look carefully."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:58
+msgid ""
+"Anything on the driver disc that identifies either the device itself, its “firmware” version, or the "
+"components (chipset) it uses."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:63
+msgid ""
+"If possible, try to get access to an alternative working internet connection so that you can download "
+"software and drivers if necessary. (Plugging your computer directly into the router with an Ethernet "
+"network cable is one way of providing this, but only plug it in when you need to.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:69
+msgid "Once you have as many of these items as possible, click <gui>Next</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:25
+msgid "Make sure that simple network settings are correct and prepare for the next few troubleshooting 
steps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:30
+msgid "Perform an initial connection check"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:32
+msgid ""
+"In this step you will check some basic information about your wireless network connection. This is to make "
+"sure that your networking problem isn’t caused by a relatively simple issue, like the wireless connection "
+"being turned off, and to prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:39
+msgid "Make sure that your laptop is not connected to a <em>wired</em> internet connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:43
+msgid ""
+"If you have an external wireless adapter (such as a USB adapter, or a PCMCIA card that plugs into your "
+"laptop), make sure that it is firmly inserted into the proper slot on your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:48
+msgid ""
+"If your wireless card is <em>inside</em> your computer, make sure that the wireless switch is turned on (if 
"
+"it has one). Laptops often have wireless switches that you can toggle by pressing a combination of keyboard 
"
+"keys."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:54
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</gui> from the right side of the top bar "
+"and select the Wi-Fi network, then select <gui>Wi-Fi Settings</gui>. Make sure that the <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> "
+"switch is set to on. You should also check that <link xref=\"net-wireless-airplane\">Airplane Mode</link> "
+"is <em>not</em> switched on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:62
+msgid "Open the Terminal, type <cmd>nmcli device</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:64
+msgid ""
+"This will display information about your network interfaces and connection status. Look down the list of "
+"information and see if there is an item related to the wireless network adapter. If the state is "
+"<code>connected</code>, it means that the adapter is working and connected to your wireless router."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:72
+msgid ""
+"If you are connected to your wireless router, but you still cannot access the internet, your router may not 
"
+"be set up correctly, or your Internet Service Provider (ISP) maybe experiencing some technical problems. "
+"Review your router and ISP setup guides to make sure the settings are correct, or contact your ISP for "
+"support."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:78
+msgid ""
+"If the information from <cmd>nmcli device</cmd> did not indicate that you were connected to the network, "
+"click <gui>Next</gui> to proceed to the next portion of the troubleshooting guide."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:24
+msgid "Identify and fix problems with wireless connections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:29
+msgid ""
+"This is a step-by-step troubleshooting guide to help you identify and fix wireless problems. If you cannot "
+"connect to a wireless network for some reason, try following the instructions here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:33
+msgid "We will proceed through the following steps to get your computer connected to the internet:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:38
+msgid "Performing an initial check"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41
+msgid "Gathering information about your hardware"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:44
+msgid "Checking your hardware"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:47
+msgid "Attempting to create a connection to your wireless router"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:50
+msgid "Performing a check of your modem and router"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:54
+msgid ""
+"To get started, click on the <em>Next</em> link at the top right of the page. This link, and others like it 
"
+"on following pages, will take you through each step in the guide."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/title
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:59
+msgid "Using the command line"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:60
+msgid ""
+"Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the <em>command line</em> (Terminal). "
+"You can find the <app>Terminal</app> application in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:63
+msgid ""
+"If you are not familiar with using a command line, don’t worry — this guide will direct you at each step. "
+"All you need to remember is that commands are case-sensitive (so you must type them <em>exactly</em> as "
+"they appear here), and to press <key>Enter</key> after typing each command to run it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:20
+msgid "WEP and WPA are ways of encrypting data on wireless networks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:23
+msgid "What do WEP and WPA mean?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:25
+msgid ""
+"WEP and WPA (along with WPA2) are names for different encryption tools used to secure your wireless "
+"connection. Encryption scrambles the network connection so that no one can “listen in” to it and look at "
+"which web pages you are viewing, for example. WEP stands for <em>Wired Equivalent Privacy</em>, and WPA "
+"stands for <em>Wireless Protected Access</em>. WPA2 is the second version of the WPA standard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:32
+msgid ""
+"Using <em>some</em> encryption is always better than using none, but WEP is the least secure of these "
+"standards, and you should not use it if you can avoid it. WPA2 is the most secure of the three. If your "
+"wireless card and router support WPA2, that is what you should use when setting up your wireless network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-wireless.page:15
+msgid "Connect to wireless networks, including hidden networks and networks created from phone tethering."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-wireless.page:30
+msgid "Wireless networking"
+msgstr "Bežično umrežavanje"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:26
+msgid "Edit your connection settings, and remove the unwanted connection option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:31
+msgid "My computer connects to the wrong network"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:33
+msgid ""
+"When you turn your computer on, your computer will automatically try to connect to wireless networks that "
+"you have connected to in the past. If it tries to connect to a network that you do not want to connect to, "
+"follow the steps below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:39
+msgid "To forget a wireless connection:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:45
+msgid "Find the network that you <em>do not</em> want it to keep connecting to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:48
+msgid "Click the <_:media-1/> button located next to the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:51
+msgid ""
+"Click the <gui>Forget Connection</gui> button. Your computer will not try to connect to that network any "
+"more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:56
+msgid ""
+"If you later want to connect to the network that your computer just forgot, follow the steps in <link "
+"xref=\"net-wireless-connect\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/net.page:21
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Networks"
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Networking"
+msgstr "Mreže"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net.page:22
+msgid "Connect to wireless and wired networks. Stay safe with a VPN. Create a wireless hotspot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net.page:29
+msgid "Networking, web &amp; email"
+msgstr "Umrežavanje, web i e-pošta"
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/years
+#: C/power-autobrightness.page:16 C/power-autosuspend.page:17 C/power-status.page:17 C/power-wireless.page:18
+msgid "2016"
+msgstr "2016"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power-autobrightness.page:21
+msgid "Automatically control screen brightness to reduce battery use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/power-autobrightness.page:24
+msgid "Enable automatic brightness"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-autobrightness.page:26
+msgid ""
+"If your computer has an integrated light sensor, it can be used to automatically control screen brightness. 
"
+"This ensures that the screen is always easy to see in different ambient light conditions, and helps to "
+"reduce battery consumption."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-autobrightness.page:41
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>Power Saving Options</gui> section, ensure that the <gui>Automatic Screen Brightness</gui> "
+"switch is set to on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-autobrightness.page:47
+msgid "To disable automatic screen brightness, switch it to off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power-autosuspend.page:22
+msgid "Configure your computer to suspend automatically."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/power-autosuspend.page:25
+msgid "Set up automatic suspend"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-autosuspend.page:27
+msgid ""
+"You can configure your computer to automatically suspend when idle. Different intervals can be specified "
+"for running on battery or plugged in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-autosuspend.page:40
+msgid "In the <gui>Power Saving Options</gui> section, click <gui>Automatic Suspend</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-autosuspend.page:44
+msgid ""
+"Choose <gui>On Battery Power</gui> or <gui>Plugged In</gui>, set the switch to on, and select a 
<gui>Delay</"
+"gui>. Both options can be configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/power-autosuspend.page:49
+msgid "On a desktop computer, there is one option labeled <gui>When Idle</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:15
+msgid "The battery life displayed when you click on the <gui>battery icon</gui> is an estimate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:37
+msgid "The estimated battery life is wrong"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:39
+msgid ""
+"When you check the remaining battery life, you may find that the time remaining that it reports is "
+"different to how long the battery actually lasts. This is because the amount of remaining battery life can "
+"only be estimated. Normally, the estimates improve over time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:44
+msgid ""
+"In order to estimate the remaining battery life, a number of factors must be taken into account. One is the 
"
+"amount of power currently being used by the computer: power consumption varies depending on how many "
+"programs you have open, which devices are plugged in, and whether you are running any intensive tasks (like 
"
+"watching high-definition video or converting music files, for example). This changes from moment to moment, 
"
+"and is difficult to predict."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:51
+msgid ""
+"Another factor is how the battery discharges. Some batteries lose charge faster the emptier they get. "
+"Without precise knowledge of how the battery discharges, only a rough estimate of remaining battery life "
+"can be made."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:55
+msgid ""
+"As the battery discharges, the power manager will figure out its discharge properties and will learn how to 
"
+"make better estimates of battery life. They will never be completely accurate, though."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:60
+msgid ""
+"If you get a completely ridiculous battery life estimate (say, hundreds of days), the power manager is "
+"probably missing some of the data it needs to make a sensible estimate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:63
+msgid ""
+"If you unplug the power and run the laptop on battery for a while, then plug it in and let it recharge "
+"again, the power manager should be able to get the data it needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:39
+msgid "Tips to reduce the power consumption of your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:42
+msgid "Use less power and improve battery life"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:44
+msgid ""
+"Computers can use a lot of power. By using some simple energy-saving strategies, you can reduce your energy 
"
+"bill and help the environment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:48
+msgid "General tips"
+msgstr "Općeniti savjeti"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:52
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"shell-exit#suspend\">Suspend your computer</link> when you are not using it. This "
+"significantly reduces the amount of power it uses, and it can be woken up very quickly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:57
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"shell-exit#shutdown\">Turn off</link> the computer when you will not be using it for longer "
+"periods. Some people worry that turning off a computer regularly may cause it to wear out faster, but this "
+"is not the case."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:63
+msgid ""
+"Use the <gui>Power</gui> panel in <app>Settings</app> to change your power settings. There are a number of "
+"options that will help to save power: you can <link xref=\"display-blank\">automatically blank the screen</"
+"link> after a certain time, enable the <gui>Automatic <link xref=\"power-profile\">Power Saver</link></gui> 
"
+"mode when the battery is low, and have the computer <link xref=\"power-autosuspend\">automatically 
suspend</"
+"link> if you have not used it for a certain period of time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:72
+msgid "Reduce the <link xref=\"display-brightness\">screen brightness</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:75
+msgid "Turn off any external devices (like printers and scanners) when you are not using them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:83
+msgid "Laptops, netbooks, and other devices with batteries"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:87
+msgid ""
+"Reduce the <link xref=\"display-brightness\">screen brightness</link>. Powering the screen accounts for a "
+"significant fraction of a laptop power consumption."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:90
+msgid ""
+"Most laptops have buttons on the keyboard (or a keyboard shortcut) that you can use to reduce the "
+"brightness."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:94
+msgid ""
+"If you do not need an Internet connection for a little while, <link xref=\"power-wireless\">turn off the "
+"wireless or Bluetooth cards</link>. These devices work by broadcasting radio waves, which takes quite a bit 
"
+"of power."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:97
+msgid ""
+"Some computers have a physical switch that can be used to turn it off, whereas others have a keyboard "
+"shortcut that you can use instead. You can turn it on again when you need it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:106
+msgid "More advanced tips"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:110
+msgid ""
+"Reduce the number of tasks that are running in the background. Computers use more power when they have more 
"
+"work to do."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-batterylife.page:112
+msgid ""
+"Most of your running applications do very little when you are not actively using them. However, "
+"applications that frequently grab data from the internet or play music or movies can impact your power "
+"consumption."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:11
+msgid "Tips such as “Do not let the battery charge get too low”."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:29
+msgid "Get the most out of your laptop battery"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:31
+msgid ""
+"As laptop batteries age, they get worse at storing charge and their capacity gradually decreases. There are 
"
+"a few techniques that you can use to prolong their useful lifetime, although you should not expect a big "
+"difference."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:37
+msgid ""
+"Do not let the battery run all the way down. Always recharge <em>before</em> the battery gets very low, "
+"although most batteries have built-in safeguards to prevent the battery running too low. Recharging when it 
"
+"is only partially discharged is more efficient, but recharging when it is only slightly discharged is worse 
"
+"for the battery."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:44
+msgid ""
+"Heat has a detrimental effect on the charging efficiency of the battery. Do not let the battery get any "
+"warmer than it has to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:48
+msgid ""
+"Batteries age even if you leave them in storage. There is little advantage in buying a replacement battery "
+"at the same time as you get the original battery — always buy replacements when you need them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:55
+msgid ""
+"This advice applies specifically to Lithium-Ion (Li-Ion) batteries, which are the most common type. Other "
+"types of battery may benefit from different treatment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power-batteryslow.page:7
+msgid "Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/power-batteryslow.page:25
+msgid "Why is my laptop slow when it is on battery?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-batteryslow.page:27
+msgid ""
+"Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery in order to conserve power. The "
+"processor (CPU) in the laptop switches to a slower speed, and processors use less power when running "
+"slower, so the battery should last longer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-batteryslow.page:32
+msgid "This feature is called <em>CPU frequency scaling</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power-batterywindows.page:15
+msgid "Tweaks from the manufacturer and differing battery life estimates may be the cause of this problem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/power-batterywindows.page:33
+msgid "Why do I have less battery life than I did on Windows/Mac OS?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-batterywindows.page:35
+msgid ""
+"Some computers appear to have a shorter battery life when running on Linux than they do when running "
+"Windows or Mac OS. One reason for this is that computer vendors install special software for Windows/Mac OS 
"
+"that optimizes various hardware/software settings for a given model of computer. These tweaks are often "
+"highly specific, and may not be documented, so including them in Linux is difficult."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-batterywindows.page:42
+msgid ""
+"Unfortunately, there is not an easy way of applying these tweaks yourself without knowing exactly what they 
"
+"are. You may find that using some <link xref=\"power-batterylife\">power-saving methods</link> helps, "
+"though. If your computer has a <link xref=\"power-batteryslow\">variable-speed processor</link>, you might "
+"find that changing its settings is also useful."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-batterywindows.page:48
+msgid ""
+"Another possible reason for the discrepancy is that the method of estimating battery life is different on "
+"Windows/Mac OS than on Linux. The actual battery life could be exactly the same, but the different methods "
+"give different estimates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power-closelid.page:31
+msgid "Laptops go to sleep when you close the lid, in order to save power."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/power-closelid.page:35
+msgid "Why does my computer turn off when I close the lid?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-closelid.page:37
+msgid ""
+"When you close the lid of your laptop, your computer will <link xref=\"power-suspend\"><em>suspend</em></"
+"link> in order to save power. This means that the computer is not actually turned off — it has just gone to 
"
+"sleep. You can resume it by opening the lid. If it does not resume, try clicking the mouse or pressing a "
+"key. If that still does not work, press the power button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-closelid.page:44
+msgid ""
+"Some computers are unable to suspend properly, normally because their hardware is not completely supported "
+"by the operating system (for example, the Linux drivers are incomplete). In this case, you may find that "
+"you are unable to resume your computer after you have closed the lid. You can try to <link xref=\"power-"
+"suspendfail\">fix the problem with suspend</link>, or you can prevent the computer from trying to suspend "
+"when you close the lid."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/power-closelid.page:52
+msgid "Stop the computer from suspending when the lid is closed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/power-closelid.page:55
+msgid ""
+"These instructions will only work if you are using <app>systemd</app>. Contact your distribution for more "
+"information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/power-closelid.page:60 C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:37
+msgid "You need to have <app>Tweaks</app> installed on your computer to change this setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: if/p
+#: C/power-closelid.page:63 C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:40
+msgid "<link style=\"button\" action=\"install:gnome-tweaks\">Install <app>Tweaks</app></link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/power-closelid.page:68
+msgid ""
+"If you do not want the computer to suspend when you close the lid, you can change the setting for that "
+"behavior."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/power-closelid.page:72
+msgid ""
+"Be very careful if you change this setting. Some laptops can overheat if they are left running with the lid 
"
+"closed, especially if they are in a confined place like a backpack."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-closelid.page:79 C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:48
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing "
+"<gui>Tweaks</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-closelid.page:83 C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:52
+msgid "Click <gui>Tweaks</gui> to open the application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-closelid.page:86
+msgid "Select the <gui>General</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-closelid.page:89
+msgid "Switch the <gui>Suspend when laptop lid is closed</gui> switch to off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-closelid.page:93
+msgid "Close the <gui>Tweaks</gui> window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power-constantfan.page:10
+msgid "Some fan-control software could be missing, or your laptop may be running hot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/power-constantfan.page:21
+msgid "The laptop fan is always running"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-constantfan.page:23
+msgid ""
+"If cooling fan in your laptop is always running, it could be that the hardware that controls the cooling "
+"system in the laptop is not very well supported in Linux. Some laptops need extra software to control their 
"
+"cooling fans efficiently, but this software may not be installed (or available for Linux at all) and so the 
"
+"fans just run at full speed all of the time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-constantfan.page:29
+msgid ""
+"If this is the case, you may be able to change some settings or install extra software that allows full "
+"control of the fan. For example, <link href=\"http://vaio-utils.org/fan/\";>vaiofand</link> can be installed 
"
+"to control the fans of some Sony VAIO laptops. Installing this software is quite a technical process which "
+"is highly dependent on the make and model of your laptop, so you may wish to seek specific advice on how to 
"
+"do it for your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-constantfan.page:37
+msgid ""
+"It is also possible that your laptop just produces a lot of heat. This does not necessarily mean that it is 
"
+"overheating; it might just need the fan to run at full speed all of the time to allow it to stay cool "
+"enough. If this is the case, you have little option but to let the fan run at full speed all of the time. "
+"You can sometimes buy additional cooling accessories for your laptop which may help."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:11
+msgid "Computers usually get warm, but if they get too hot they can overheat, which can be damaging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:21
+msgid "My computer gets really hot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:23
+msgid ""
+"Most computers get warm after a while, and some can get quite hot. This is normal: it is simply part of the 
"
+"way that the computer cools itself. However, if your computer gets very warm it could be a sign that it is "
+"overheating, which can potentially cause damage."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:28
+msgid ""
+"Most laptops get reasonably warm once you have been using them for a while. It is generally nothing to "
+"worry about — computers produce a lot of heat and laptops are very compact, so they need to remove their "
+"heat rapidly and their outer casing warms up as a result. Some laptops do get too hot, however, and may be "
+"uncomfortable to use. This is normally the result of a poorly-designed cooling system. You can sometimes "
+"get additional cooling accessories which fit to the bottom of the laptop and provide more efficient 
cooling."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:36
+msgid ""
+"If you have a desktop computer which feels hot to the touch, it may have insufficient cooling. If this "
+"concerns you, you can buy extra cooling fans or check that the cooling fans and vents are free from dust "
+"and other blockages. You might want to consider putting the computer in a better-ventilated area too — if "
+"kept in confined spaces (for example, in a cupboard), the cooling system in the computer may not be able to 
"
+"remove heat and circulate cool air fast enough."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:49
+msgid ""
+"Some people are concerned about the health risks of using hot laptops. There are suggestions that prolonged 
"
+"use of a hot laptop on your lap might possibly reduce fertility, and there are reports of minor burns being 
"
+"suffered too (in extreme cases). If you are concerned about these potential problems, you may wish to "
+"consult a medical practitioner for advice. Of course, you can simply choose not to rest the laptop on your "
+"lap."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:56
+msgid ""
+"Most modern computers will shut themselves down if they get too hot, to prevent themselves from becoming "
+"damaged. If your computer keeps shutting down, this might be the reason. If your computer is overheating, "
+"you will probably need to get it repaired."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power-lowpower.page:11
+msgid "Allowing the battery to completely discharge is bad for it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/power-lowpower.page:32
+msgid "Why did my computer turn off when the battery got to 10%?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-lowpower.page:34
+msgid ""
+"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will automatically turn off. It does this "
+"to make sure that the battery does not completely discharge, since this is bad for the battery. If the "
+"battery just ran out, the computer would not have time to shut down properly either."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-lowpower.page:40
+msgid ""
+"Bear in mind that when your computer automatically turns off, your applications and documents <em>are not</"
+"em> saved. To avoid losing your work, save it before the battery gets too low."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power-nowireless.page:32
+msgid ""
+"Some wireless devices have problems handling when your computer is suspended and does not resume properly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/power-nowireless.page:36
+msgid "I have no wireless network when I wake up my computer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-nowireless.page:38
+msgid ""
+"If you have suspended your computer, you may find that your wireless internet connection does not work when 
"
+"you resume it again. This happens when the <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">driver</link> for the wireless "
+"device does not fully support certain power saving features. Typically, the wireless connection fails to "
+"turn on properly when the computer is resumed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-nowireless.page:45
+msgid "If this happens, try switching your wireless off and then back on again:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-nowireless.page:57
+msgid "Switch the <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> switch at the top-right of the window to off and then on again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-nowireless.page:61
+msgid ""
+"If the wireless still does not work, switch the <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> switch to on and then switch it "
+"off again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-nowireless.page:66
+msgid ""
+"If this does not work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work again. If you are still "
+"having problems after that, connect to the internet using an Ethernet cable and update your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power-othercountry.page:7
+msgid "Your computer will work, but you might need a different power cable or a travel adapter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/power-othercountry.page:25
+msgid "Will my computer work with a power supply in another country?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-othercountry.page:27
+msgid ""
+"Different countries use power supplies at different voltages (usually 110V or 220-240V) and AC frequencies "
+"(usually 50 Hz or 60 Hz). Your computer should work with a power supply in a different country as long as "
+"you have an appropriate power adapter. You may also need to flip a switch."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-othercountry.page:32
+msgid ""
+"If you have a laptop, all you should need to do is get the right plug for your power adapter. Some laptops "
+"come packaged with more than one plug for their adapter, so you may already have the right one. If not, "
+"plugging your existing one into a standard travel adapter will suffice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-othercountry.page:37
+msgid ""
+"If you have a desktop computer, you can also get a cable with a different plug, or use a travel adapter. In 
"
+"this case, however, you may need to change the voltage switch on the computer’s power supply, if there is "
+"one. Many computers do not have a switch like this, and will happily work with either voltage. Look at the "
+"back of the computer and find the socket that the power cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a "
+"small switch marked “110V” or “230V” (for example). Switch it if you need to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/power-othercountry.page:46
+msgid ""
+"Be careful when changing power cables or using travel adapters. Switch everything off first if you can."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/years
+#: C/power-percentage.page:17 C/power-profile.page:15 C/status-icons.page:55
+msgid "2021"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power-percentage.page:22
+msgid "Display the battery percentage in the top bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/power-percentage.page:25
+msgid "Show the battery status as a percentage"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-percentage.page:27 C/power-status.page:62
+msgid ""
+"The <link xref=\"status-icons#batteryicons\">status icon</link> in the top bar shows the charge level of "
+"the main internal battery, and whether it is currently charging or not. It can also display the charge as a 
"
+"<link xref=\"power-percentage\">percentage</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/power-percentage.page:34
+msgid "Display the battery percentage in the top bar"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-percentage.page:44
+msgid "In the <gui>Suspend &amp; Power Button</gui> section, set <gui>Show Battery Percentage</gui> to on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power-profile.page:20
+msgid "Balance performance and battery usage."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/power-profile.page:23
+msgid "Choose a power profile"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-profile.page:25
+msgid "You can manage power usage by choosing a <gui>Power Mode</gui>. There are three possible profiles:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-profile.page:30
+msgid "<gui>Balanced</gui>: Standard performance and power usage. This is the default setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-profile.page:34
+msgid ""
+"<gui>Power Saver</gui>: Reduced performance and power usage. This setting maximizes battery life. It may "
+"enable some power saving options and prevent them from being switched off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-profile.page:39
+msgid ""
+"<gui>Performance</gui>: High performance and power usage. This mode will only be visible if it is supported 
"
+"by your computer. It will be selectable if your computer is running on AC power. If your device supports "
+"lap detection, you will not be able to select this option if the device is running on someone's lap."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/power-profile.page:48
+msgid "To choose a power profile:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-profile.page:57
+msgid "In the <gui>Power Mode</gui> section, choose one of the profiles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power-status.page:22
+msgid "Display the status of the battery and connected devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/power-status.page:25
+msgid "Check the battery status"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/power-status.page:29
+msgid "Display the status of the battery and connected devices"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-status.page:36
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui>Power</gui> to open the panel. The status of <gui>Batteries</gui> and known <gui>Devices</gui> "
+"is displayed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-status.page:42
+msgid ""
+"If an internal battery is detected, the <gui>Batteries</gui> section displays the status of one or more "
+"laptop batteries. The indicator bar shows the percent charged, as well as time until fully charged if "
+"plugged in, and time remaining when running on battery power."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-status.page:59
+msgid "The <gui>Devices</gui> section displays the status of connected devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:13
+msgid "Some computer hardware causes problems with suspend."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:27
+msgid "Why does my computer not turn back on after I suspended it?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:29
+msgid ""
+"If you <link xref=\"power-suspend\">suspend</link> your computer, then try to resume it, you may find that "
+"it does not work as you expected. This could be because suspend is not supported properly by your hardware."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:34
+msgid "My computer is suspended and is not resuming"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:35
+msgid ""
+"If you suspend your computer and then press a key or click the mouse, it should wake up and display a "
+"screen asking for your password. If this does not happen, try pressing the power button (do not hold it in, 
"
+"just press it once)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:39
+msgid ""
+"If this still does not help, make sure that your computer’s monitor is switched on and try pressing a key "
+"on the keyboard again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:41
+msgid ""
+"As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding in the power button for 5-10 seconds, although you will "
+"lose any unsaved work by doing this. You should then be able to turn on the computer again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:44
+msgid ""
+"If this happens every time you suspend your computer, the suspend feature may not work with your hardware."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:47
+msgid ""
+"If your computer loses power and does not have an alternative power supply (such as a working battery), it "
+"will switch off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:53
+msgid "My wireless connection (or other hardware) does not work when I wake up my computer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:55
+msgid ""
+"If you suspend your computer and then resume it again, you may find that your internet connection, mouse, "
+"or some other device does not work properly. This could be because the driver for the device does not "
+"properly support suspend. This is a <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">problem with the driver</link> and not "
+"the device itself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:61
+msgid ""
+"If the device has a power switch, try turning it off and then on again. In most cases, the device will "
+"start working again. If it connects via a USB cable or similar, unplug the device and then plug it in again 
"
+"and see if it works."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:65
+msgid ""
+"If you cannot turn off or unplug the device, or if this does not work, you may need to restart your "
+"computer for the device to start working again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power-suspend.page:9
+msgid "Suspend sends your computer to sleep so it uses less power."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/power-suspend.page:25
+msgid "What happens when I suspend my computer?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-suspend.page:33
+msgid ""
+"When you <em>suspend</em> the computer, you send it to sleep. All of your applications and documents remain 
"
+"open, but the screen and other parts of the computer switch off to save power. The computer is still "
+"switched on though, and it will still be using a small amount of power. You can wake it up by pressing a "
+"key or clicking the mouse. If that does not work, try pressing the power button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-suspend.page:40
+msgid ""
+"Some computers have problems with hardware support which mean that they <link xref=\"power-"
+"suspendfail\">may not be able to suspend properly</link>. It is a good idea to test suspend on your "
+"computer to see if it does work before relying on it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/title
+#: C/power-suspend.page:46
+msgid "Always save your work before suspending"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/power-suspend.page:47
+msgid ""
+"You should save all of your work before suspending the computer, just in case something goes wrong and your 
"
+"open applications and documents cannot be recovered when you resume the computer again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power-whydim.page:29
+msgid "The screen will dim when the computer is idle in order to save power."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/power-whydim.page:32
+msgid "Why does my screen go dim after a while?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-whydim.page:40
+msgid ""
+"If it is possible to set the brightness of your screen, it will dim when the computer is idle in order to "
+"save power. When you start using the computer again, the screen will brighten."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-whydim.page:44
+msgid "To stop the screen from dimming itself:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-whydim.page:55
+msgid "Switch the <gui>Dim Screen</gui> switch to off in the <gui>Power Saving Options</gui> section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:12
+msgid "Loose cables and hardware problems are possible reasons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:21
+msgid "My computer will not turn on"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:23
+msgid ""
+"There are a number of reasons why your computer will not turn on. This topic gives a brief overview of some 
"
+"of the possible reasons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:34
+msgid "Computer not plugged in, empty battery, or loose cable"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:35
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that the power cables of the computer are firmly plugged in and the power outlets are switched "
+"on. Make sure that the monitor is plugged in and switched on too. If you have a laptop, connect the "
+"charging cable (in case it has run out of battery). You may also want to check that the battery is "
+"correctly fitted in place (check the underside of the laptop) if it is removable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:44
+msgid "Problem with the computer hardware"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:45
+msgid ""
+"A component of your computer may be broken or malfunctioning. If this is the case, you will need to get "
+"your computer repaired. Common faults include a broken power supply unit, incorrectly-fitted components "
+"(such as the memory or RAM) and a faulty motherboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:52
+msgid "The computer beeps and then switches off"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:53
+msgid ""
+"If the computer beeps several times when you turn it on and then turns off (or fails to start), it may be "
+"indicating that it has detected a problem. These beeps are sometimes referred to as <em>beep codes</em>, "
+"and the pattern of beeps is intended to tell you what the problem with the computer is. Different "
+"manufacturers use different beep codes, so you will have to consult the manual for your computer’s "
+"motherboard, or take your computer in for repairs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:63
+msgid "The computer fans are spinning but nothing is on the screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:64
+msgid "The first thing to check is that your monitor is plugged in and turned on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:66
+msgid ""
+"This problem could also be due to a hardware fault. The fans might turn on when you press the power button, 
"
+"but other essential parts of the computer might fail to turn on. In this case, take your computer in for "
+"repairs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power-wireless.page:23
+msgid "Bluetooth, wi-fi and mobile broadband can be switched off to reduce battery use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/power-wireless.page:26
+msgid "Switch off unused wireless technologies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/power-wireless.page:28
+msgid ""
+"You can reduce battery use by switching off bluetooth, wi-fi or mobile broadband when they are not in use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-wireless.page:34
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing <gui>Wi-"
+#| "Fi</gui>."
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing 
<gui>Wi-Fi</"
+"gui> or <gui>Bluetooth</gui>, respectively."
+msgstr ""
+"Otvorite <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivnosti</gui> pregled i započnite upisivati "
+"<gui>Bežična mreža</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-wireless.page:38
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Click on <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> to open the panel."
+msgid "Click <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> to open the panel, or <gui>Bluetooth</gui>, respectively."
+msgstr "Kliknite na <gui>Bežična mreža</gui> za otvaranje panela."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/power-wireless.page:41
+msgid "In the header bar, switch the unused services to off. Re-enable when needed by switching to on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/power.page:13
+msgid "Natalia Ruz"
+msgstr "Natalia Ruz"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/power.page:23
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Power"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power.page:24
+msgid "View your battery status and change power saving settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/power.page:27
+msgid "Power &amp; battery"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/power.page:35
+msgid "Power saving settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/power.page:39
+msgid "Questions"
+msgstr "Pitanja"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/power.page:45
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Power problems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/power.page:47
+msgid "Troubleshoot problems with power and batteries."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/prefs-display.page:19
+msgid "Set your background, configure monitors, and manage color temperatures."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/prefs-display.page:25
+msgid "Display &amp; screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/prefs-language.page:17
+msgid "Set your preferred languages, regions, formats, and keyboard layouts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/prefs-sharing.page:20
+msgid "Share your screen, or share media and other files over a local network or Bluetooth."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/prefs-sharing.page:24
+msgid "Sharing Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/prefs-sharing.page:26
+msgid ""
+"The <em>Sharing Settings</em> help you control what is shared over the local network, or through other "
+"technologies such as <em>Bluetooth</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/prefs.page:8
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Settings"
+msgstr "Postavke"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/prefs.page:15
+msgid "From hardware control to privacy settings, make GNOME work for you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/prefs.page:21
+msgid "User &amp; system settings"
+msgstr "Korisnik i postavke sustava"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/printing-2sided.page:23
+msgid "Print on both sides of the paper, or multiple pages per sheet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/printing-2sided.page:26
+msgid "Print two-sided and multi-page layouts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-2sided.page:28
+msgid "To print on both sides of each sheet of paper:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-2sided.page:32 C/printing-differentsize.page:38 C/printing-select.page:28
+#: C/printing-to-file.page:35
+msgid "Open the print dialog by pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-2sided.page:36
+msgid ""
+"Go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab of the Print window and choose an option from the <gui>Two-sided</gui> "
+"drop-down list. If the option is disabled, two-sided printing is not available for your printer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-2sided.page:39
+msgid ""
+"Printers handle two-sided printing in different ways. It is a good idea to experiment with your printer to "
+"see how it works."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-2sided.page:43
+msgid ""
+"You can print more than one page of the document per <em>side</em> of paper too. Use the <gui>Pages per "
+"side</gui> option to do this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/printing-2sided.page:49
+msgid ""
+"The availability of these options may depend on the type of printer you have, as well as the application "
+"you are using. This option may not always be available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:23
+msgid "Print folded booklets (like a book or pamphlet) from a PDF using normal A4/Letter-size paper."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:27
+msgid "Print a booklet on a double-sided printer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:29
+msgid ""
+"You can make a folded booklet (like a small book or pamphlet) by printing pages of a document in a special "
+"order and changing a couple of printing options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:33 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:29
+msgid "These instructions are for printing a booklet from a PDF document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:35 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:30 C/printing-booklet.page:27
+msgid ""
+"If you want to print a booklet from a <app>LibreOffice</app> document, first export it to a PDF by choosing 
"
+"<guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Export as PDF…</gui></guiseq>. Your document needs to have a multiple of 4 "
+"number of pages (4, 8, 12, 16,…). You may need to add up to 3 blank pages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:40
+msgid "To print a booklet:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:44 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:41
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:81
+msgid ""
+"Open the print dialog. This can normally be done through <gui style=\"menuitem\">Print</gui> in the menu or 
"
+"using the <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></keyseq> keyboard shortcut."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:49 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:46
+msgid "Click the <gui>Properties…</gui> button"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:50 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:47
+msgid "In the <gui>Orientation</gui> drop-down list, make sure that <gui>Landscape</gui> is selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:52
+msgid "In the <gui>Duplex</gui> drop-down list, select <gui>Short Edge</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:54 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:49
+msgid "Click <gui>OK</gui> to go back to the print dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:57 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:52
+msgid "Under <gui>Range and Copies</gui>, choose <gui>Pages</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:60 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:53
+msgid "Type the numbers of the pages in this order (n is the total number of pages, and a multiple of 4):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:62 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:55
+msgid "n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, n-9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:64 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:59
+msgid "Examples:"
+msgstr "Primjeri:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:66 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:60
+msgid "4 page booklet: Type <input>4,1,2,3</input>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:67 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:61
+msgid "8 page booklet: Type <input>8,1,2,7,6,3,4,5</input>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:68 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:64
+msgid "20 page booklet: Type <input>20,1,2,19,18,3,4,17,16,5,6,15,14,7,8,13,12,9,10,11</input>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:73 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:68
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:86
+msgid "Choose the <gui>Page Layout</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:74 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:69
+msgid "Under <gui>Layout</gui>, select <gui>Brochure</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:75
+msgid "Under <gui>Page Sides</gui>, in the <gui>Include</gui> drop-down list, select <gui>All pages</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:79 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:74
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:91
+msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:23
+msgid "Print a booklet from a PDF using a single-sided printer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:26
+msgid "Print a booklet on a single-sided printer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:37
+msgid "To print:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:57
+msgid "…until you have typed all of the pages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:62
+msgid "12 page booklet: Type <input>12,1,2,11,10,3,4,9,8,5,6,7</input>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:63
+msgid "16 page booklet: Type <input>16,1,2,15,14,3,4,13,12,5,6,11,10,7,8,9</input>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:70
+msgid ""
+"Under <gui>Page Sides</gui>, in the <gui>Include</gui> drop-down list, select <gui>Front sides / right "
+"pages</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:77
+msgid "When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in the printer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:87
+msgid ""
+"Under <gui>Page Sides</gui>, in the <gui>Include</gui> drop-down list, select <gui>Back sides / left 
pages</"
+"gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/printing-booklet.page:19
+msgid "How to print a folded, multi-page booklet using A4 or Letter-sized paper."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/printing-booklet.page:23
+msgid "Print a booklet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-booklet.page:25
+msgid "You can print a booklet from a PDF."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-booklet.page:33
+msgid ""
+"If the number of pages in your PDF document is not a multiple of 4, you should add the appropriate number "
+"of blank pages (1,2 or 3) to make it a multiple of 4. To do so, you can:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-booklet.page:39
+msgid "Create a <app>LibreOffice</app> document with the number (1-3) of blank pages needed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-booklet.page:43
+msgid ""
+"Export the blank pages to a PDF by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui> <gui>Export as PDF…</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-booklet.page:47
+msgid ""
+"Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using <app>PDF-Shuffler</app> or <app>PDF Mod</app>, placing "
+"the blank pages at the end."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-booklet.page:53
+msgid "Select the type of printer you will be using for printing from the list below:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:29
+msgid "Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:32
+msgid "Cancel, pause or release a print job"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:34
+msgid "You can cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue in the printer settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:38
+msgid "Cancel a print job"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:40
+msgid ""
+"If you accidentally started printing a document, you can cancel the print so that you do not need to waste "
+"any ink or paper."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44
+msgid "How to cancel a print job:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:46 C/printing-cancel-job.page:86 C/printing-name-location.page:49
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:84 C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:51 C/printing-setup.page:76
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing "
+"<gui>Printers</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:50 C/printing-cancel-job.page:90 C/printing-name-location.page:53
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:88
+msgid "Click <gui>Printers</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:53
+msgid "Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the <gui>Printers</gui> dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:57
+msgid "Cancel the print job by clicking the stop button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:61
+msgid ""
+"If this does not cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down the <em>cancel</em> button on "
+"your printer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:64
+msgid ""
+"As a last resort, especially if you have a big print job with a lot of pages that will not cancel, remove "
+"the paper from the printer’s paper input tray. The printer should realize that there is no paper and will "
+"stop printing. You can then try canceling the print job again, or try turning the printer off and then on "
+"again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:71
+msgid ""
+"Be careful that you don’t damage the printer when removing the paper, though. If you would have to pull "
+"hard on the paper to remove it, you should probably just leave it where it is."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:79
+msgid "Pause and release a print job"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:81
+msgid ""
+"If you want to pause or release a print job, you can do so by going to the jobs dialog in the printer "
+"settings and click the appropriate button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:93
+msgid ""
+"Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the <gui>Printers</gui> dialog and either "
+"pause or release the print job based on your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:27
+msgid "Print a document on a different paper size or orientation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:30
+msgid "Change the paper size when printing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:32
+msgid ""
+"If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a US Letter-sized PDF on A4 "
+"paper), you can change the printing format for the document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:42
+msgid "Select the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:45
+msgid "Under the <gui>Paper</gui> column, choose your <gui>Paper size</gui> from the drop-down list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:49
+msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui> to print your document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:53
+msgid "You can also use the <gui>Orientation</gui> drop-down list to choose a different orientation:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: p/gui
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:57
+msgid "Portrait"
+msgstr "Uspravno"
+
+#. (itstool) path: p/gui
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:58
+msgid "Landscape"
+msgstr "Položeno"
+
+#. (itstool) path: p/gui
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:59
+msgid "Reverse portrait"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: p/gui
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:60
+msgid "Reverse landscape"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:23
+msgid "Make sure that you have the envelope the right way up, and have chosen the correct paper size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:27
+msgid "Print envelopes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:29
+msgid ""
+"Most printers will allow you to print directly onto an envelope. This is especially useful if you have a "
+"lot of letters to send, for example."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:34
+msgid "Printing onto envelopes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:36
+msgid "There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an envelope."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:38
+msgid ""
+"The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></"
+"keyseq> to open the Print dialog, go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab and choose the <gui>Paper type</gui> "
+"as “Envelope” if you can. If you cannot do this, see if you can change the <gui>Paper size</gui> to an "
+"envelope size (for example, <gui>C5</gui>). The pack of envelopes will say what size they are; most "
+"envelopes come in standard sizes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:46
+msgid ""
+"Secondly, you need to make sure that the envelopes are loaded with the right side up in the printer’s in-"
+"tray. Check the printer’s manual for this, or try to print a single envelope and check which side is "
+"printed on to see which way is the right way up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:52
+msgid ""
+"Some printers are not designed to be able to print envelopes, especially some laser printers. Check your "
+"printer’s manual to see if it accepts envelopes. Otherwise, you could damage the printer by feeding an "
+"envelope in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/printing-inklevel.page:20
+msgid "Check the amount of ink or toner left in printer cartridges."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/printing-inklevel.page:23
+msgid "How can I check my printer’s ink or toner levels?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-inklevel.page:25
+msgid ""
+"How you check how much ink or toner is left in your printer depends on the model and manufacturer of your "
+"printer, and the drivers and applications installed on your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-inklevel.page:29
+msgid "Some printers have a built-in screen to display ink levels and other information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-inklevel.page:32
+msgid ""
+"Some printers report toner or ink levels to the computer, which can be found in the <gui>Printers</gui> "
+"panel in <app>Settings</app>. The ink level will be shown with the printer details if it is available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-inklevel.page:36
+msgid ""
+"The drivers and status tools for most HP printers are provided by the HP Linux Imaging and Printing (HPLIP) 
"
+"project. Other manufacturers might supply proprietary drivers with similar features."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-inklevel.page:40
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, you can install an application to check or monitor ink levels. <app>Inkblot</app> shows ink "
+"status for many HP, Epson and Canon printers. See if your printer is on the <link 
href=\"http://libinklevel.";
+"sourceforge.net/#supported\">list of supported models</link>. Another ink levels application for Epson and "
+"some other printers is <app>mtink</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-inklevel.page:47
+msgid ""
+"Some printers are not yet well supported on Linux, and others are not designed to report their ink levels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:28
+msgid "Change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:32
+msgid "Change the name or location of a printer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:34
+msgid "You can change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:38
+msgid ""
+"You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrative privileges</link> on the system to change the "
+"name or location of a printer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:43
+msgid "Change printer name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:45
+msgid "If you want to change the name of a printer, take the following steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:56 C/printing-name-location.page:91 C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:58
+#: C/printing-setup.page:83
+msgid ""
+"Depending on your system, you may have to press <gui style=\"button\">Unlock</gui> in the top right corner "
+"and type in your password when prompted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:61 C/printing-name-location.page:96 C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:63
+msgid "Click the <_:media-1/> button next to the printer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:65 C/printing-name-location.page:100
+msgid "Select <gui style=\"menuitem\">Printer Details</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:68
+msgid "Enter a new name for the printer in the <gui>Name</gui> field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:71 C/printing-name-location.page:106 C/tips-specialchars.page:106
+msgid "Close the dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:78
+msgid "Change printer location"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:80
+msgid "To change the location of your printer:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:103
+msgid "Enter a new location for the printer in the <gui>Location</gui> field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/printing-order.page:23
+msgid "Collate and reverse the print order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/printing-order.page:26
+msgid "Make pages print in a different order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/printing-order.page:29
+msgid "Reverse"
+msgstr "Obrnuto"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/printing-order.page:31
+msgid ""
+"Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the pages end up in reverse order "
+"when you pick them up. If needed, you can reverse this printing order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/printing-order.page:36
+msgid "To reverse the order:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-order.page:38 C/printing-order.page:61
+msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></keyseq> to open the Print dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-order.page:42
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>General</gui> tab, under <gui>Copies</gui>, check <gui>Reverse</gui>. The last page will be "
+"printed first, and so on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/printing-order.page:50
+msgid "Collate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/printing-order.page:52
+msgid ""
+"If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print-outs will be grouped by page number by "
+"default (that is, all of the copies of page one come out, then the copies of page two, and so on). "
+"<em>Collating</em> will make each copy come out with its pages grouped together in the right order instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/printing-order.page:59
+msgid "To collate:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-order.page:65
+msgid "In the <gui>General</gui> tab, under <gui>Copies</gui>, check <gui>Collate</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/printing-paperjam.page:20
+msgid "How you clear a paper jam will depend on the make and model of printer that you have."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/printing-paperjam.page:24
+msgid "Clearing a paper jam"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-paperjam.page:26
+msgid "Sometimes printers incorrectly feed sheets of paper and get jammed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-paperjam.page:28
+msgid ""
+"The manual for your printer will usually provide detailed instructions on how to clear paper jams. Usually, 
"
+"you will need to open one of the printer’s panels to find the jam inside and then firmly (but carefully!) "
+"pull the jammed paper out of the printer’s feeding mechanism."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-paperjam.page:33
+msgid ""
+"Once the jam has been cleared you may need to press the printer’s <em>resume</em> button to start printing "
+"again. With some printers, you may even need to turn the printer off and then on again, and then start the "
+"print job again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/printing-select.page:19
+msgid "Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/printing-select.page:22
+msgid "Print only certain pages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-select.page:24
+msgid "To only print certain pages from the document:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-select.page:32
+msgid "In the <gui>General</gui> tab, choose <gui>Pages</gui> from the <gui>Range</gui> section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-select.page:35
+msgid ""
+"Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the text box, separated by commas. Use a dash to denote "
+"a range of pages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/printing-select.page:40
+msgid ""
+"For example, if you enter “1,3,5-7” in the <gui>Pages</gui> text box, pages 1,3,5,6 and 7 will be printed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/printing-select.page:42
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/printing-select.png' md5='2eceabe52b26c4ee06fac1ce2a79459c'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:36
+msgid "Pick the printer that you use most often."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:39
+msgid "Set the default printer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:41
+msgid ""
+"If you have more than one printer available, you can select which will be your default printer. You may "
+"want to pick the printer you use most often."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:45
+msgid ""
+"You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrative privileges</link> on the system to set the "
+"default printer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:55 C/printing-setup.page:80
+msgid "Click <gui>Printers</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:67
+msgid "Select the <gui style=\"menuitem\">Use Printer by Default</gui> checkbox."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:71
+msgid ""
+"When you print in an application, the default printer is automatically used, unless you choose a different "
+"printer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/printing-setup.page:38
+msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer, or your local network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/printing-setup.page:42
+msgid "Set up a local printer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-setup.page:44
+msgid ""
+"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they are connected. Most printers are "
+"connected with a USB cable that attaches to your computer, but some printers connect to your wired or "
+"wireless network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/printing-setup.page:50
+msgid ""
+"If your printer is connected to the network, it will not be set up automatically – you should add it from "
+"the <gui>Printers</gui> panel in <gui>Settings</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-setup.page:57
+msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-setup.page:60
+msgid ""
+"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see activity on the screen as the "
+"system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to authenticate to install them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-setup.page:65
+msgid ""
+"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. Select <gui>Print Test Page</gui> 
"
+"to print a test page, or <gui>Options</gui> to make additional changes in the printer setup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-setup.page:71
+msgid "If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer settings:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-setup.page:88
+msgid "Press the <gui style=\"button\">Add…</gui> button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-setup.page:91
+msgid "In the pop-up window, select your new printer and press <gui style=\"button\">Add</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/printing-setup.page:94
+msgid ""
+"If your printer is not discovered automatically, but you know its network address, enter it into the text "
+"field at the bottom of the dialog and then press <gui style=\"button\">Add</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-setup.page:101
+msgid ""
+"If your printer does not appear in the <gui>Add Printer</gui> window, you may need to install print 
drivers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-setup.page:109
+msgid ""
+"After you install the printer, you may wish to <link xref=\"printing-setup-default-printer\">change your "
+"default printer</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:20
+msgid "If print-outs are streaky, fading, or missing colors, check your ink levels or clean the print head."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:24
+msgid "Why are there streaks, lines or the wrong colors on my print-outs?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:27
+msgid ""
+"If your print-outs are streaky, faded, have lines on them that should not be there, or are otherwise poor "
+"in quality, this may be due to a problem with the printer or a low ink or toner supply."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:33
+msgid "Fading text or images"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:34
+msgid ""
+"You may be running out of ink or toner. Check your ink or toner supply and buy a new cartridge if 
necessary."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:38
+msgid "Streaks and lines"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:39
+msgid ""
+"If you have an inkjet printer, the print head may be dirty or partially blocked. Try cleaning the print "
+"head. See the printer’s manual for instructions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:44
+msgid "Wrong colors"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:45
+msgid ""
+"The printer may have run out of one color of ink or toner. Check your ink or toner supply and buy a new "
+"cartridge if necessary."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:49
+msgid "Jagged lines, or lines are not straight"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:50
+msgid ""
+"If lines on your print-out that should be straight turn out jagged, you may need to align the print head. "
+"See the printer’s instruction manual for details on how to do this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/printing-to-file.page:20
+msgid "Save a document as a PDF, PostScript or SVG file instead of sending it to a printer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/printing-to-file.page:24
+msgid "Print to file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-to-file.page:26
+msgid ""
+"You can choose to print a document to a file instead of sending it to print from a printer. Printing to "
+"file will create a <sys>PDF</sys>, a <sys>PostScript</sys> or a <sys>SVG</sys> file that contains the "
+"document. This can be useful if you want to transfer the document to another machine or to share it with "
+"someone."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/printing-to-file.page:33
+msgid "To print to file:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-to-file.page:39
+msgid "Select <gui>Print to File</gui> under <gui>Printer</gui> in the <gui style=\"tab\">General</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-to-file.page:43
+msgid ""
+"To change the default filename and where the file is saved to, click the filename below the printer "
+"selection. Click <gui style=\"button\">Select</gui> once you have finished choosing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-to-file.page:48
+msgid ""
+"<sys>PDF</sys> is the default file type for the document. If you want to use a different <gui>Output "
+"format</gui>, select either <sys>PostScript</sys> or <sys>SVG</sys>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-to-file.page:53
+msgid "Choose your other page preferences."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-to-file.page:56
+msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Print</gui> to save the file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/printing.page:18
+msgid ""
+"Set up local and network printers. Learn about different printing options like collation and multi-sided "
+"printing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/printing.page:31
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Setup"
+msgstr "Postavljanje"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/printing.page:33
+msgid "Set up a printer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/printing.page:38
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Sizes and layouts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/printing.page:40
+msgid "Different paper sizes and layouts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/printing.page:46
+msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/printing.page:48
+msgid "Printer problems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/privacy.page:29
+msgid "Lock your screen, remove temporary files, and control access to devices like cameras and microphones."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/privacy.page:33
+msgid "Privacy Settings"
+msgstr "Postavke privatnost"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/privacy.page:35
+msgid ""
+"The <em>Privacy Settings</em> help you control whether or not certain parts of your desktop are visible to "
+"others. You can also use these settings to clear your computer usage history and clean out unnecessary "
+"files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:28
+msgid "Stop or limit your computer from tracking your recently-used files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:32
+msgid "Turn off or limit file history tracking"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:34
+msgid ""
+"Tracking recently used files and folders makes it easier to find items that you have been working on in the 
"
+"file manager and in file dialogs in applications. You may wish to keep your file usage history private "
+"instead, or only track your very recent history."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:40
+msgid "Turn off file history tracking"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:42
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing "
+"<gui>Privacy</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:46 C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:69 C/privacy-purge.page:56
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Click on <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> to open the panel."
+msgid "Click on <gui>File History &amp; Trash</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr "Kliknite na <gui>Jezik i regija</gui> za otvaranje panela."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:49
+msgid "Switch the <gui>File History</gui> switch to off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:50
+msgid "To re-enable this feature, switch the <gui>File History</gui> switch to on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:54 C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:80
+msgid "Use the <gui>Clear History…</gui> button to purge the history immediately."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:59
+msgid "This setting will not affect how your web browser stores information about the web sites you visit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:63
+msgid "Restrict the amount of time your file history is tracked"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:65 C/privacy-purge.page:52
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing "
+#| "<gui>Region &amp; Language</gui>."
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing <gui>File "
+"History &amp; Trash</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Otvorite <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivnosti</gui> pregled i započnite upisivati "
+"<gui>Jezik i regija</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:72
+msgid "Ensure the <gui>File History</gui> switch is set to on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:75
+msgid ""
+"Under <gui>File History Duration</gui>, select how long to retain your file history. Choose from options "
+"<gui>1 day</gui>, <gui>7 days</gui>, <gui>30 days</gui>, or <gui>Forever</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/privacy-location.page:21
+msgid "Enable or disable geolocation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/privacy-location.page:24
+msgid "Control location services"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/privacy-location.page:26
+msgid ""
+"Geolocation, or location services, uses cell tower positioning, GPS, and nearby Wi-Fi access points to "
+"determine your current location for use in setting your timezone and by applications such as <app>Maps</"
+"app>. When enabled, it is possible for your location to be shared over the network with a great deal of "
+"precision."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/privacy-location.page:33
+msgid "Turn off the geolocation features of your desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/privacy-location.page:35
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing "
+#| "<gui>Search</gui>."
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing "
+"<gui>Location Services</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Otvorite <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivnosti</gui> pregled i započnite upisivati "
+"<gui>Pretraga</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/privacy-location.page:39
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Click on <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> to open the panel."
+msgid "Click on <gui>Location Services</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr "Kliknite na <gui>Bežična mreža</gui> za otvaranje panela."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/privacy-location.page:42
+msgid "Switch the <gui>Location Services</gui> switch to off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/privacy-location.page:43
+msgid "To re-enable this feature, set the <gui>Location Services</gui> switch to on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/privacy-purge.page:33
+msgid "Set how often your trash and temporary files will be cleared from your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/privacy-purge.page:37
+msgid "Purge trash &amp; temporary files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/privacy-purge.page:39
+msgid ""
+"Clearing out your trash and temporary files removes unwanted and unneeded files from your computer, and "
+"also frees up more space on your hard drive. You can manually empty your trash and clear your temporary "
+"files, but you can also set your computer to automatically do this for you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/privacy-purge.page:45
+msgid ""
+"Temporary files are files created automatically by applications in the background. They can increase "
+"performance by providing a copy of data that was downloaded or computed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/privacy-purge.page:50
+msgid "Automatically empty your trash and clear temporary files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/privacy-purge.page:59
+msgid ""
+"Switch on one or both of <gui>Automatically Delete Trash Content</gui> or <gui>Automatically Delete "
+"Temporary Files</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/privacy-purge.page:63
+msgid ""
+"Set how often you would like your <em>Trash</em> and <em>Temporary Files</em> to be purged by changing the "
+"<gui>Automatically Delete Period</gui> value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/privacy-purge.page:68
+msgid ""
+"Use the <gui>Empty Trash…</gui> or <gui>Delete Temporary Files…</gui> buttons to perform these actions "
+"immediately."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/privacy-purge.page:74
+msgid ""
+"You can delete files immediately and permanently without using the Trash. See <link xref=\"files-"
+"delete#permanent\"/> for information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:35
+msgid "Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:39
+msgid "Automatically lock your screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:41
+msgid ""
+"When you leave your computer, you should <link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">lock the screen</link> to "
+"prevent other people from using your desktop and accessing your files. If you sometimes forget to lock your 
"
+"screen, you may wish to have your computer’s screen lock automatically after a set period of time. This "
+"will help to secure your computer when you aren’t using it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:48
+msgid ""
+"When your screen is locked, your applications and system processes will continue to run, but you will need "
+"to enter your password to begin using them again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:53
+msgid "To set the length of time before your screen locks automatically:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:56 C/session-screenlocks.page:44
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing "
+#| "<gui>Search</gui>."
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing <gui>Screen 
"
+"Lock</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Otvorite <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivnosti</gui> pregled i započnite upisivati "
+"<gui>Pretraga</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:60 C/session-screenlocks.page:49
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Click on <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> to open the panel."
+msgid "Click on <gui>Screen Lock</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr "Kliknite na <gui>Bežična mreža</gui> za otvaranje panela."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:63
+msgid ""
+"Make sure <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is switched on, then select a length of time from the "
+"<gui>Automatic Screen Lock Delay</gui> drop-down list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:69
+msgid ""
+"Applications can present notifications to you that are still displayed on your lock screen. This is "
+"convenient, for example, to see if you have any email without unlocking your screen. If you’re concerned "
+"about other people seeing these notifications, switch <gui>Show Notifications on Lock Screen</gui> off. For 
"
+"further notification settings, refer to <link xref=\"shell-notifications\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:76
+msgid ""
+"When your screen is locked, and you want to unlock it, press <key>Esc</key>, or swipe up from the bottom of 
"
+"the screen with your mouse. Then enter your password, and press <key>Enter</key> or click <gui>Unlock</"
+"gui>. Alternatively, just start typing your password and the lock curtain will be automatically raised as "
+"you type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:34
+msgid "Take a picture or record a video of what is happening on your screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:38
+msgid "Screenshots and screencasts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:40
+msgid ""
+"You can take a picture of your screen (a <em>screenshot</em>) or record a video of what is happening on the 
"
+"screen (a <em>screencast</em>). This is useful if you want to show someone how to do something on the "
+"computer, for example. Screenshots and screencasts are just normal picture and video files, so you can "
+"email them and share them on the web."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:47
+msgid "Take a screenshot"
+msgstr "Uslikaj zaslon"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:51
+msgid ""
+"Open <app>Screenshot</app> from the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:55
+msgid ""
+"In the <app>Screenshot</app> window, select whether to grab the whole screen, the current window, or an "
+"area of the screen. Set a delay if you need to select a window or otherwise set up your desktop for the "
+"screenshot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:61
+msgid "Click <gui>Take Screenshot</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:62
+msgid ""
+"If you selected <gui>Selection</gui>, the pointer changes into a crosshair. Click and drag the area you "
+"want for the screenshot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:67
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>Save Screenshot</gui> window, enter a file name and choose a folder, then click 
<gui>Save</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:69
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, import the screenshot directly into an image-editing application without saving it first. "
+"Click <gui>Copy to Clipboard</gui> then paste the image in the other application, or drag the screenshot "
+"thumbnail to the application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:77
+msgid "Keyboard shortcuts"
+msgstr "Prečaci tipkovnice"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:79
+msgid ""
+"Quickly take a screenshot of the desktop, a window, or an area at any time using these global keyboard "
+"shortcuts:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:84
+msgid "<key>Print Screen</key> to take a screenshot of the desktop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:87
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print Screen</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of a window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:91
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Print Screen</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of an area you select."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:96
+msgid ""
+"When you use a keyboard shortcut, the image is automatically saved in your <file>Pictures</file> folder in "
+"your home folder with a file name that begins with <file>Screenshot</file> and includes the date and time "
+"it was taken."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:101
+msgid ""
+"If you do not have a <file>Pictures</file> folder, the images will be saved in your home folder instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:104
+msgid ""
+"You can also hold down <key>Ctrl</key> with any of the above shortcuts to copy the screenshot image to the "
+"clipboard instead of saving it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:111
+msgid "Make a screencast"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:113
+msgid "You can make a video recording of what is happening on your screen:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:117
+msgid ""
+"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq> to start recording what is 
"
+"on your screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:120
+msgid "A red circle is displayed in the top right corner of the screen when the recording is in progress."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:124
+msgid ""
+"Once you have finished, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq> "
+"again to stop the recording."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:129
+msgid ""
+"The video is automatically saved in your <file>Videos</file> folder in your home folder, with a file name "
+"that starts with <file>Screencast</file> and includes the date and time it was taken."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:136
+msgid "If you do not have a <file>Videos</file> folder, the videos will be saved in your home folder 
instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:36
+msgid ""
+"You can log in to your system using a supported fingerprint scanner instead of typing in your password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:40
+msgid "Log in with a fingerprint"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:42
+msgid ""
+"If your system has a supported fingerprint scanner, you can record your fingerprint and use it to log in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:46
+msgid "Record a fingerprint"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:48
+msgid ""
+"Before you can log in with your fingerprint, you need to record it so that the system can use it to "
+"identify you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:52
+msgid ""
+"If your finger is too dry, you may have difficulty registering your fingerprint. If this happens, moisten "
+"your finger slightly, dry it with a clean, lint-free cloth, and retry."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:57 C/user-changepassword.page:65 C/user-changepicture.page:41
+msgid ""
+"You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> to edit user accounts other than 
"
+"your own."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:62 C/user-add.page:47 C/user-admin-change.page:42 C/user-autologin.page:33
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:70 C/user-changepicture.page:46 C/user-delete.page:53
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing 
<gui>Users</"
+"gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:66 C/user-add.page:51
+msgid "Click on <gui>Users</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:69
+msgid ""
+"Press on <gui>Disabled</gui>, next to <gui>Fingerprint Login</gui> to add a fingerprint for the selected "
+"account. If you are adding the fingerprint for a different user, you will first need to <gui>Unlock</gui> "
+"the panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:75
+msgid "Select the finger that you want to use for the fingerprint, then <gui style=\"button\">Next</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:79
+msgid ""
+"Follow the instructions in the dialog and swipe your finger at a <em>moderate speed</em> over your "
+"fingerprint reader. Once the computer has a good record of your fingerprint, you will see a <gui>Done!</"
+"gui> message."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:85
+msgid ""
+"Select <gui>Next</gui>. You will see a confirmation message that your fingerprint was saved successfully. "
+"Select <gui>Close</gui> to finish."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:94
+msgid "Check that your fingerprint works"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:96
+msgid ""
+"Now check that your new fingerprint login works. If you register a fingerprint, you still have the option "
+"to log in with your password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:101
+msgid "Save any open work, and then <link xref=\"shell-exit#logout\">log out</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:105
+msgid "At the login screen, select your name from the list. The password entry form will appear."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:109
+msgid "Instead of typing your password, you should be able to swipe your finger on the fingerprint reader."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/session-formats.page:26
+msgid "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/session-formats.page:30
+msgid "Change date and measurement formats"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/session-formats.page:32
+msgid ""
+"You can control the formats that are used for dates, times, numbers, currency, and measurement to match the 
"
+"local customs of your region."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/session-formats.page:37 C/session-language.page:50
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing <gui>Region 
"
+"&amp; Language</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Otvorite <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivnosti</gui> pregled i započnite upisivati "
+"<gui>Jezik i regija</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/session-formats.page:41 C/session-language.page:54
+msgid "Click on <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr "Kliknite na <gui>Jezik i regija</gui> za otvaranje panela."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/session-formats.page:44
+msgid "Click <gui>Formats</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/session-formats.page:47
+msgid ""
+"Under <gui>Common Formats</gui>, select the region and language that most closely matches the formats you "
+"would like to use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/session-formats.page:51
+msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Done</gui> to save."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/session-formats.page:54 C/session-language.page:70
+msgid ""
+"Your session needs to be restarted for changes to take effect. Either click <gui 
style=\"button\">Restart…</"
+"gui>, or manually log back in later."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/session-formats.page:59
+msgid ""
+"After you have selected a region, the area to the right of the list shows various examples of how dates and 
"
+"other values are shown. Although not shown in the examples, your region also controls the starting day of "
+"the week in calendars."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/session-language.page:33
+msgid "Switch to a different language for user interface and help text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/session-language.page:37
+msgid "Change which language you use"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/session-language.page:45
+msgid ""
+"You can use your desktop and applications in any of dozens of languages, provided you have the proper "
+"language packs installed on your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/session-language.page:57
+msgid "Click <gui>Language</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/span
+#: C/session-language.page:62
+msgid "…"
+msgstr "…"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/session-language.page:60
+msgid ""
+"Select your desired region and language. If your region and language are not listed, click <gui><_:media-1/"
+"></gui> at the bottom of the list to select from all available regions and languages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/session-language.page:67
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Click <gui>Select Network</gui>."
+msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Select</gui> to save."
+msgstr "Kliknite na <gui>Odaberi mrežu</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/session-language.page:75
+msgid ""
+"Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not support your language at all. Any "
+"untranslated text will appear in the language in which the software was originally developed, usually "
+"American English."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/session-language.page:80
+msgid ""
+"There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can store things like music, "
+"pictures, and documents. These folders use standard names according to your language. When you log back in, 
"
+"you will be asked if you want to rename these folders to the standard names for your selected language. If "
+"you plan to use the new language all the time, you should update the folder names."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:28
+msgid "Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the <gui>Screen Lock</gui> settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:32
+msgid "The screen locks itself too quickly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:34
+msgid ""
+"If you leave your computer for a few minutes, the screen will automatically lock itself so you have to "
+"enter your password to start using it again. This is done for security reasons (so no one can mess with "
+"your work if you leave the computer unattended), but it can be annoying if the screen locks itself too "
+"quickly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:40
+msgid "To wait a longer period before the screen is automatically locked:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:52
+msgid ""
+"If <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is on, you can change the value in the <gui>Automatic Screen Lock "
+"Delay</gui> drop-down list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:58
+msgid ""
+"If you don’t ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch the <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> 
"
+"switch to off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/sharing.page:11
+msgid "Share your desktop, files, or media."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/sharing.page:21
+msgid "Sharing"
+msgstr "Dijeljenje"
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/years
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:25
+msgid "2014-2015"
+msgstr "2014-2015"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:30
+msgid "Allow files to be uploaded to your computer over Bluetooth."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:33
+msgid "Control sharing over Bluetooth"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:35
+msgid ""
+"You can enable <gui>Bluetooth</gui> sharing to receive files over Bluetooth in the <file>Downloads</file> "
+"folder"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:39
+msgid "Allow files to be shared into your <file>Downloads</file> folder"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:48
+msgid "Make sure that <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\"><gui>Bluetooth</gui> is switched on</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:52
+msgid ""
+"Bluetooth-enabled devices can send files to your <file>Downloads</file> folder only when the "
+"<gui>Bluetooth</gui> panel is open."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:29
+msgid "Let other people view and interact with your desktop using VNC."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:32
+msgid "Share your desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:49
+msgid ""
+"You can let other people view and control your desktop from another computer with a desktop viewing "
+"application. Configure <gui>Screen Sharing</gui> to allow others to access your desktop and set the "
+"security preferences."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:55
+msgid ""
+"You must have the <app>GNOME Remote Desktop</app> package installed for <gui>Screen Sharing</gui> to be "
+"visible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:60
+msgid "<link action=\"install:gnome-remote-desktop\" style=\"button\">Install GNOME Remote Desktop</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:74 C/sharing-desktop.page:166
+msgid "Click on <gui>Sharing</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."
+msgstr "Kliknite na <gui>Dijeljenje</gui> u bočnoj traci za otvaranje panela."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:77 C/sharing-media.page:63 C/sharing-personal.page:72
+msgid "If the <gui>Sharing</gui> switch in the top-right of the window is set to off, switch it to on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:80 C/sharing-media.page:66 C/sharing-personal.page:75
+msgid ""
+"If the text below <gui>Computer Name</gui> allows you to edit it, you can <link xref=\"sharing-"
+"displayname\">change</link> the name your computer displays on the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:85
+msgid "Select <gui>Screen Sharing</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:88
+msgid ""
+"To let others view your desktop, switch the <gui>Screen Sharing</gui> switch to on. This means that other "
+"people will be able to attempt to connect to your computer and view what’s on your screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:93
+msgid ""
+"To let others interact with your desktop, ensure that <gui>Allow connections to control the screen</gui> is 
"
+"checked. This may allow the other person to move your mouse, run applications, and browse files on your "
+"computer, depending on the security settings which you are currently using."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:102 C/sharing-personal.page:95
+msgid "Security"
+msgstr "Sigurnost"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:104
+msgid ""
+"It is important that you consider the full extent of what each security option means before changing it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:109
+msgid "New connections must ask for access"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:110
+msgid ""
+"If you want to be able to choose whether to allow someone to access your desktop, enable <gui>New "
+"connections must ask for access</gui>. If you disable this option, you will not be asked whether you want "
+"to allow someone to connect to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:115
+msgid "This option is enabled by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:119
+msgid "Require a Password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:120
+msgid ""
+"To require other people to use a password when connecting to your desktop, enable <gui>Require a Password</"
+"gui>. If you do not use this option, anyone can attempt to view your desktop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:124 C/sharing-personal.page:105
+msgid "This option is disabled by default, but you should enable it and set a secure password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:145 C/sharing-media.page:93 C/sharing-personal.page:113
+msgid "Networks"
+msgstr "Mreže"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:147
+msgid ""
+"The <gui>Networks</gui> section lists the networks to which you are currently connected. Use the switch "
+"next to each to choose where your desktop can be shared."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:153
+msgid "Stop sharing your desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:155
+msgid "To disconnect someone who is viewing your desktop:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:169
+msgid "<gui>Screen Sharing</gui> will show as <gui>Active</gui>. Click on it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:173
+msgid "Toggle the switch at the top to off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/sharing-displayname.page:20
+msgid "Control how your computer will appear to other computers or devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/sharing-displayname.page:24
+msgid "Set the display name for your computer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sharing-displayname.page:26
+msgid ""
+"You can change the name your computer uses to display itself to other computers or devices, on the network "
+"or over Bluetooth."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/sharing-displayname.page:30
+msgid "Change the display name of your computer:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-displayname.page:32 C/sharing-media.page:56 C/sharing-personal.page:65
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing "
+"<gui>Sharing</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-displayname.page:36 C/sharing-media.page:60 C/sharing-personal.page:69
+msgid "Click on <gui>Sharing</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-displayname.page:39
+msgid "Edit the text below <gui>Computer Name</gui> to change the name your computer displays on the 
network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/sharing-media.page:23
+msgid "Share media on your local network using UPnP."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/sharing-media.page:26
+msgid "Share your music, photos and videos"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sharing-media.page:38
+msgid ""
+"You can browse, search and play the media on your computer using a <sys>UPnP</sys> or <sys>DLNA</sys> "
+"enabled device such as a phone, TV or game console. Configure <gui>Media Sharing</gui> to allow these "
+"devices to access the folders containing your music, photos and videos."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/sharing-media.page:44
+msgid "You must have the <app>Rygel</app> package installed for <gui>Media Sharing</gui> to be visible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
+#: C/sharing-media.page:49
+msgid "<link action=\"install:rygel\" style=\"button\">Install Rygel</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-media.page:71
+msgid "Select <gui>Media Sharing</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-media.page:74
+msgid "Switch the <gui>Media Sharing</gui> switch to on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-media.page:77
+msgid ""
+"By default, <file>Music</file>, <file>Pictures</file> and <file>Videos</file> are shared. To remove one of "
+"these, click the <gui>×</gui> next to the folder name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-media.page:82
+msgid ""
+"To add another folder, click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> to open the <gui>Choose a folder</gui> window. "
+"Navigate <em>into</em> the desired folder and click <gui style=\"button\">Open</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-media.page:87
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui style=\"button\">×</gui>. You will now be able to browse or play media in the folders you "
+"selected using the external device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sharing-media.page:95
+msgid ""
+"The <gui>Networks</gui> section lists the networks to which you are currently connected. Use the switch "
+"next to each to choose where your media can be shared."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/sharing-personal.page:23
+msgid "Let other people access files in your <file>Public</file> folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/sharing-personal.page:27
+msgid "Share your personal files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sharing-personal.page:45
+msgid ""
+"You can allow access to the <file>Public</file> folder in your <file>Home</file> folder from another "
+"computer on the network. Configure <gui>Personal File Sharing</gui> to allow others to access the contents "
+"of the folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/sharing-personal.page:51
+msgid ""
+"You must have the <app>gnome-user-share</app> package installed for <gui>Personal File Sharing</gui> to be "
+"visible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
+#: C/sharing-personal.page:56
+msgid "<link action=\"install:gnome-user-share\" style=\"button\">Install gnome-user-share</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-personal.page:80
+msgid "Select <gui>Personal File Sharing</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-personal.page:83
+msgid ""
+"Switch the <gui>Personal File Sharing</gui> switch to on. This means that other people on your current "
+"network will be able to attempt to connect to your computer and access files in your <file>Public</file> "
+"folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/sharing-personal.page:88
+msgid ""
+"A <em>URI</em> is displayed by which your <file>Public</file> folder can be accessed from other computers "
+"on the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/sharing-personal.page:99
+msgid "Require Password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-personal.page:100
+msgid ""
+"To require other people to use a password when accessing your <file>Public</file> folder, switch the "
+"<gui>Require Password</gui> switch to on. If you do not use this option, anyone can attempt to view your "
+"<file>Public</file> folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sharing-personal.page:115
+msgid ""
+"The <gui>Networks</gui> section lists the networks to which you are currently connected. Use the switch "
+"next to each to choose where your personal files can be shared."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:14
+msgid "Aruna Sankaranarayanan"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:22
+msgid "Use <app>Tweaks</app> to start applications automatically on login."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:26
+msgid "Have applications start automatically on log in"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:28
+msgid ""
+"When you log in, your computer automatically starts some applications and runs them in the background. "
+"These are usually important programs that help your desktop session to run smoothly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:32
+msgid ""
+"You can use the <app>Tweaks</app> application to add other applications that you use frequently, such as "
+"web browsers or editors, to the list of programs that start automatically on login."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:46
+msgid "To start an application automatically on login:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:55
+msgid "Click the <gui>Startup Applications</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:58
+msgid "Click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> button to get a list of available applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:62
+msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Add</gui> to add an application of your choice to the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:68
+msgid ""
+"You can remove an application from the list by clicking the <gui style=\"button\">Remove</gui> button next "
+"to the application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:29
+msgid "Add (or remove) frequently-used program icons on the dash."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:32
+msgid "Pin your favorite apps to the dash"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:34
+msgid "To add an application to the <link xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">dash</link> for easy 
access:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:39
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview by clicking 
<gui>Activities</"
+"gui> at the top left of the screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:42
+msgid ""
+"Click the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Applications</gui> menu at the top left of the screen 
"
+"and choose the <gui>Activities Overview</gui> item from the menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:47
+msgid "Click the grid button in the dash and find the application you want to add."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:51
+msgid "Right-click the application icon and select <gui>Add to Favorites</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:53
+msgid "Alternatively, you can click-and-drag the icon into the dash."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:57
+msgid ""
+"To remove an application icon from the dash, right-click the application icon and select <gui>Remove from "
+"Favorites</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:60
+msgid ""
+"Favorite applications also appear in the <gui>Favorites</gui> section of the <gui xref=\"shell-"
+"introduction#activities\">Applications</gui> menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:28
+msgid "Launch apps from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+msgstr "Pokrenite svoje aplikacije iz <gui>Aktivnosti</gui> pregleda."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:31
+msgid "Start applications"
+msgstr "Pokretanje aplikacija"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:41
+msgid ""
+"Move your mouse pointer to the <gui>Activities</gui> corner at the top left of the screen to show the <gui "
+"xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview. This is where you can find all of your "
+"applications. You can also open the overview by pressing the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> "
+"key."
+msgstr ""
+"Pomaknite svoj pokazivač miša u <gui>Aktivnosti</gui> kut gore lijevo u traci na zaslonu kako bi se "
+"prikazao <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivnosti</gui> pregled. Ovdje možete potražiti sve "
+"svoje aplikacije. Pregled možete otvoriti i pritiskom na <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> 
tipku."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:47
+msgid ""
+"You can start applications from the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Applications</gui> menu at "
+"the top left of the screen, or you can use the <gui>Activities</gui> overview by pressing the <key "
+"xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
+msgstr ""
+"Aplikacije možete pokrenuti iz izbornika <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aplikacija</gui> gore "
+"lijevo na zaslonu, ili možete koristiti <gui>Aktivnosti</gui> pregled pritiskom na <key 
xref=\"keyboard-key-"
+"super\">Super</key> tipku."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:52
+msgid "There are several ways of opening an application once you’re in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview:"
+msgstr "Postoji nekoliko načina otvaranja aplikacija iz <gui>Aktivnosti</gui> pregleda:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:57
+msgid ""
+"Start typing the name of an application — searching begins instantly. (If this doesn’t happen, click the "
+"search bar at the top of the screen and start typing.) If you don’t know the exact name of an application, "
+"try to type an related term. Click the application’s icon to start it."
+msgstr ""
+"Započnite upisivati naziv aplikacije — pretraživanje započinje trenutačno. (Ako se to ne dogodi, kliknite u 
"
+"traku pretrage na vrhu zaslona i započnite upisivanje.) Ako ne znate točan naziv aplikacije, pokušajte "
+"upisati što sličniji naziv. Kliknite na ikonu aplikacije kako bi ju pokrenuli."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:63
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Some applications have icons in the <em>dash</em>, the vertical strip of icons on the left-hand side of "
+#| "the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Click one of these to start the corresponding application."
+msgid ""
+"Some applications have icons in the <em>dash</em>, the horizontal strip of icons at the bottom of the "
+"<gui>Activities</gui> overview. Click one of these to start the corresponding application."
+msgstr ""
+"Određene aplikacije imaju ikone u <em>pokretaču</em>, okomita traka na lijevoj strani <gui>Aktivnosti</gui> 
"
+"pregleda. Kliknite na željenu ikonu kako bi pokrenuli aplikaciju."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:66
+msgid ""
+"If you have applications that you use very frequently, you can <link xref=\"shell-apps-favorites\">add them 
"
+"to the dash</link> yourself."
+msgstr ""
+"Ako imate aplikacije koje često koristite, možete ih <link xref=\"shell-apps-favorites\">dodati u 
pokretač</"
+"link>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:71
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash. You will see the frequently used applications if the "
+#| "<gui style=\"button\">Frequent</gui> view is enabled. If you want to run a new application, press the "
+#| "<gui style=\"button\">All</gui> button at the bottom to view all the applications. Press on the "
+#| "application to start it."
+msgid ""
+"Click the grid button (which has nine dots) in the dash. You will see the first page of all installed "
+"applications. To see more applications, press the dots at the bottom, above the dash, to view other "
+"applications. Press on the application to start it."
+msgstr ""
+"Kliknite na tipku mreže na dnu pokretača. Vidjet ćete najčešće korištene aplikacije ako je omogućen <gui "
+"style=\"button\">Najčešće</gui> pogled. Ako želite pokrenuti novu aplikaciju, pritisnite tipku <gui "
+"style=\"button\">Sve</gui> na dnu kako bi vidjeli sve aplikacije. Kliknite na željenu ikonu za pokretanje "
+"aplikacije."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:77
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "You can launch an application in a separate <link xref=\"shell-workspaces\">workspace</link> by dragging 
"
+#| "its icon from the dash, and dropping it onto one of the workspaces on the right-hand side of the screen. 
"
+#| "The application will open in the chosen workspace."
+msgid ""
+"You can launch an application in a separate <link xref=\"shell-workspaces\">workspace</link> by dragging "
+"its icon from the dash, and dropping it onto one of the workspaces. The application will open in the chosen 
"
+"workspace."
+msgstr ""
+"Možete pokrenuti aplikaciju u zasebnom <link xref=\"shell-workspaces\">radnom prostoru</link> dovlačenjem "
+"ikone aplikacije iz pokretača i ispuštanjem u jedan od radnih prostora na lijevoj strani zaslona. "
+"Aplikacija će se otvoriti u odabranom radnom prostoru."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:81
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "You can launch an application in a <em>new</em> workspace by dragging its icon to the empty workspace at 
"
+#| "the bottom of the workspace switcher, or to the small gap between two workspaces."
+msgid ""
+"You can launch an application in a <em>new</em> workspace by dragging its icon to an empty workspace, or to 
"
+"the small gap between two workspaces."
+msgstr ""
+"Možete pokrenuti aplikaciju u <em>novom</em> radnom prostoru povlačenjem ikone aplikacije na prazni radni "
+"prostor na dnu izmjenjivača radnih prostora, ili na mali prostor između dva radna prostora."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/title
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:92
+msgid "Quickly running a command"
+msgstr "Brzo pokretanje naredbi"
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:93
+msgid ""
+"Another way of launching an application is to press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, enter its 
"
+"<em>command name</em>, and then press the <key>Enter</key> key."
+msgstr ""
+"Još jedan način pokretanja aplikacija je da pritisnete <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq> tipke, "
+"upišete <em>naziv u naredbeni redak</em>, i pritisnete <key>Enter</key> tipku."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:96
+msgid ""
+"For example, to launch <app>Rhythmbox</app>, press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq> and type "
+"‘<cmd>rhythmbox</cmd>’ (without the single-quotes). The name of the app is the command to launch the "
+"program."
+msgstr ""
+"Na primjer, kako bi pokrenuli <app>Rhythmbox</app>, pritisnite <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq> 
"
+"i upišite ‘<cmd>rhythmbox</cmd>’ (bez navodnika). Naziv aplikacije je naredba za pokretanje programa."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:100 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:58
+msgid "Use the arrow keys to quickly access previously run commands."
+msgstr "Koristite tipke strelica za brži pristup prijašnjim naredbama."
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/shell-exit.page:28
+msgid "Alexandre Franke"
+msgstr "Alexandre Franke"
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/shell-exit.page:36
+msgid "David Faour"
+msgstr "David Faour"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/shell-exit.page:46
+msgid "Learn how to leave your user account, by logging out, switching users, and so on."
+msgstr "Naučite kako napustiti svoj korisnički račun, odjavom, zamjenom korisnika, itd."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/shell-exit.page:51
+msgid "Log out, power off or switch users"
+msgstr "Odjava, isključivanje i zamjena korisnika"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-exit.page:59
+msgid ""
+"When you have finished using your computer, you can turn it off, suspend it (to save power), or leave it "
+"powered on and log out."
+msgstr ""
+"Kada završite s korištenjem svojeg računala možete ga isključiti, suspendirati (kako bi uštedjeli energiju) 
"
+"ili ga ostaviti uključenim i odjaviti se."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/shell-exit.page:63
+msgid "Log out or switch users"
+msgstr "Odjava ili zamjena korisnika"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-exit.page:65
+msgid ""
+"To let other users use your computer, you can either log out, or leave yourself logged in and just switch "
+"users. If you switch users, all of your applications will continue running, and everything will be where "
+"you left it when you log back in."
+msgstr ""
+"Kako bi dopustili drugim korisnicima korištenje računala, možete se ili odjaviti ili ostati prijavljeni i "
+"jednostavno zamijeniti korisnika. Ako zamijenite korisnika, sve vaše aplikacije će nastaviti s radom i sve "
+"će biti u istome stanju kada se prijavite ponovno."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-exit.page:70
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "To <gui>Log Out</gui> or <gui>Switch User</gui>, click the <link xref=\"shell-"
+#| "introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</link> on the right side of the top bar, click your name and then "
+#| "choose the correct option."
+msgid ""
+"To <gui>Log Out</gui> or <gui>Switch User</gui>, click the <link xref=\"shell-"
+"introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</link> on the right side of the top bar, expand <gui>Power Off / Log "
+"Out</gui>, and select the correct option."
+msgstr ""
+"Kako bi se <gui>Odjavili</gui> ili <gui>Zamijenili korisnika</gui>, kliknite na <link xref=\"shell-"
+"introduction#systemmenu\">izbornik sustava</link> na desnoj strani gornje trake, kliknite na svoje ime i "
+"zatim odaberite prikladnu mogućnost."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/shell-exit.page:75
+msgid ""
+"The <gui>Log Out</gui> and <gui>Switch User</gui> entries only appear in the menu if you have more than one 
"
+"user account on your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Stavke <gui>Odjava</gui> i <gui>Zamjena korisnika</gui> pojavljuju se u izborniku samo ako imate više od "
+"jednog korisničkog računa na sustavu."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/shell-exit.page:80
+msgid ""
+"The <gui>Switch User</gui> entry only appears in the menu if you have more than one user account on your "
+"system."
+msgstr ""
+"Stavka <gui>Zamijeni korisnika</gui> pojavljuju se u izborniku samo ako imate više od jednog korisničkog "
+"računa na sustavu."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/shell-exit.page:91
+msgid "Lock the screen"
+msgstr "Zaključavanje zaslona"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-exit.page:93
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "If you’re leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your screen to prevent other people "
+#| "from accessing your files or running applications. When you return, raise the <link xref=\"shell-"
+#| "lockscreen\">lock screen</link> curtain and enter your password to log back in. If you don’t lock your "
+#| "screen, it will lock automatically after a certain amount of time."
+msgid ""
+"If you’re leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your screen to prevent other people from "
+"accessing your files or running applications. When you return, you will see the <link xref=\"shell-"
+"lockscreen\">lock screen</link>. Enter your password to log back in. If you don’t lock your screen, it will 
"
+"lock automatically after a certain amount of time."
+msgstr ""
+"Ako napuštate svoje računalo samo nakratko, trebali biste zaključati svoj zaslon kako bi spriječili druge "
+"osobe u pristupu vašim datotekama i pokrenutim aplikacijama. Kada se vratite, podignite zastor <link "
+"xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">zaslona zaključavanja</link> i upišite svoju lozinku za ponovnu prijavu. Ako "
+"niste zaključali svoj zaslon, zaključati će se nakon određenog vremena."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-exit.page:100
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "To lock your screen, click the system menu on the right side of the top bar and press the lock screen "
+#| "button at the bottom of the menu."
+msgid ""
+"To lock your screen, click the system menu on the right side of the top bar and select <gui>Lock</gui> from 
"
+"the menu."
+msgstr ""
+"Kako bi zaključali svoj zaslon, kliknite na izbornik sustava desno u gornjoj traci i pritisnite tipku "
+"zaključavanja zaslona na dnu izbornika."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-exit.page:103
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by clicking <gui>Log in as "
+#| "another user</gui> on the password screen. You can switch back to your desktop when they are finished."
+msgid ""
+"When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by clicking <gui>Log in as another 
"
+"user</gui> at the bottom right of the login screen. You can switch back to your desktop when they are "
+"finished."
+msgstr ""
+"Kada je vaš zaslon zaključan, drugi korisnici se mogu prijaviti u svoje račune klikom na <gui>Prijavi se "
+"kao drugi korisnik</gui> na zaslonu lozinke. Možete se vratiti natrag u svoju radnu površinu kada drugi "
+"korisnik prestane s radom."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/shell-exit.page:114
+msgid "Suspend"
+msgstr "Suspenzija"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-exit.page:116
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "To save power, suspend your computer when you are not using it. If you use a laptop, GNOME, by default, "
+#| "suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. This saves your state to your computer’s "
+#| "memory and powers off most of the computer’s functions. A very small amount of power is still used "
+#| "during suspend."
+msgid ""
+"To save power, suspend your computer when you are not using it. If you use a laptop, the system, by "
+"default, suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. This saves your state to your "
+"computer’s memory and powers off most of the computer’s functions. A very small amount of power is still "
+"used during suspend."
+msgstr ""
+"Kako bi štedjeli energiju, suspendirajte svoje računalo kada ga ne koristite. Ako koristite prijenosno "
+"računalo, GNOME po zadanome, automatski suspendira vaše računalo kada spustite poklopac zaslona. To sprema "
+"stanje vašeg računala u memoriju i isključuje većinu funkcija računala. Vrlo mala količina energije se "
+"koristi tijekom suspenzije."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-exit.page:123
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu on the right side of the top bar. From there "
+#| "you may either hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and click the power off button, or simply long-click the 
"
+#| "power off button."
+msgid ""
+"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu on the right side of the top bar, expand "
+"<gui>Power Off / Log Out</gui>, and select <gui>Suspend</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Kako bi suspendirali svoje računalo ručno, kliknite na izbornik sustava desno u gornjoj traci. Iz izbornika 
"
+"možete ili držati pritisnutu <key>Alt</key> tipku i kliknuti na tipku isključivanja, ili jednostavno dulje "
+"kliknuti na tipku isključivanja."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/shell-exit.page:134
+msgid "Power off or restart"
+msgstr "Isključivanje ili ponovno pokretanje"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-exit.page:136
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click the system menu on the "
+#| "right side of the top bar and press the power off button at the bottom of the menu. A dialog will open "
+#| "offering you the options to either <gui>Restart</gui> or <gui>Power Off</gui>."
+msgid ""
+"If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click the system menu on the right "
+"side of the top bar, expand <gui>Power Off / Log Out</gui>, and select either <gui>Restart…</gui> or "
+"<gui>Power Off…</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Ako želite u potpunosti isključiti svoje računalo ili ga ponovno pokrenuti, kliknite na izbornik sustava "
+"desno u gornjoj traci i pritisnite tipku isključivanja na dnu izbornika. Otvoriti će se dijalog koji vam "
+"nudi mogućnosti <gui>Ponovnog pokretanja</gui> ili <gui>Isključivanja</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-exit.page:140
+msgid ""
+"If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or restart the computer because "
+"this will end their sessions. If you are an administrative user, you may be asked for your password to "
+"power off."
+msgstr ""
+"Ako postoje drugi prijavljeni korisnici, možda vam neće biti dopušteno isključivanje ili ponovno pokretanje 
"
+"računala zato jer bi se tada završile njihove prijave. Ako ste administrativni korisnik, možda ćete biti "
+"upitani za upis lozinke kako bi isključili računalo."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/shell-exit.page:145
+msgid ""
+"You may want to power off your computer if you wish to move it and do not have a battery, if your battery "
+"is low or does not hold charge well. A powered off computer also uses <link xref=\"power-batterylife\">less 
"
+"energy</link> than one which is suspended."
+msgstr ""
+"Možda želite isključiti svoje računalo ako se želite premjestiti a nemate dovoljno energije u bateriji, ako 
"
+"vaša baterija nema dovoljno energije i ne puni se ispravno. Isključeno računalo koristi <link xref=\"power-"
+"batterylife\">manje energije</link> nego kada je suspendirano."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:38
+msgid "A visual overview of your desktop, the top bar, and the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+msgstr "Vizualni pregled vaše radne površine, gornje trake i <gui> Aktivnosti</gui> pregleda."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:42
+msgid "Visual overview of GNOME"
+msgstr "Vizualni pregled GNOMA"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:44
+msgid ""
+"GNOME features a user interface designed to stay out of your way, minimize distractions, and help you get "
+"things done. When you first log in, you will see the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and the top bar."
+msgstr ""
+"GNOME odlikuje korisničko sučelje dizajnirano da vas ne ometa i pomogne vam u obavljanju vašeg posla i "
+"zadataka. Kada se prvi puta prijavite, vidjet ćete <gui>Aktivnosti</gui>pregled i gornju traku."
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:50
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' md5='87368e1c18e714239ffa07967f371124'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:51 C/shell-introduction.page:56
+msgid "GNOME Shell top bar"
+msgstr "Gornja traka GNOME ljuske"
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:55
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/shell-top-bar-classic.png' md5='8eecf39f87d7cda9ee060a108114a624'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:61
+msgid ""
+"The top bar provides access to your windows and applications, your calendar and appointments, and <link "
+"xref=\"status-icons\">system properties</link> like sound, networking, and power. In the system menu in the 
"
+"top bar, you can change the volume or screen brightness, edit your <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> connection details, "
+"check your battery status, log out or switch users, and turn off your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Gornja traka omogućuje pristup vašim prozorima i aplikacijama, vašim kalendarima i sastancima, <link "
+"xref=\"status-icons\">postavkama sustava</link> poput zvuka, umrežavanja i upravljanja energijom. U "
+"izborniku stanja na gornjoj traci, možete promijeniti glasnoću zvuka ili svjetlinu zaslona, urediti "
+"pojedinosti svoje <gui>bežične</gui> mreže, provjeriti stanje energije baterije, odjaviti se ili zamijeniti 
"
+"korisnika i isključiti svoje računalo."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:73
+msgid "<gui>Activities</gui> overview"
+msgstr "<gui>Aktivnosti</gui> pregled"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:75
+msgid ""
+"When you start GNOME, you automatically enter the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. The overview allows you "
+"to access your windows and applications. In the overview, you can also just start typing to search your "
+"applications, files, folders, and the web."
+msgstr ""
+"Kada pokrenete GNOME, automatski uđete u <gui>Aktivnosti</gui> pregled. Pregled vam omogućuje pristup vašim 
"
+"prozorima i aplikacijama. U pregledu možete započeti upisivanjem pretragu vaših aplikacija, datoteka, mapa "
+"i weba."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:80
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "To access your windows and applications, click the <gui>Activities</gui> button, or just move your mouse 
"
+#| "pointer to the top-left hot corner. You can also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> "
+#| "key on your keyboard. You can see your windows and applications in the overview. You can also just start 
"
+#| "typing to search your applications, files, folders, and the web."
+msgid ""
+"To access the overview at any time, click the <gui>Activities</gui> button, or just move your mouse pointer 
"
+"to the top-left hot corner. You can also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key on your 
"
+"keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+"Kako bi pristupili svojim prozorima i aplikacijama, kliknite <gui>Aktivnosti</gui> tipku, ili jednostavno "
+"pomaknite svoj pokazivač miša u gornji lijevi kut. Isto tako možete pritisnuti <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
+"super\">Super</key> tipku na vašoj tipkovnici. Možete vidjeti pregled svojih prozora i aplikacija. "
+"Jednostavno možete započeti upisivanjem pretragu vaših aplikacija, datoteka, mapa i weba."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:85
+msgid ""
+"To access your windows and applications, click the button at the bottom left of the screen in the window "
+"list. You can also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key to see an overview with live "
+"thumbnails of all the windows on the current workspace."
+msgstr ""
+"Kako bi pristupili svojim prozorima i aplikacijama, kliknite na tipku u dnu lijeve strane zaslona u prikazu 
"
+"prozora. Isto tako možete pritisnuti <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> tipku kako bi vidjeli "
+"pregled minijatura svih prozora na trenutnom radnom prostoru."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:93
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "On the left of the overview, you will find the <em>dash</em>. The dash shows you your favorite and "
+#| "running applications. Click any icon in the dash to open that application; if the application is already 
"
+#| "running, it will have a small dot below its icon. Clicking its icon will bring up the most recently used 
"
+#| "window. You can also drag the icon to the overview, or onto any workspace on the right."
+msgid ""
+"At the bottom of the overview, you will find the <em>dash</em>. The dash shows you your favorite and "
+"running applications. Click any icon in the dash to open that application; if the application is already "
+"running, it will have a small dot below its icon. Clicking its icon will bring up the most recently used "
+"window. You can also drag the icon onto a workspace."
+msgstr ""
+"Lijevo od pregleda, nalazi se <em>pokretač</em>. Pokretač vam pokazuje vaše omiljene i pokrenute "
+"aplikacije. Kliknite na jednu ikonu u pokretaču za otvaranje odabrane aplikacije; ako je aplikacija već "
+"pokrenuta, imati će malu točku ispod ikone. Klik na ikonu će uzdignuti najkorišteniji prozor. Možete "
+"povlačiti ikonu po pregledu ili na bilo koji radni prostor s desne strane."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:99
+msgid ""
+"Right-clicking the icon displays a menu that allows you to pick any window in a running application, or to "
+"open a new window. You can also click the icon while holding down <key>Ctrl</key> to open a new window."
+msgstr ""
+"Desni klik na ikonu prikazuje izbornik koji vam omogućuje odabir bilo kojeg otvorenog prozora pokrenute "
+"aplikacije ili otvaranje novog prozora. Možete kliknuti na ikonu dok držite pritisnutu tipku <key>Ctrl</"
+"key> za otvaranje novog prozora."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:103
+msgid ""
+"When you enter the overview, you will initially be in the windows overview. This shows you live thumbnails "
+"of all the windows on the current workspace."
+msgstr ""
+"Kada pokrenete pregled, početno ćete biti u pregledu prozora. U njemu su prikazane žive minijature svih "
+"prozora na trenutnom radnom prostoru."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:107
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash to display the applications overview. This shows you all 
"
+#| "the applications installed on your computer. Click any application to run it, or drag an application to "
+#| "the overview or onto a workspace thumbnail. You can also drag an application onto the dash to make it a "
+#| "favorite. Your favorite applications stay in the dash even when they’re not running, so you can access "
+#| "them quickly."
+msgid ""
+"Click the grid button (which has nine dots) in the dash to display the applications overview. This shows "
+"you all the applications installed on your computer. Click any application to run it, or drag an "
+"application to the onto a workspace shown above the installed applications. You can also drag an "
+"application onto the dash to make it a favorite. Your favorite applications stay in the dash even when "
+"they’re not running, so you can access them quickly."
+msgstr ""
+"Klikom na tipku mreže u dnu pokretača prikazat će se pregled aplikacija. Tu su prikazane sve aplikacije "
+"instalirane na vašem računalu. Kliknite na odabranu aplikaciju kako bi ju pokrenuli ili povucite aplikaciju 
"
+"na pregled ili na minijaturu radnog prostora. Možete povući aplikaciju na pokretač kako bi ju dodali u "
+"omiljene. Vaše omiljene aplikacije ostaju u pokretaču čak i kada nisu pokrenute tako da im možete brže "
+"pristupiti."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:116
+msgid "<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Learn more about starting applications.</link>"
+msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Saznajte više o pokretanju aplikacija.</link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:120
+msgid "<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Learn more about windows and workspaces.</link>"
+msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Saznajte više o prozorima i radnim prostorima.</link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:128
+msgid "Application menu"
+msgstr "Izbornik aplikacije"
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:132
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/shell-appmenu-shell.png' md5='8d20ec22b97157a51eb0ec6f9bdbf77a'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:133 C/shell-introduction.page:144
+msgid "App Menu of <app>Terminal</app>"
+msgstr "Izbornik aplikacije <app>Terminal</app>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:135
+msgid ""
+"Application menu, located beside the <gui>Activities</gui> button, shows the name of the active application 
"
+"alongside with its icon and provides quick access to windows and details of the application, as well as a "
+"quit item."
+msgstr ""
+"Izbornik aplikacije, smješten pokraj <gui>Aktivnosti</gui> tipke, prikazuje naziv aktivne aplikacije uz "
+"njenu ikonu i omogućuje brz pristup prozorima i pojedinostima aplikacije, kao i mogućnost njihova "
+"zatvaranja."
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:143
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/shell-appmenu-classic.png' md5='53555374277a4c6c76464834ac946bef'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:146
+msgid ""
+"Application menu, located next to the <gui>Applications</gui> and <gui>Places</gui> menus, shows the name "
+"of the active application alongside with its icon and provides quick access to application preferences or "
+"help. The items that are available in the application menu vary depending on the application."
+msgstr ""
+"Izbornik aplikacije, smješten pokraj <gui>Aktivnosti</gui> i <gui>Prečaci</gui> izbornika, prikazuje naziv "
+"aktivne aplikacije uz njenu ikonu i omogućuje brz pristup osobitostima ili priručniku aplikacije. Stavke "
+"dostupne u izborniku aplikacije mogu se razlikovati ovisno o aplikaciji."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:157
+msgid "Clock, calendar &amp; appointments"
+msgstr "Sat, kalendar i sastanci"
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:162
+msgid "Clock, calendar, appointments and notifications"
+msgstr "Sat, kalendar i sastanci i obavijesti"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:172
+msgid ""
+"Click the clock on the top bar to see the current date, a month-by-month calendar, a list of your upcoming "
+"appointments and new notifications. You can also open the calendar by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</"
+"key><key>M</key></keyseq>. You can access the date and time settings and open your full calendar "
+"application directly from the menu."
+msgstr ""
+"Kliknite na sat u gornjoj traci kako bi vidjeli trenutni datum, mjesečni kalendar i popis vaših zakazanih "
+"sastanaka i novih obavijesti. Kalendar možete otvoriti pritiskom <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></"
+"keyseq> tipke. Možete pristupiti postavkama datume i vremena, otvoriti svoju aplikaciju kalendara izravno "
+"iz izbornika."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:181
+msgid "<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Learn more about the calendar and appointments.</link>"
+msgstr "<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Saznajte više o kalendaru i sastancima.</link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:185
+msgid "<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">Learn more about notifications and the notification list.</link>"
+msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">Saznajte više o obavijestima i popisu obavijesti.</link>\\"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:194
+msgid "System menu"
+msgstr "Izbornik sustava"
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:198
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/shell-exit.png' md5='a3171c814105408ba7757112562eac3f'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:199 C/shell-introduction.page:204
+msgid "User menu"
+msgstr "Korisnički izbornik"
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:203
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/shell-exit-classic.png' md5='a2396094dc29eec1109c2ab42ae549bc'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:209
+msgid "Click the system menu in the top-right corner to manage your system settings and your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Kliknite na izbornik sustava gore desno u kutu kako bi upravljali vašim postavkama sustava i računalom."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:220
+msgid ""
+"When you leave your computer, you can lock your screen to prevent other people from using it. You can also "
+"quickly switch users without logging out completely to give somebody else access to the computer, or you "
+"can suspend or power off the computer from the menu. If you have a screen that supports vertical or "
+"horizontal rotation, you can quickly rotate the screen from the system menu. If your screen does not "
+"support rotation, you will not see the button."
+msgstr ""
+"Kada napuštate vaše računalo, možete zaključati svoj zaslon kako bi spriječili druge osobe da ga koriste. "
+"Možete i brzo zamijeniti korisnika bez potpunog odjavljivanja kako bi nekom drugom omogućili pristup "
+"računalu ili suspendirati i isključiti računalo iz izbornika. Ako imate računalo koje podržava okomito i "
+"vodoravno zakretanje, možete brzo zakretati zaslon iz izbornika sustava. Ako vaš zaslon ne podržava "
+"zakretanje, nećete vidjeti tipku zakretanja."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:230
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Learn more about switching users, logging out, and turning off your computer.</"
+"link>"
+msgstr ""
+"<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Saznajte više o zamijeni korisnika, odjavljivanju i isključivanju vašeg računala."
+"</link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:237
+msgid "Lock Screen"
+msgstr "Zaključavanje zaslona"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:239
+msgid ""
+"When you lock your screen, or it locks automatically, the lock screen is displayed. In addition to "
+"protecting your desktop while you’re away from your computer, the lock screen displays the date and time. "
+"It also shows information about your battery and network status."
+msgstr ""
+"Kada zaključate svoj zaslon ili se automatski zaključa, prikazan je zaslon zaključavanja. Kao dodatak "
+"zaštiti vaše radne površine kada niste prisutni u blizini računala, zaslon zaključavanja prikazuje datum i "
+"vrijeme. Prikazuje i informacije o vašoj energiji baterije i stanju mreža."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:246
+msgid "<link xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">Learn more about the lock screen.</link>"
+msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">Saznajte više o zaključavanju zaslona.</link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#. (itstool) path: media/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:254 C/shell-introduction.page:270
+msgid "Window List"
+msgstr "Popis prozora"
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:258
+msgid ""
+"GNOME features a different approach to switching windows than a permanently visible window list found in "
+"other desktop environments. This lets you focus on the task at hand without distractions."
+msgstr ""
+"GNOME odlikuje drugačiji pristup prebacivanju prozora od stalno vidljivog popisa prozora u drugim radnim "
+"okruženjima. To vam omogućuje da se usredotočite na vaš zadatak bez ometanja."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:263
+msgid "<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Learn more about switching windows.</link>"
+msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Saznajte više o prebacivanju prozora.</link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:269
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/shell-window-list-classic.png' md5='a1a9c3d05c87a8e4028b1f16d79380ed'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:275
+msgid ""
+"At the right-hand side of the window list, GNOME displays the four workspaces. To switch to a different "
+"workspace, select the workspace you want to use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:34
+msgid "Get around the desktop using the keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:37
+msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:39
+msgid ""
+"This page provides an overview of keyboard shortcuts that can help you use your desktop and applications "
+"more efficiently. If you cannot use a mouse or pointing device at all, see <link xref=\"keyboard-nav\"/> "
+"for more information on navigating user interfaces with only the keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:45
+msgid "Getting around the desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:47
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> or the"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:49
+msgid "<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:51
+msgid ""
+"Switch between the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and desktop. In the overview, start typing to instantly "
+"search your applications, contacts, and documents."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:57
+msgid "Pop up command window (for quickly running commands)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:62
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Quickly switch between windows</link>. Hold down <key>Shift</key> "
+"for reverse order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:66
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:68
+msgid ""
+"Switch between windows from the same application, or from the selected application after "
+"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:70
+msgid ""
+"This shortcut uses <key>`</key> on US keyboards, where the <key>`</key> key is above <key>Tab</key>. On all 
"
+"other keyboards, the shortcut is <key>Super</key> plus the key above <key>Tab</key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:78
+msgid "Switch between windows in the current workspace. Hold down <key>Shift</key> for reverse order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:86
+msgid ""
+"Give keyboard focus to the top bar. In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, switch keyboard focus between "
+"the top bar, dash, windows overview, applications list, and search field. Use the arrow keys to navigate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:94
+msgid "Show the list of applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:99
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:102
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:104
+msgid "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch between workspaces</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:109
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:110
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:113
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:115
+msgid "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-movewindow\">Move the current window to a different workspace</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:120
+msgid "Move the current window one monitor to the left."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:124
+msgid "Move the current window one monitor to the right."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:128
+msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Show the Power Off dialog</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:132
+msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">Lock the screen.</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:136
+msgid ""
+"Show <link xref=\"shell-notifications#notificationlist\">the notification list</link>. Press "
+"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>V</key></keyseq> again or <key>Esc</key> to close."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:143
+msgid "Common editing shortcuts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:145
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:146
+msgid "Select all text or items in a list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:149
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:150
+msgid "Cut (remove) selected text or items and place it on the clipboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:153
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:154
+msgid "Copy selected text or items to the clipboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:157
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:158
+msgid "Paste the contents of the clipboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:161
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:162
+msgid "Undo the last action."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:167
+msgid "Capturing from the screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:169
+msgid "<key>Print Screen</key>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:170
+msgid "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot.</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:173
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print Screen</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:174
+msgid "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of a window.</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:178
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Print Screen</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:179
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of an area of the screen.</link> The pointer 
"
+"changes to a crosshair. Click and drag to select an area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:184
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:185
+msgid "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screencast\">Start and stop screencast recording.</link>"
+msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">Pokretanje i zaustavljanje snimanja zaslona.</link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:21
+msgid "The decorative and functional lock screen conveys useful information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:25
+msgid "The lock screen"
+msgstr "Zaključavanje zaslona"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:27
+msgid ""
+"The lock screen means that you can see what is happening while your computer is locked, and it allows you "
+"to get a summary of what has been happening while you have been away. The lock screen provides useful "
+"information:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:34
+msgid "date and time, and certain notifications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:35
+msgid "battery and network status"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:41
+msgid ""
+"To unlock your computer, click once with your mouse or touchpad, or press <key>Esc</key> or <key>Enter</"
+"key>. This will reveal the login screen, where you can enter your password to unlock. Alternatively, just "
+"start typing your password and the login screen will be automatically shown as you type. You can also "
+"switch users at the bottom right of the login screen if your system is configured for more than one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:49
+msgid ""
+"To hide notifications from the lock screen, see <link xref=\"shell-notifications#lock-screen-"
+"notifications\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:14
+msgid "Marina Zhurakhinskaya"
+msgstr "Marina Zhurakhinskaya"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:33
+msgid "Messages drop down from the top of the screen telling you when certain events happen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:36
+msgid "Notifications and the notification list"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:39
+msgid "What is a notification?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:41
+msgid ""
+"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, a notification will be shown at the "
+"top of the screen, or on your lock screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:44
+msgid ""
+"For example, if you get a new chat message or a new email, you will get a notification informing you. Chat "
+"notifications are given special treatment, and are represented by the individual contacts who sent you the "
+"chat messages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:52
+msgid ""
+"Other notifications have selectable option buttons. To close one of these notifications without selecting "
+"one of its options, click the close button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:56
+msgid ""
+"Clicking the close button on some notifications dismisses them. Others, like Rhythmbox or your chat "
+"application, will stay hidden in the notification list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:64
+msgid "The notification list"
+msgstr "Popis obavijesti"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:66
+msgid ""
+"The notification list gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it is convenient for you. It "
+"appears when you click on the clock, or press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>V</"
+"key></keyseq>. The notification list contains all the notifications that you have not acted upon or that "
+"permanently reside in it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:73
+msgid ""
+"You can view a notification by clicking on it in the list. You can close the notification list by pressing "
+"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>V</key></keyseq> again or <key>Esc</key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:77
+msgid "Click the <gui>Clear List</gui> button to empty the list of notifications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:84
+msgid "Hiding notifications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:86
+msgid "If you are working on something and do not want to be bothered, you can switch off notifications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:89
+msgid ""
+"You can hide all notifications by opening the notification list and switching <gui>Do Not Disturb</gui> to "
+"on at the bottom. Alternatively:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:101 C/shell-notifications.page:137
+msgid "Click on <gui>Notifications</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."
+msgstr "Kliknite na <gui>Obavijesti</gui> u bočnoj traci za otvaranje panela."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:104
+msgid "Switch <gui>Do Not Disturb</gui> to off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:108
+msgid ""
+"When switched off, most notifications will not pop up at the top of the screen. Notifications will still be 
"
+"available in the notification list when you display it (by clicking on the clock, or by pressing "
+"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>V</key></keyseq>), and they will start popping up again when you switch the "
+"switch back to on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:115
+msgid ""
+"You can also disable or re-enable notifications for individual applications from the <gui>Notifications</"
+"gui> panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:122
+msgid "Hiding lock screen notifications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:124
+msgid ""
+"When your screen is locked, notifications appear on the lock screen. You can configure the lock screen to "
+"hide these notifications for privacy reasons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:128
+msgid "To switch off notifications when your screen is locked:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:139
+msgid "Switch <gui>Lock Screen Notifications</gui> to off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/shell-overview.page:9
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Desktop"
+msgstr "Radna površina"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/shell-overview.page:26
+msgid "Work with apps, windows, and workspaces. See your appointments and things that matter in the top bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/shell-overview.page:31
+msgid "Your desktop"
+msgstr "Vaša radna površina"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/shell-overview.page:36
+msgid "Customize your desktop"
+msgstr "Prilagodite svoju radnu površinu"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/shell-overview.page:40
+msgid "Applications and windows"
+msgstr "Aplikacije i prozori"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:24
+msgid "Check the <gui>Activities</gui> overview or other workspaces."
+msgstr "Provjerite <gui>Aktivnosti</gui> pregled ili druge radne prostore."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:27
+msgid "Find a lost window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:29
+msgid ""
+"A window on a different workspace, or hidden behind another window, is easily found using the <gui "
+"xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:35
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. If the missing window is on the current <link xref=\"shell-"
+"windows#working-with-workspaces\">workspace</link>, it will be shown here in thumbnail. Simply click the "
+"thumbnail to redisplay the window, or"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:42
+msgid ""
+"Click different workspaces in the <link xref=\"shell-workspaces\">workspace selector</link> to try to find "
+"your window, or"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:47
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the application in the dash and its open windows will be listed. Click the window in the list "
+"to switch to it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:58
+msgid "Using the window switcher:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:62
+msgid ""
+"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to display the <link "
+"xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">window switcher</link>. Continue to hold down the <key>Super</key> key and 
"
+"press <key>Tab</key> to cycle through the open windows, or <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key> </keyseq> 
"
+"to cycle backwards."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:70
+msgid ""
+"If an application has multiple open windows, hold down <key>Super</key> and press <key>`</key> (or the key "
+"above <key>Tab</key>) to step through them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:20
+msgid "Double-click or drag a titlebar to maximize or restore a window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:24
+msgid "Maximize and unmaximize a window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:26
+msgid ""
+"You can maximize a window to take up all of the space on your desktop and unmaximize a window to restore it 
"
+"to its normal size. You can also maximize windows vertically along the left and right sides of the screen, "
+"so you can easily look at two windows at once. See <link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled\"/> for details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:32
+msgid ""
+"To maximize a window, grab the titlebar and drag it to the top of the screen, or just double-click the "
+"titlebar. To maximize a window using the keyboard, hold down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</"
+"key> key and press <key>↑</key>, or press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:38
+msgid "You can also maximize a window by clicking the maximize button in the titlebar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:41
+msgid ""
+"To restore a window to its unmaximized size, drag it away from the edges of the screen. If the window is "
+"fully maximized, you can double-click the titlebar to restore it. You can also use the same keyboard "
+"shortcuts you used to maximize the window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:47 C/shell-windows-tiled.page:38
+msgid "Hold down the <key>Super</key> key and drag anywhere in a window to move it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:20
+msgid "Arrange windows in a workspace to help you work more efficiently."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:24
+msgid "Move and resize windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:26
+msgid ""
+"You can move and resize windows to help you work more efficiently. In addition to the dragging behavior you 
"
+"might expect, the system features shortcuts and modifiers to help you arrange windows quickly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:32
+msgid ""
+"Move a window by dragging the titlebar, or hold down <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> and drag "
+"anywhere in the window. Hold down <key>Shift</key> while moving to snap the window to the edges of the "
+"screen and other windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:38
+msgid ""
+"Resize a window by dragging the edges or corner of the window. Hold down <key>Shift</key> while resizing to 
"
+"snap the window to the edges of the screen and other windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:41
+msgid "You can also resize a maximized window by clicking the maximize button in the titlebar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:45
+msgid ""
+"Move or resize a window using only the keyboard. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq> to move 
"
+"a window or <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq> to resize. Use the arrow keys to move or resize, "
+"then press <key>Enter</key> to finish, or press <key>Esc</key> to return to the original position and size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:52
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize a window</link> by dragging it to the top of the screen. "
+"Drag a window to one side of the screen to maximize it along the side, allowing you to <link xref=\"shell-"
+"windows-tiled\">tile windows side by side</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:27
+msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:30
+msgid "Switch between windows"
+msgstr "Prebacivanje između prozora"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:37
+msgid ""
+"You can see all the running applications that have a graphical user interface in the <em>window switcher</"
+"em>. This makes switching between tasks a single-step process and provides a full picture of which "
+"applications are running."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:42
+msgid "From a workspace:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:46
+msgid ""
+"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to bring up the "
+"<gui>window switcher</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:51
+msgid ""
+"Release <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> to select the next (highlighted) window in the "
+"switcher."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55
+msgid ""
+"Otherwise, still holding down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key, press <key>Tab</key> to 
"
+"cycle through the list of open windows, or <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to cycle "
+"backwards."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62
+msgid ""
+"You can also use the window list on the bottom bar to access all your open windows and switch between them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66
+msgid ""
+"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of applications with multiple windows "
+"pop down as you click through. Hold down <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> and press <key>`</"
+"key> (or the key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72
+msgid ""
+"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with the <key>→</key> or <key>←</"
+"key> keys, or select one by clicking it with the mouse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:76
+msgid "Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the <key>↓</key> key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:79
+msgid ""
+"From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, click on a <link xref=\"shell-windows\">window</link> to switch to 
"
+"it and leave the overview. If you have multiple <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-"
+"workspaces\">workspaces</link> open, you can click on each workspace to view the open windows on each "
+"workspace."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:19
+msgid "Maximize two windows side-by-side."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:23
+msgid "Tile windows"
+msgstr "Poravnanje prozora"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:25
+msgid ""
+"You can maximize a window on only the left or right side of the screen, allowing you to place two windows "
+"side-by-side to quickly switch between them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:29
+msgid ""
+"To maximize a window along a side of the screen, grab the titlebar and drag it to the left or right side "
+"until half of the screen is highlighted. Using the keyboard, hold down <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
+"super\">Super</key> and press the <key>Left</key> or <key>Right</key> key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:34
+msgid ""
+"To restore a window to its original size, drag it away from the side of the screen, or use the same "
+"keyboard shortcut you used to maximize."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/shell-windows.page:18 C/shell-windows.page:61
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Windows"
+msgstr "Prozori"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/shell-windows.page:19
+msgid "Move and organize your windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/shell-windows.page:22
+msgid "Windows and workspaces"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-windows.page:24
+msgid ""
+"Like other desktops, the system uses windows to display your running applications. Using both the <gui "
+"xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and the <em>dash</em>, you can launch new "
+"applications and control active windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-windows.page:29
+msgid ""
+"You can also group your applications together within workspaces. Visit the window and workspace help topics 
"
+"below to better learn how to use these features."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/shell-windows.page:63
+msgid "Working with windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/shell-windows.page:68
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Workspaces"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/shell-windows.page:70
+msgid "Working with workspaces"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:31
+msgid "Go to the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and drag the window to a different workspace."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:35
+msgid "Move a window to a different workspace"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:40 C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:56
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:31
+msgid "Using the mouse:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:42
+msgid "Press the button at the bottom left of the screen in the window list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:45
+msgid "Click and drag the window towards the bottom right of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:48
+msgid ""
+"Drop the window onto one of the workspaces in the <em>workspace selector</em> at the right-hand side of the 
"
+"window list. This workspace now contains the window you have dropped."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:58 C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:33
+msgid "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:62
+msgid "Click and drag the window to the workspace partially displayed on the side of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:66
+msgid ""
+"If more than one workspace is already in use, you can also drop the window onto one of the non-adjacent "
+"workspaces in the <em xref=\"shell-workspaces\">workspace selector</em> between the search field and the "
+"window list. This workspace now contains the window you have dropped, and a new empty workspace appears at "
+"the end of the <em>workspace selector</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#. (itstool) path: list/title
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:77 C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:53
+msgid "Using the keyboard:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:79
+msgid ""
+"Select the window that you want to move (for example, using the <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
+"super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> <em xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">window switcher</em>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:84
+msgid ""
+"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> to move the window to a workspace 
"
+"left of the current workspace on the <em>workspace selector</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:87
+msgid ""
+"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> to move the window to a "
+"workspace right of the current workspace on the <em>workspace selector</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:90
+msgid ""
+"Press <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq> to move the window to a "
+"workspace which is left of the current workspace on the <em>workspace selector</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:93
+msgid ""
+"Press <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq> to move the window to a "
+"workspace which is right of the current workspace on the <em>workspace selector</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:25
+msgid "Use the workspace selector."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:28
+msgid "Switch between workspaces"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:35
+msgid "At the bottom right of the screen, click on one of the four workspaces to activate the workspace."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:39
+msgid ""
+"Click on the workspace partially displayed on the right-hand side of the current workspace to view the open 
"
+"windows on the next workspace. If the currently selected workspace is not the leftmost, click the workspace 
"
+"partially displayed on the left-hand side to view the previous workspace."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:43
+msgid ""
+"If more than one workspace is being used, then you can also click on the <link xref=\"shell-"
+"workspaces\">workspace selector</link> between the search field and the window list to directly access "
+"another workspace."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:48
+msgid "Click on the workspace to activate the workspace."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:55
+msgid ""
+"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> or 
<keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+"key><key>Alt</key><key>Up</key></keyseq> to move to the workspace shown left of the current workspace in "
+"the workspace selector."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:60
+msgid ""
+"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq> to move to the workspace shown left of "
+"the current workspace on the <em>workspace selector</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:65
+msgid ""
+"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</"
+"key><key>Down</key></keyseq> to move to the workspace shown right of the current workspace in the workspace 
"
+"selector."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:68
+msgid ""
+"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq> to move to the workspace shown right of "
+"the current workspace on the <em>workspace selector</em>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:26
+msgid "Workspaces are a way of grouping windows on your desktop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:29
+msgid "What is a workspace, and how will it help me?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:31
+msgid ""
+"Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can create multiple workspaces, which act "
+"like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:36
+msgid ""
+"Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can use multiple workspaces, which act "
+"like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41
+msgid ""
+"Workspaces can be used to organize your work. For example, you could have all your communication windows, "
+"such as e-mail and your chat program, on one workspace, and the work you are doing on a different "
+"workspace. Your music manager could be on a third workspace."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46
+msgid "Using workspaces:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:50
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing "
+#| "<gui>Search</gui>."
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview, you can horizontally navigate 
"
+"between the workspaces."
+msgstr ""
+"Otvorite <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivnosti</gui> pregled i započnite upisivati "
+"<gui>Pretraga</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53
+msgid ""
+"Click the button at the bottom left of the screen in the window list, or press the <key 
xref=\"keyboard-key-"
+"super\">Super</key> key to open the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59
+msgid ""
+"If more than one workspace is already in use, the <em>workspace selector</em> is shown between the search "
+"field and the window list. It will display currently used workspaces plus an empty workspace."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:62
+msgid "In the bottom right corner, you see four boxes. This is the workspace selector."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:66
+msgid ""
+"To add a workspace, drag and drop a window from an existing workspace onto the empty workspace in the "
+"workspace selector. This workspace now contains the window you have dropped, and a new empty workspace will 
"
+"appear next to it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:70
+msgid ""
+"Drag and drop a window from your current workspace onto an empty workspace in the workspace selector. This "
+"workspace now contains the window you have dropped."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:75
+msgid "To remove a workspace, simply close all of its windows or move them to other workspaces."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:80
+msgid "There is always at least one workspace."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:83
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/shell-workspaces.png' md5='b82b93733ba3b043c4e8f506ad9293ed'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/p
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:84
+msgid "Workspace selector"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/sound-alert.page:27
+msgid "Choose the sound to play for messages, set the alert volume, or disable alert sounds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/sound-alert.page:31
+msgid "Choose or disable the alert sound"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sound-alert.page:33
+msgid ""
+"Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages and events. You can choose "
+"different sound clips for alerts, set the alert volume independently of your system volume, or disable "
+"alert sounds entirely."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sound-alert.page:40 C/sound-nosound.page:48 C/sound-nosound.page:90 C/sound-usemic.page:52
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:57 C/sound-volume.page:65
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing 
<gui>Sound</"
+"gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sound-alert.page:44 C/sound-nosound.page:52 C/sound-nosound.page:94 C/sound-usemic.page:56
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:61 C/sound-volume.page:69
+msgid "Click on <gui>Sound</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sound-alert.page:47
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>Alert Sound</gui> section, select an alert sound. Each sound will play when you click on it so "
+"you can hear how it sounds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sound-alert.page:52
+msgid ""
+"Use the volume slider for <gui>System Sounds</gui> in the <gui>Volume Levels</gui> section to set the "
+"volume of the alert sound. Click the speaker button at the end of the slider to mute or unmute the alert "
+"sound. This will not affect the volume of your music, movies, or other sound files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/sound-broken.page:20
+msgid "Troubleshoot problems like having no sound or having poor sound quality."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/sound-broken.page:24
+msgid "Sound problems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sound-broken.page:31
+msgid ""
+"There are a number of ways for sound playback to break on your computer. Which of the topics below best "
+"describes the problem you are experiencing?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/sound-crackle.page:19
+msgid "Check your audio cables and sound card drivers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/sound-crackle.page:22
+msgid "I hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sound-crackle.page:24
+msgid ""
+"If you hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing on your computer, you may have a problem with the "
+"audio cables or connectors, or a problem with the drivers for the sound card."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sound-crackle.page:30
+msgid "Check that the speakers are plugged in correctly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sound-crackle.page:31
+msgid ""
+"If the speakers are not fully plugged in, or if they are plugged into the wrong socket, you might hear a "
+"buzzing sound."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sound-crackle.page:36
+msgid "Make sure the speaker/headphone cable is not damaged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sound-crackle.page:37
+msgid ""
+"Audio cables and connectors can gradually wear with use. Try plugging the cable or headphones into another "
+"audio device (like an MP3 player or a CD player) to check if there is still a crackling sound. If there is, 
"
+"you may need to replace the cable or headphones."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sound-crackle.page:44
+msgid "Check if the sound drivers are not very good."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sound-crackle.page:45
+msgid ""
+"Some sound cards do not work very well on Linux because they do not have very good drivers. This problem is 
"
+"more difficult to identify. Try searching for the make and model of your sound card on the internet, plus "
+"the search term “Linux”, to see if other people are having the same problem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sound-crackle.page:49
+msgid "You can use the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command to get more information about your sound card."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:22
+msgid ""
+"Check that the sound is not muted, that cables are plugged in properly, and that the sound card is 
detected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:26
+msgid "I cannot hear any sounds on the computer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:28
+msgid ""
+"If you cannot hear any sounds on your computer, for example when you try to play music, go through the "
+"following troubleshooting tips."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:32
+msgid "Make sure that the sound is not muted"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:34
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</gui> and make sure that the sound is not "
+"muted or turned down."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:37
+msgid ""
+"Some laptops have mute switches or keys on their keyboards — try pressing that key to see if it unmutes the 
"
+"sound."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:40
+msgid ""
+"You should also check that you have not muted the application that you are using to play sound (for "
+"example, your music player or movie player). The application may have a mute or volume button in its main "
+"window, so check that."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:45
+msgid "Also, you can check the volume slider in the <gui>Sound</gui> panel:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:55
+msgid ""
+"Under <gui>Volume Levels</gui>, check that your application is not muted. The button at the end of the "
+"volume slider toggles <gui>Mute</gui> on and off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:64
+msgid "Check that the speakers are turned on and connected properly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:65
+msgid ""
+"If your computer has external speakers, make sure that they are turned on and that the volume is turned up. 
"
+"Make sure that the speaker cable is securely plugged into the “output” audio socket on your computer. This "
+"socket is usually light green in color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:70
+msgid ""
+"Some sound cards can switch between the socket they use for output (to the speakers) and the socket for "
+"input (from a microphone, for instance). The output socket may be different when running Linux, Windows or "
+"Mac OS. Try connecting the speaker cable to a different audio socket on your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:76
+msgid ""
+"A final thing to check is that the audio cable is securely plugged into the back of the speakers. Some "
+"speakers have more than one input, too."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:81
+msgid "Check that the correct sound device is selected"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:83
+msgid ""
+"Some computers have multiple “sound devices” installed. Some of these are capable of outputting sound and "
+"some are not, so you should check that you have the correct sound device selected. This might involve some "
+"trial-and-error to choose the right one."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../gparted.appdata.xml.in.h:1 ../gparted.desktop.in.in.h:3
-msgid "GParted Partition Editor"
-msgstr "GParted uređivač particija"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:97
+msgid ""
+"Under <gui>Output</gui>, select an <gui>Output Device</gui> and click the <gui>Test</gui> button to see if "
+"it works."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:100
+msgid "You might need to try each available device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:108
+msgid "Check that the sound card was detected properly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:110
+msgid ""
+"Your sound card may not have been detected properly probably because the drivers for the card are not "
+"installed. You may need to install the drivers for the card manually. How you do this depends on the type "
+"of the card."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:114
+msgid "Run the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command in the Terminal to find out what sound card you have:"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../gparted.appdata.xml.in.h:2 ../gparted.desktop.in.in.h:4
-msgid "Create, reorganize, and delete partitions"
-msgstr "Stvori, preuredi, i obriši particije"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:118
+msgid "Go to the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and open a Terminal."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../gparted.appdata.xml.in.h:3
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:121
 msgid ""
-"GParted is a free partition editor for graphically managing your disk "
-"partitions."
+"Run <cmd>lspci</cmd> with <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrative privileges</link>; either type "
+"<cmd>sudo lspci</cmd> and type your password, or type <cmd>su</cmd>, enter the <em>root</em> "
+"(administrative) password, then type <cmd>lspci</cmd>."
 msgstr ""
-"GParted je besplatan uređivač particija za grafičko upravljanje vašim "
-"diskovnim particijama."
 
-#: ../gparted.appdata.xml.in.h:4
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:128
 msgid ""
-"With GParted you can resize, copy, label, and move partitions without data "
-"loss. These actions enable you to grow or shrink your C: drive, create space "
-"for new operating systems, or attempt data rescue from lost partitions."
+"Check if an <em>audio controller</em> or <em>audio device</em> is listed: in such case you should see the "
+"make and model number of the sound card. Also, <cmd>lspci -v</cmd> shows a list with more detailed "
+"information."
 msgstr ""
-"GParted može mijenjati veličinu i naziv particije, premještati particije bez "
-"gubitka podataka. Te radnje vam omogućuju povećavanje ili smanjivanje C: "
-"particije, stvaranje prostora za nove operativne sustave ili pokušaj "
-"spašavanja podataka iz izgubljenih particija."
-
-#: ../gparted.appdata.xml.in.h:5
-msgid ""
-"GParted works with many file systems including: btrfs, exfat, ext2, ext3, "
-"ext4, fat16, fat32, hfs, hfs+, linux-swap, lvm2 pv, minix, nilfs2, ntfs, "
-"reiserfs, reiser4, udf, ufs, and xfs."
-msgstr ""
-"GParted radi s mnogim datotečnim sustavima, uključujući: btrfs, exfat, ext2, "
-"ext3, ext4, fat16, fat32, hfs, hfs+, linux-swap, lvm2 pv, minix, nilfs2, "
-"ntfs, reiserfs, reiser4, udf, ufs i xfs."
-
-#. ==== GUI =========================
-#: ../gparted.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/Win_GParted.cc:88
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1635 ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1863
-msgid "GParted"
-msgstr "GParted"
-
-#: ../gparted.desktop.in.in.h:2
-msgid "Partition Editor"
-msgstr "Uređivač particija"
-
-#: ../gparted.desktop.in.in.h:5
-msgid "Partition;"
-msgstr "Particija;"
-
-#: ../org.gnome.gparted.policy.in.in.h:1
-msgid "Run GParted as root"
-msgstr "Pokreni GParted kao korijenskog korisnika"
-
-#: ../org.gnome.gparted.policy.in.in.h:2
-msgid "Authentication is required to run the GParted Partition Editor as root"
-msgstr ""
-"Potrebna je ovjera za pokretanje GParted uređivača particija kao korijenskog "
-"korisnika"
-
-#: ../include/Utils.h:57
-msgid "(New UUID - will be randomly generated)"
-msgstr "(Novi UUID - biti će naizmjenično generiran)"
-
-#: ../include/Utils.h:58
-msgid "(Half new UUID - will be randomly generated)"
-msgstr "(Pola novog UUID-a - biti će naizmjenično generiran)"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like  1.00 MiB of 16.00 MiB copied
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like   1.00 MiB of 16.00 MiB copied
-#: ../src/CopyBlocks.cc:72 ../src/CopyBlocks.cc:177 ../src/ProgressBar.cc:106
-msgid "%1 of %2 copied"
-msgstr "%1 od %2 kopirano"
-
-#: ../src/CopyBlocks.cc:217
-msgid "Operation Canceled"
-msgstr "Radnja prekinuta"
-
-#: ../src/CopyBlocks.cc:229
-msgid "Error while writing block at sector %1"
-msgstr "Greška pri zapisivanju bloka na sektoru %1"
-
-#: ../src/CopyBlocks.cc:234
-msgid "Error while reading block at sector %1"
-msgstr "Greška pri čitanju bloka na sektoru %1"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: dialog title, looks like   LUKS Passphrase /dev/sda1
-#: ../src/DialogPasswordEntry.cc:36
-msgid "LUKS Passphrase %1"
-msgstr "LUKS lozinka %1"
-
-#: ../src/DialogPasswordEntry.cc:50
-msgid "Passphrase:"
-msgstr "Lozinka:"
-
-#: ../src/DialogPasswordEntry.cc:67
-msgid "Unlock"
-msgstr "Otključaj"
 
-#. Add spinbutton_before
-#: ../src/Dialog_Base_Partition.cc:64
-msgid "Free space preceding (MiB):"
-msgstr "Prethodni slobodni prostor (MiB):"
-
-#. Add spinbutton_size
-#: ../src/Dialog_Base_Partition.cc:73
-msgid "New size (MiB):"
-msgstr "Nova veličina (MiB):"
-
-#. Add spinbutton_after
-#: ../src/Dialog_Base_Partition.cc:81
-msgid "Free space following (MiB):"
-msgstr "Slijedeći slobodni prostor (MiB):"
-
-#. Add alignment
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: used as label for a list of choices.  Align to: <combo box with choices>
-#: ../src/Dialog_Base_Partition.cc:109
-msgid "Align to:"
-msgstr "Poravnaj na:"
-
-#. Fill partition alignment combo
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: Option for combo box "Align to:"
-#: ../src/Dialog_Base_Partition.cc:113
-msgid "Cylinder"
-msgstr "Cilindar"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: Option for combo box "Align to:"
-#: ../src/Dialog_Base_Partition.cc:115
-msgid "MiB"
-msgstr "MiB"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: Option for combo box "Align to:"
-#: ../src/Dialog_Base_Partition.cc:117
-msgid "None"
-msgstr "Ništa"
-
-#: ../src/Dialog_Base_Partition.cc:470
-msgid "Resize"
-msgstr "Promjeni veličinu"
-
-#: ../src/Dialog_Base_Partition.cc:470 ../src/Win_GParted.cc:324
-msgid "Resize/Move"
-msgstr "Promjeni veličinu/Premjesti"
-
-#: ../src/Dialog_Base_Partition.cc:488
-msgid "Minimum size: %1 MiB"
-msgstr "Najmanja veličina: %1 MB"
-
-#: ../src/Dialog_Base_Partition.cc:489
-msgid "Maximum size: %1 MiB"
-msgstr "Najveća veličina: %1 MiB"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: dialogtitle, looks like Create partition table on /dev/hda
-#: ../src/Dialog_Disklabel.cc:31
-msgid "Create partition table on %1"
-msgstr "Napravi particijsku tablicu na %1"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like WARNING:  This will ERASE ALL DATA on the ENTIRE DISK /dev/hda
-#: ../src/Dialog_Disklabel.cc:55
-msgid "WARNING:  This will ERASE ALL DATA on the ENTIRE DISK %1"
-msgstr "UPOZORENJE: Ovo će IZBRISATI SVE PODATKE na CIJELOM DISKU %1"
-
-#: ../src/Dialog_Disklabel.cc:61
-msgid "Select new partition table type:"
-msgstr "Odaberite novu vrstu particijske tablice:"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: dialog title, looks like   Set file system label on /dev/hda3
-#: ../src/Dialog_FileSystem_Label.cc:34
-msgid "Set file system label on %1"
-msgstr "Postavi naziv datotečnog sustava na %1"
-
-#. Only line: "Label: [EXISTINGLABEL ]"
-#. Label
-#: ../src/Dialog_FileSystem_Label.cc:43 ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:270
-#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_New.cc:162
-msgid "Label:"
-msgstr "Naziv:"
-
-#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Copy.cc:51
-msgid "Paste %1"
-msgstr "Zalijepi %1"
-
-#. Minimum 370 to avoid scrolling on Fedora 20
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: dialogtitle, looks like Information about /dev/hda3
-#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:47
-msgid "Information about %1"
-msgstr "Informacije o %1"
-
-#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:86
-msgid "Warning:"
-msgstr "Upozorenje:"
-
-#. FILE SYSTEM DETAIL SECTION
-#. File system headline
-#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:252 ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:457
-#: ../src/DialogFeatures.cc:55 ../src/TreeView_Detail.cc:47
-msgid "File System"
-msgstr "Datotečni sustav"
-
-#. Left field & value pair area
-#. File system
-#. File systems to choose from
-#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:259 ../src/Dialog_Partition_New.cc:152
-msgid "File system:"
-msgstr "Datotečni sustav:"
-
-#. LUKS uuid
-#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:283 ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:533
-msgid "UUID:"
-msgstr "UUID:"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS:   Open
-#. * means that the LUKS encryption is open and the encrypted data within is accessible.
-#.
-#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:296
-msgid "Open"
-msgstr "Otvori"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS:   Closed
-#. * means that the LUKS encryption is closed and the encrypted data within is not accessible.
-#.
-#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:300
-msgid "Closed"
-msgstr "Zatvoreno"
-
-#. LUKS status
-#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:307 ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:539
-msgid "Status:"
-msgstr "Stanje:"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS:   Not accessible (Encrypted)
-#. * means that the data in encrypted and hasn't been made
-#. * accessible by opening it with the passphrase.
-#.
-#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:316
-msgid "Not accessible (Encrypted)"
-msgstr "Nije pristupljivo (šifrirano)"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS:  Busy (At least one logical partition is mounted)
-#. * means that this extended partition contains at least one logical
-#. * partition that is mounted or otherwise active.
-#.
-#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:326
-msgid "Busy (At least one logical partition is mounted)"
-msgstr "Zauzeto (najmanje je jedna logička particija montirana)"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS:  Active
-#. * means that this linux swap, linux software raid partition, or
-#. * LVM physical volume is enabled and being used by the operating system.
-#.
-#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:337
-msgid "Active"
-msgstr "Aktivno"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like   Mounted on /mnt/mymountpoint
-#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:351
-msgid "Mounted on %1"
-msgstr "Montirano na %1"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS:  Not busy (There are no mounted logical partitions)
-#. * means that this extended partition contains no mounted or otherwise
-#. * active partitions.
-#.
-#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:361
-msgid "Not busy (There are no mounted logical partitions)"
-msgstr "Slobodno (nema montiranih logičkih particija)"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS:  Not active
-#. *  means that this linux swap or linux software raid partition
-#. *  is not enabled and is not in use by the operating system.
-#.
-#. TO TRANSLATORS:  Not active
-#. * means that the partition is a member of an LVM volume group but
-#. * the volume group is not active and not being used by the operating system.
-#.
-#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:371 ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:400
-msgid "Not active"
-msgstr "Neaktivno"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS:  Not active (Not a member of any volume group)
-#. * means that the partition is not yet a member of an LVM volume
-#. * group and therefore is not active and can not yet be used by
-#. * the operating system.
-#.
-#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:386
-msgid "Not active (Not a member of any volume group)"
-msgstr "Neaktivno (nije član nijedne grupe uređaja)"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS:  Not active and exported
-#. * means that the partition is a member of an LVM volume group but
-#. * the volume group is not active and not being used by the operating system.
-#. * The volume group has also been exported making the LVM physical volumes
-#. * ready for moving to a different computer system.
-#.
-#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:394
-msgid "Not active and exported"
-msgstr "Nije aktivno i izvezeno"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS:  Not mounted
-#. * means that this partition is not mounted.
-#.
-#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:407
-msgid "Not mounted"
-msgstr "Nije montirano"
-
-#. Volume Group
-#. Single copy of each string for translation purposes
-#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:417 ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3575
-msgid "Volume Group:"
-msgstr "Grupa uređaja:"
-
-#. Members
-#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:428 ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3576
-msgid "Members:"
-msgstr "Članovi:"
-
-#. Logical Volumes
-#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:452
-msgid "Logical Volumes:"
-msgstr "Logički uređaji:"
-
-#. Used
-#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:471
-msgid "Used:"
-msgstr "Iskorišteno:"
-
-#. Unused
-#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:479
-msgid "Unused:"
-msgstr "Neiskorišteno:"
-
-#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:490
-msgid "Unallocated:"
-msgstr "Nedodjeljeno:"
-
-#. Size
-#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:500 ../src/Win_GParted.cc:598
-msgid "Size:"
-msgstr "Veličina:"
-
-#. ENCRYPTION DETAIL SECTION
-#. Encryption headline
-#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:515
-msgid "Encryption"
-msgstr "Šifrirano"
-
-#. Encryption
-#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:519
-msgid "Encryption:"
-msgstr "Šifriranje:"
-
-#. LUKS path
-#. Left field & value pair area
-#. Path
-#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:525 ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:562
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:604
-msgid "Path:"
-msgstr "Putanja:"
-
-#. PARTITION DETAIL SECTION
-#. Partition headline
-#. append columns
-#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:554 ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:451
-#: ../src/TreeView_Detail.cc:45
-msgid "Partition"
-msgstr "Particija"
-
-#. Name
-#. Only line: "Name: [EXISTINGNAME  ]"
-#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:570 ../src/Dialog_Partition_Name.cc:43
-msgid "Name:"
-msgstr "Naziv:"
-
-#. Flags
-#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:576
-msgid "Flags:"
-msgstr "Oznaka:"
-
-#. Right field & value pair area
-#. First sector
-#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:584
-msgid "First sector:"
-msgstr "Prvi sektor:"
-
-#. Last sector
-#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:590
-msgid "Last sector:"
-msgstr "Posljednji sektor:"
-
-#. Total sectors
-#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:596 ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:431
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:644
-msgid "Total sectors:"
-msgstr "Ukupno sektora:"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: dialog title, looks like   Set partition name on /dev/hda3
-#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Name.cc:34
-msgid "Set partition name on %1"
-msgstr "Postavi naziv particije na %1"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: dialogtitle
-#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_New.cc:39
-msgid "Create new Partition"
-msgstr "Stvori novu particiju"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: used as label for a list of choices.  Create as: <combo box with choices>
-#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_New.cc:104
-msgid "Create as:"
-msgstr "Stvori kao:"
-
-#. Fill partition type combo.
-#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_New.cc:108 ../src/OperationCreate.cc:58
-msgid "Primary Partition"
-msgstr "Primarna particija"
-
-#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_New.cc:109 ../src/OperationCreate.cc:61
-#: ../src/OperationDelete.cc:109
-msgid "Logical Partition"
-msgstr "Logička particija"
-
-#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_New.cc:110 ../src/OperationCreate.cc:64
-msgid "Extended Partition"
-msgstr "Proširena particija"
-
-#. Partition name
-#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_New.cc:142
-msgid "Partition name:"
-msgstr "Naziv particije:"
-
-#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_New.cc:247
-msgid "New Partition #%1"
-msgstr "Nova particija %1"
-
-#. Bug: Not initialised by constructor calling set_data()
-#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Resize_Move.cc:101
-#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Resize_Move.cc:238
-msgid "Resize/Move %1"
-msgstr "Promjeni veličinu/Premjesti %1"
-
-#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Resize_Move.cc:106
-msgid "Resize %1"
-msgstr "Promijeni veličinu %1"
-
-#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:42
-msgid "Applying pending operations"
-msgstr "Primijeni neobavljene promjene"
-
-#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:57
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the number and type of operations this might take a long time."
-msgstr "Ovisno o broju i vrsti promjena to može potrajati neko vrijeme."
-
-#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:71
-msgid "Completed Operations:"
-msgstr "Završene promjene:"
-
-#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:114
-msgid "Details"
-msgstr "Pojedinosti"
-
-#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:227
-msgid "%1 of %2 operations completed"
-msgstr "%1 od %2 promjena završeno"
-
-#. add save button
-#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:246
-msgid "_Save Details"
-msgstr "_Spremi pojedinosti"
-
-#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:258
-msgid "Operation cancelled"
-msgstr "Promjena otkazana"
-
-#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:272
-msgid "All operations successfully completed"
-msgstr "Sve promjene su uspješno završene"
-
-#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:276
-msgid "%1 warning"
-msgid_plural "%1 warnings"
-msgstr[0] "%1 upozorenje"
-msgstr[1] "%1 upozorenja"
-msgstr[2] "%1 upozorenja"
-
-#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:289
-msgid "An error occurred while applying the operations"
-msgstr "Došlo je do greške kod primjenjivanja promjena"
-
-#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:294
-msgid "See the details for more information."
-msgstr "Pogledajte pojedinosti za više informacija."
-
-#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:296
-msgid "IMPORTANT"
-msgstr "VAŽNO"
-
-#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:297
-msgid "If you want support, you need to provide the saved details!"
-msgstr "Ako želite podršku, trebate osigurati spremljene pojedinosti!"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like
-#. * See https://gparted.org/save-details.htm for more information.
-#.
-#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:303
-msgid "See %1 for more information."
-msgstr "Pogledajte %1 za više informacija."
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like  Force Cancel (5)
-#. *  where the number represents a count down in seconds until the button is enabled
-#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:324 ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:355
-msgid "Force Cancel (%1)"
-msgstr "Prisilno prekidanje (%1)"
-
-#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:326 ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:359
-msgid "Force Cancel"
-msgstr "Prisilno prekidanje"
-
-#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:337
-msgid "Are you sure you want to cancel the current operation?"
-msgstr "Sigurno želite prekinuti trenutnu promjenu?"
-
-#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:343
-msgid "Canceling an operation might cause SEVERE file system damage."
-msgstr ""
-"Prekidanje promjene može uzrokovati OZBILJNA oštećenja na datotečnom sustavu."
-
-#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:345
-msgid "Continue Operation"
-msgstr "Nastavi promjenu"
-
-#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:346
-msgid "Cancel Operation"
-msgstr "Prekini promjenu"
-
-#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:367
-msgid "Save Details"
-msgstr "Spremi pojedinosti"
-
-#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:386
-msgid "GParted Details"
-msgstr "GParted pojedinosti"
-
-#. Device overview information
-#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:427
-msgid "Device:"
-msgstr "Uređaj:"
-
-#. Model
-#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:428 ../src/Win_GParted.cc:586
-msgid "Model:"
-msgstr "Model:"
-
-#. Serial number
-#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:429 ../src/Win_GParted.cc:592
-msgid "Serial:"
-msgstr "Serijski broj:"
-
-#. Sector size
-#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:430 ../src/Win_GParted.cc:650
-msgid "Sector size:"
-msgstr "Veličina sektora:"
-
-#. Heads
-#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:435 ../src/Win_GParted.cc:626
-msgid "Heads:"
-msgstr "Glava:"
-
-#. Sectors / track
-#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:436 ../src/Win_GParted.cc:632
-msgid "Sectors/track:"
-msgstr "Sektori/staze:"
-
-#. Cylinders
-#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:437 ../src/Win_GParted.cc:638
-msgid "Cylinders:"
-msgstr "Cilindri:"
-
-#. Partition table type
-#. Disktype
-#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:442 ../src/Win_GParted.cc:620
-msgid "Partition table:"
-msgstr "Particijska tablica:"
-
-#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:452
-msgid "Type"
-msgstr "Vrsta"
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:134
+msgid ""
+"You may be able to find and install drivers for your card. It is best to ask on support forums (or "
+"otherwise) for your Linux distribution for instructions."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:453
-msgid "Start"
-msgstr "Početak"
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:138
+msgid ""
+"If you cannot get drivers for your sound card, you might prefer to buy a new sound card. You can get sound "
+"cards that can be installed inside the computer and external USB sound cards."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:454
-msgid "End"
-msgstr "Završetak"
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:26
+msgid "Use an analog or USB microphone and select a default input device."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:455 ../src/TreeView_Detail.cc:53
-msgid "Flags"
-msgstr "Oznake"
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:30
+msgid "Use a different microphone"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:456
-msgid "Partition Name"
-msgstr "Naziv particije"
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:32
+msgid ""
+"You can use an external microphone for chatting with friends, speaking with colleagues at work, making "
+"voice recordings, or using other multimedia applications. Even if your computer has a built-in microphone "
+"or a webcam with a microphone, a separate microphone usually provides better audio quality."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:458 ../src/DialogFeatures.cc:68
-#: ../src/TreeView_Detail.cc:49
-msgid "Label"
-msgstr "Naziv"
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:38
+msgid ""
+"If your microphone has a circular plug, just plug it into the appropriate audio socket on your computer. "
+"Most computers have two sockets: one for microphones and one for speakers. This socket is usually light red 
"
+"in color or is accompanied by a picture of a microphone. Microphones plugged into the appropriate socket "
+"are usually used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting a default input device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:45
+msgid ""
+"If you have a USB microphone, plug it into any USB port on your computer. USB microphones act as separate "
+"audio devices, and you may have to specify which microphone to use by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:50
+msgid "Select a default audio input device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:59
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>Input</gui> section, select the device that you want to use. The input level indicator should "
+"respond when you speak."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:64
+msgid "You can adjust the volume and switch the microphone off from this panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:27
+msgid "Connect speakers or headphones and select a default audio output device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:31
+msgid "Use different speakers or headphones"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:33
+msgid ""
+"You can use external speakers or headphones with your computer. Speakers usually either connect using a "
+"circular TRS (<em>tip, ring, sleeve</em>) plug or a USB."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:37
+msgid ""
+"If your speakers or headphones have a TRS plug, plug it into the appropriate socket on your computer. Most "
+"computers have two sockets: one for microphones and one for speakers. This socket is usually light green in 
"
+"color or is accompanied by a picture of headphones. Speakers or headphones plugged into a TRS socket are "
+"usually used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting the default device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:44
+msgid ""
+"Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This usually uses multiple TRS jacks, which 
"
+"are often color-coded. If you are unsure which plugs go in which sockets, you can test the sound output in "
+"the sound settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:49
+msgid ""
+"If you have USB speakers or headphones, or analog headphones plugged into a USB sound card, plug them into "
+"any USB port. USB speakers act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify which speakers to use 
"
+"by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:55
+msgid "Select a default audio output device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:64
+msgid "In the <gui>Output</gui> section, select the device that you want to use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:69
+msgid ""
+"Use the <gui style=\"button\">Test</gui> button to check that all speakers are working and are connected to 
"
+"the correct socket."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/sound-volume.page:26
+msgid "Set the sound volume for the computer and control the loudness of each application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/sound-volume.page:30
+msgid "Change the sound volume"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sound-volume.page:32
+msgid ""
+"To change the sound volume, open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</gui> from the 
"
+"right side of the top bar and move the volume slider left or right. You can completely turn off sound by "
+"dragging the slider to the left."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/sound-volume.page:38
+msgid ""
+"If you hover over the volume icon in the top bar or the slider in the system menu, the volume can be "
+"controlled by scrolling the mouse wheel or touchpad."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sound-volume.page:43
+msgid ""
+"Some keyboards have keys that let you control the volume. They normally look like stylized speakers with "
+"waves coming out of them. They are often near the “F” keys at the top. On laptop keyboards, they are "
+"usually on the “F” keys. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key on your keyboard to use them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sound-volume.page:48
+msgid ""
+"If you have external speakers, you can also change the volume using the speakers’ volume control. Some "
+"headphones have a volume control too."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/sound-volume.page:53
+msgid "Changing the sound volume for individual applications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sound-volume.page:55
+msgid ""
+"You can change the volume for one application and leave the volume for others unchanged. This is useful if "
+"you are listening to music and browsing the web, for example. You might want to turn off the audio in the "
+"web browser so sounds from websites do not interrupt the music."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sound-volume.page:60
+msgid ""
+"Some applications have volume controls in their main windows. If your application has its volume control, "
+"use that to change the volume. If not:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sound-volume.page:72
+msgid ""
+"Under <gui>Volume Levels</gui>, use the volume slider for each application to set its volume. Click the "
+"speaker button at the end of the slider to mute or unmute the application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/sound-volume.page:77
+msgid ""
+"Only applications that are playing sounds are listed. If an application is playing sounds but is not "
+"listed, it might not support the feature that lets you control its volume in this way. In such a case, you "
+"cannot change its volume."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/status-icons.page:48
+msgid "Monica Kochofar"
+msgstr "Monica Kochofar"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/status-icons.page:60
+msgid "Explains the meanings of the icons located on the right of the top bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/status-icons.page:63
+msgid "What do the icons in the top bar mean?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:65
+msgid ""
+"This page explains the meaning of icons located on the top right corner of the screen. More specifically, "
+"the different variations of the icons provided by the system are described."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/status-icons.page:71
+msgid "Accessibility icons"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:83
+msgid "Allows you to quickly toggle various accessibility settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:94
+msgid "Indicates the type of click that will happen when using Hover Click."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: p/link
+#: C/status-icons.page:99
+msgid "Learn more about accessibility."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: p/link
+#: C/status-icons.page:100
+msgid "Learn more about Hover Click."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/status-icons.page:106
+msgid "Audio icons"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:118
+msgid "Indicates the volume of the speakers or headphones."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:129
+msgid "The speakers or headphones are muted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:140
+msgid "Indicates the sensitivity of the microphone."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:151
+msgid "The microphone is muted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: p/link
+#: C/status-icons.page:156
+msgid "Learn more about sound volume."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/status-icons.page:162
+msgid "Battery icons"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:174
+msgid "Indicates the battery level while the battery is charging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:185
+msgid "The battery is fully charged and charging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:196
+msgid "Indicates the battery level while the battery is not charging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:207
+msgid "The battery is fully charged and not charging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:218
+msgid "Power icon displayed on systems without a battery."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: p/link
+#: C/status-icons.page:223
+msgid "Learn more about battery status."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/status-icons.page:229
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Bluetooth"
+msgid "Bluetooth icons"
+msgstr "Bluetooth"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:241
+msgid "Airplane mode is on. Bluetooth is disabled when airplane mode is on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:252
+msgid ""
+"A Bluetooth device is paired and in use. This icon is only shown when there is an active device, not just "
+"whenever Bluetooth is enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: p/link
+#: C/status-icons.page:259 C/status-icons.page:351 C/status-icons.page:417
+msgid "Learn more about airplane mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: p/link
+#: C/status-icons.page:260
+msgid "Learn more about Bluetooth."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/status-icons.page:275
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Network Manager Icons"
+msgid "Networking icons"
+msgstr "Ikone mrežnog upravitelja"
+
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
+#: C/status-icons.page:278
+msgid "Wireless (Wi-Fi) connections"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:288
+msgid "Airplane mode is on. Wireless networking is disabled when airplane mode is on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:299
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Connected to a 3G network."
+msgid "Connecting to a wireless network."
+msgstr "Povezano sa 3G mrežom."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:310
+msgid "Indicates the strength of a wireless network connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:321
+msgid "Connected to a wireless network, but there is no signal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:332
+msgid ""
+"Connected to a wireless network. This icon is only shown if the signal strength cannot be determined, such "
+"as when connecting to ad hoc networks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:344
+msgid ""
+"Connected to a wireless network, but there is no route to the internet. This could be due to a "
+"misconfiguration of your network, or it could be due to an outage with your internet service provider."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: p/link
+#: C/status-icons.page:352
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Wireless networking"
+msgid "Learn more about wireless networking."
+msgstr "Bežično umrežavanje"
+
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
+#: C/status-icons.page:356
+msgid "Cellular networking (mobile broadband)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:366
+msgid "Airplane mode is on. Cellular networking is disabled when airplane mode is on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:377
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Connected to a cellular network."
+msgid "Connecting to a cellular network."
+msgstr "Povezano sa mobilnom mrežom."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:388
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Connected to a cellular network."
+msgid "Indicates the strength of a cellular network connection."
+msgstr "Povezano sa mobilnom mrežom."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:399
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Connected to a cellular network."
+msgid "Connected to a cellular network, but there is no signal."
+msgstr "Povezano sa mobilnom mrežom."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:410
+msgid ""
+"Connected to a cellular network. This icon is only shown if the signal strength cannot be determined, such "
+"as when connecting over Bluetooth. If the signal strength can be determined, a signal strength icon is "
+"shown instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: p/link
+#: C/status-icons.page:418
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Connected to a cellular network."
+msgid "Learn more about cellular networking."
+msgstr "Povezano sa mobilnom mrežom."
+
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
+#: C/status-icons.page:422
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Wired networking"
+msgid "Wired connections"
+msgstr "Žično umrežavanje"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:432
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Connected to a 3G network."
+msgid "Connecting to a wired connection."
+msgstr "Povezano sa 3G mrežom."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:443
+msgid "Connected to a wired network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:454
+msgid "Disconnected from the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:465
+msgid ""
+"Connected to a wired network, but there is no route to the internet. This could be due to a "
+"misconfiguration of your network, or it could be due to an outage with your internet service provider."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: p/link
+#: C/status-icons.page:472
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Wired networking"
+msgid "Learn more about wired networking."
+msgstr "Žično umrežavanje"
+
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
+#: C/status-icons.page:476
+msgid "VPN (virtual private networking)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:486
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Connected to a cellular network."
+msgid "Connecting to a virtual private network."
+msgstr "Povezano sa mobilnom mrežom."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:497
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Connected to a cellular network."
+msgid "Connected to a virtual private network."
+msgstr "Povezano sa mobilnom mrežom."
+
+#. (itstool) path: p/link
+#: C/status-icons.page:502
+msgid "Learn more about virtual private networks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/status-icons.page:509
+msgid "Other icons"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:520
+msgid ""
+"Indicates the keyboard layout or input method currently in use. Click to select another layout. The "
+"keyboard layout menu is only shown if you have multiple input methods configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:533
+msgid "An app is currently accessing your location. You can disable location access from the menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:545
+msgid ""
+"Night light has changed the color temperature of the display to reduce eye strain. You can temporarily "
+"disable night light from the menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:558
+msgid "You are currently recording a screencast of your entire screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:569
+msgid "An app is currently sharing the screen or another window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:580
+msgid "Connecting to a Thunderbolt device, such as a dock."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: p/link
+#: C/status-icons.page:585
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Use alternative keyboard layouts"
+msgid "Learn more about keyboard layouts."
+msgstr "Korištenje alternativnih rasporeda tipkovnice"
+
+#. (itstool) path: p/link
+#: C/status-icons.page:586
+msgid "Learn more about privacy and location services."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: p/link
+#: C/status-icons.page:587
+msgid "Learn more about night light and color temperature."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: p/link
+#: C/status-icons.page:588
+msgid "Learn more about screenshots and screencasts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:34
+msgid ""
+"Type characters not found on your keyboard, including foreign alphabets, mathematical symbols, emoji, and "
+"dingbats."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37
+msgid "Enter special characters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39
+msgid ""
+"You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world’s writing systems, even those not "
+"found on your keyboard. This page lists some different ways you can enter special characters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: links/title
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44
+msgid "Methods to enter characters"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:459 ../src/TreeView_Detail.cc:48
-msgid "Mount Point"
-msgstr "Točka montiranja"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS:  EXECUTING
-#. * means that the status for this operation is
-#. * executing or currently in progress.
-#.
-#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:525
-msgid "EXECUTING"
-msgstr "IZVRŠAVANJE"
-
-#. TO" TRANSLATORS:  SUCCESS
-#. * means that the status for this operation is
-#. * completed successfully.
-#.
-#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:533
-msgid "SUCCESS"
-msgstr "USPJEŠNO"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS:  ERROR
-#. * means that the status for this operation is
-#. * completed with errors.
-#.
-#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:541
-msgid "ERROR"
-msgstr "GREŠKA"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS:  INFO
-#. * means that the status for this operation is
-#. * for your information , or messages from the
-#. * libparted library.
-#.
-#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:550
-msgid "INFO"
-msgstr "INFORMACIJE"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS:  WARNING
-#. * means that the status for this operation is
-#. * completed with warnings.  Either the operation
-#. * is not supported on the file system in the
-#. * partition, or the operation failed but it does
-#. * not matter that it failed.
-#.
-#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:561
-msgid "WARNING"
-msgstr "UPOZORENJE"
-
-#: ../src/DialogFeatures.cc:40
-msgid "File System Support"
-msgstr "Podrška datotečnog sustava"
-
-#: ../src/DialogFeatures.cc:56
-msgid "Create"
-msgstr "Stvori"
-
-#: ../src/DialogFeatures.cc:57
-msgid "Grow"
-msgstr "Povećaj"
-
-#: ../src/DialogFeatures.cc:61
-msgid "Shrink"
-msgstr "Smanji"
-
-#: ../src/DialogFeatures.cc:65
-msgid "Move"
-msgstr "Premjesti"
-
-#: ../src/DialogFeatures.cc:66
-msgid "Copy"
-msgstr "Kopiraj"
-
-#: ../src/DialogFeatures.cc:67
-msgid "Check"
-msgstr "Provjeri"
-
-#: ../src/DialogFeatures.cc:69
-msgid "UUID"
-msgstr "UUID"
-
-#: ../src/DialogFeatures.cc:70
-msgid "Required Software"
-msgstr "Potreban softver"
-
-#: ../src/DialogFeatures.cc:88
-msgid "This chart shows the actions supported on file systems."
-msgstr "Ovaj graf prikazuje promjene podržane na datotečnim sustavima."
-
-#: ../src/DialogFeatures.cc:90
-msgid ""
-"Not all actions are available on all file systems, in part due to the nature "
-"of file systems and limitations in the required software."
-msgstr ""
-"Sve promjene nisu podržane na svim datotečnim sustavima. Djelomično zbog "
-"ograničenja datotečnih sustava, a dijelom zbog ograničenja softvera."
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS:  Available offline and online
-#. * means that this action is valid for this file system when
-#. * it is both unmounted and mounted.
-#.
-#: ../src/DialogFeatures.cc:109
-msgid "Available offline and online"
-msgstr "Dostupno mrežno i izvanmrežno"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS:  Available online only
-#. * means that this action is valid for this file system only
-#. * when it is mounted.
-#.
-#: ../src/DialogFeatures.cc:122
-msgid "Available online only"
-msgstr "Dostupno je samo izvanmrežno"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS:  Available offline only
-#. * means that this action is valid for this file system only
-#. * when it is unmounted.
-#.
-#: ../src/DialogFeatures.cc:135
-msgid "Available offline only"
-msgstr "Dostupno je samo izvanmrežno"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS:  Not Available
-#. * means that this action is not valid for this file system.
-#.
-#: ../src/DialogFeatures.cc:147
-msgid "Not Available"
-msgstr "Nedostupno"
-
-#: ../src/DialogFeatures.cc:152
-msgid "Legend"
-msgstr "Kazalo"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: This is a button that will search for the software tools installed and then refresh the 
screen with the file system actions supported.
-#: ../src/DialogFeatures.cc:160
-msgid "Rescan For Supported Actions"
-msgstr "Ponovno provjeri podržane promjene"
-
-#: ../src/DialogManageFlags.cc:32 ../src/DialogManageFlags.cc:36
-msgid "Manage flags on %1"
-msgstr "Upravljanje oznakama na %1"
-
-#: ../src/Dialog_Rescue_Data.cc:39
-msgid "Search disk for file systems"
-msgstr "Pretraži disk za datotečne sustave"
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:48
+msgid "Characters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:49
+msgid ""
+"The character map application allows you to find and insert unusual characters, including emoji, by "
+"browsing character categories or searching for keywords."
+msgstr ""
 
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like    File systems found on /dev/sdb
-#: ../src/Dialog_Rescue_Data.cc:56
-msgid "File systems found on %1"
-msgstr "Datotečni sustav nije pronađen na %1"
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:53
+msgid "You can launch <app>Characters</app> from the Activities overview."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/Dialog_Rescue_Data.cc:61
-msgid "Data found"
-msgstr "Podaci pronađeni"
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58
+msgid "Emoji"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/Dialog_Rescue_Data.cc:65
-msgid "Data found with inconsistencies"
-msgstr "Podatak pronađen s nedosljednostima"
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60
+msgid "Insert emoji"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/Dialog_Rescue_Data.cc:67
-msgid "WARNING!: The file systems marked with (!) are inconsistent."
-msgstr "UPOZORENJE!: Datotečni sustavi označeni s (!) su nedosljedni."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62
+msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>;</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/Dialog_Rescue_Data.cc:69
-msgid "You might encounter errors trying to view these file systems."
-msgstr "Mogli biste naići na greške prilikom pregleda ovih datotečnih sustava."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65
+msgid "Browse the categories at the bottom of the dialog or start typing a description in the search field."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/Dialog_Rescue_Data.cc:84
-msgid "The 'View' buttons create read-only views of each file system."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69
+msgid "Select an emoji to insert."
 msgstr ""
-"'Prikaz' tipke stvaraju prikaz u načinu čitanja za svaki datotečni sustav."
 
-#: ../src/Dialog_Rescue_Data.cc:86
-msgid "All mounted views will be unmounted when you close this dialog."
-msgstr "Svi montirani prikazi bit će odmontirani kada zatvorite ovaj dijalog."
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:75
+msgid "Compose key"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/Dialog_Rescue_Data.cc:109
-msgid "File systems"
-msgstr "Datotečni sustavi"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like    1: ntfs (10240 MiB)
-#: ../src/Dialog_Rescue_Data.cc:131
-msgid "#%1: %2 (%3 MiB)"
-msgstr "#%1: %2 (%3 MiB)"
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:76
+msgid ""
+"A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a row to get a special character. "
+"For example, to type the accented letter <em>é</em>, you can press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> "
+"then <key>e</key>."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/Dialog_Rescue_Data.cc:139
-msgid "View"
-msgstr "Prikaz"
-
-#: ../src/Dialog_Rescue_Data.cc:169
-msgid ""
-"An error occurred while creating a temporary directory for use as a mount "
-"point."
-msgstr ""
-"Dogodila se greška pri stvaranju privremenog direktorija koji se koristi kao "
-"točka montiranja."
-
-#: ../src/Dialog_Rescue_Data.cc:171
-msgid "Error"
-msgstr "Greška"
-
-#: ../src/Dialog_Rescue_Data.cc:177
-msgid "Failed creating temporary directory"
-msgstr "Neuspjelo stvaranje privremenog direktorija"
-
-#: ../src/Dialog_Rescue_Data.cc:195
-msgid "An error occurred while creating the read-only view."
-msgstr "Greška je nastala prilikom stvaranja prikaza čitanja."
-
-#: ../src/Dialog_Rescue_Data.cc:197
-msgid ""
-"Either the file system can not be mounted (like swap), or there are "
-"inconsistencies or errors in the file system."
-msgstr ""
-"Ili se datotečni sustav ne može montirati (poput swapa), ili postoje "
-"nedosljednosti ili greške datotečnog sustava."
-
-#: ../src/Dialog_Rescue_Data.cc:201
-msgid "Failed creating read-only view"
-msgstr "Neuspjelo stvaranje prikaza čitanja"
-
-#: ../src/Dialog_Rescue_Data.cc:226
-msgid "Error:"
-msgstr "Greška:"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like
-#. * The file system is mounted on:
-#. * /tmp/gparted-roview-Nlhb3R.
-#: ../src/Dialog_Rescue_Data.cc:234
-msgid "The file system is mounted on:"
-msgstr "Datotečni sustav je montiran na:"
-
-#: ../src/Dialog_Rescue_Data.cc:239
-msgid "Unable to open the default file manager"
-msgstr "Neuspjelo otvaranje zadanog upravitelja datoteka"
-
-#: ../src/Dialog_Rescue_Data.cc:258
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80
 msgid ""
-"Warning: The detected file system area overlaps with at least one existing "
-"partition"
+"Keyboards don’t have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of the existing keys on your "
+"keyboard as a compose key."
 msgstr ""
-"Upozorenje: Otkriveni prostor datotečnog sustava se preklapa s bar jednom "
-"postojećom particijom"
 
-#: ../src/Dialog_Rescue_Data.cc:260
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84
+msgid "Define a compose key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:96
+msgid "In the <gui>Type Special Characters</gui> section, click <gui>Compose Key</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:99
+msgid "Turn the switch on for the <gui>Compose Key</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:102
+msgid "Tick the checkbox of the key that you want to set as the Compose key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110
+msgid "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:114
 msgid ""
-"It is recommended that you do not use any overlapping file systems to avoid "
-"disturbing existing data."
-msgstr ""
-"Preporučljivo je da ne koristite bilo kakvo preklapanje datotečnog sustava "
-"kako bi izbjegli gubitak postojećih podataka."
-
-#: ../src/Dialog_Rescue_Data.cc:262
-msgid "Do you want to try to deactivate the following mount points?"
-msgstr "Želite li pokušati obustaviti slijedeće točke montiranja?"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like  create missing /dev/mapper entries
-#: ../src/DMRaid.cc:361
-msgid "create missing %1 entries"
-msgstr "stvori nedostajuće %1 stavke"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like  delete affected /dev/mapper entries
-#: ../src/DMRaid.cc:445
-msgid "delete affected %1 entries"
-msgstr "obriši pogođene %1 stavke"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like  delete /dev/mapper entry
-#: ../src/DMRaid.cc:467
-msgid "delete %1 entry"
-msgstr "obriši %1 stavku"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like  update /dev/mapper entry
-#: ../src/DMRaid.cc:516
-msgid "update %1 entry"
-msgstr "nadopuni %1 stavku"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: these labels will be used in the partition menu
-#: ../src/FileSystem.cc:46
-msgid "_Mount"
-msgstr "_Montiraj"
-
-#: ../src/FileSystem.cc:47
-msgid "_Unmount"
-msgstr "_Odmontiraj"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like   Created directory /tmp/gparted-CEzvSp
-#: ../src/FileSystem.cc:270
-msgid "Created directory %1"
-msgstr "Stvoreni direktorij %1"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like   Removed directory /tmp/gparted-CEzvSp
-#: ../src/FileSystem.cc:296
-msgid "Removed directory %1"
-msgstr "Uklonjeni direktorij %1"
-
-#. Adding a child after this OperationDetail has been set to prevent it is
-#. a programming bug.  However the best way to report it is by adding yet
-#. another child containing the bug report, and allowing the child to be
-#. added anyway.
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:64 ../src/OperationDetail.cc:146
-msgid "GParted Bug"
-msgstr "GParted greška"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like Scanning /dev/sda
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:176 ../src/GParted_Core.cc:185
-msgid "Scanning %1"
-msgstr "Provjeravanje %1"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like   Confirming /dev/sda
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:204 ../src/GParted_Core.cc:229
-msgid "Confirming %1"
-msgstr "Potvrđivanje %1"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like Searching /dev/sda partitions
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:264
-msgid "Searching %1 partitions"
-msgstr "Pretraživanje %1 particije"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like   A partition cannot start (-2048)
-#. * before the start of the device
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:304
-msgid "A partition cannot start (%1) before the start of the device"
-msgstr "Particija ne može početi (%1) prije početka uređaja"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like   A partition cannot end (2099199)
-#. * after the end of the device (2097151)
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:314
-msgid "A partition cannot end (%1) after the end of the device (%2)"
-msgstr "Particija ne može završiti (%1) nakon završetka uređaja (%2)"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS:  looks like   A partition cannot have a length of -1 sectors
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:325
-msgid "A partition cannot have a length of %1 sectors"
-msgstr "Particija ne može imati dužinu od %1 sektora"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like   A partition with used sectors (2048) greater than its length (1536) is not 
valid
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:336
-msgid ""
-"A partition with used sectors (%1) greater than its length (%2) is not valid"
-msgstr ""
-"Particija s iskorištenim sektorima (%1) veća od njezine dužine (%2) nije "
-"ispravna"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS:   unrecognized
-#. * means that the partition table for this disk device is unknown
-#. * or not recognized.
-#.
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:708
-msgid "unrecognized"
-msgstr "neprepoznato"
-
-#. no file system found....
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:1359
-msgid "Unable to detect file system! Possible reasons are:"
-msgstr "Prepoznavanje datotečnog sustava nije uspjelo! Mogući razlozi su:"
-
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:1361
-msgid "The file system is damaged"
-msgstr "Datotečni sustav je oštećen"
-
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:1363
-msgid "The file system is unknown to GParted"
-msgstr "Datotečni sustav  je nepoznat GPartedu"
-
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:1365
-msgid "There is no file system available (unformatted)"
-msgstr "Nema dostupnog datotečnog sustava (neformatirano)"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like  The device entry /dev/sda5 is missing
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:1368
-msgid "The device entry %1 is missing"
-msgstr "Particija uređaja %1 nedostaje"
-
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:1529
-msgid "Unable to find mount point"
-msgstr "Pronalazak točke montiranja nije uspio"
-
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:1651
-msgid "Unable to read the contents of this file system!"
-msgstr "Čitanje sadržaja s ovog datotečnog sustava nije uspjelo!"
-
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:1653
-msgid "Because of this some operations may be unavailable."
-msgstr "Zbog ovoga neke će promjene biti nedostupne."
-
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:1657
-msgid "The cause might be a missing software package."
-msgstr "Uzrok može biti nedostajući softverski paket."
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like   The following list of software packages is required for NTFS file system 
support:  ntfsprogs.
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:1660
-msgid ""
-"The following list of software packages is required for %1 file system "
-"support:  %2."
+"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then a letter to place an acute accent over that letter, such as 
"
+"<em>é</em>."
 msgstr ""
-"Sljedeći popis paketa je potreban za podršku %1 datotečnog sustava:  %2."
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like   1.28GiB of unallocated space within the partition.
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:1670
-msgid "%1 of unallocated space within the partition."
-msgstr "%1 nedodjeljenog prostora unutar particije."
 
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: To grow the file system to fill the partition, select the partition and choose the menu 
item:
-#. * means that the user can perform a check of the partition which will
-#. * also grow the file system to fill the partition.
-#.
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:1680
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116
 msgid ""
-"To grow the file system to fill the partition, select the partition and "
-"choose the menu item:"
+"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>`</key> (back tick) then a letter to place a grave accent over that "
+"letter, such as <em>è</em>."
 msgstr ""
-"Za povećanje datotečnog sustava kako bi pristajao particiji, odaberite "
-"particiju i stavku iz izbornika:"
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:1682
-msgid "Partition --> Check."
-msgstr "Particija --> Provjeri."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:119
+msgid ""
+"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>\"</key> then a letter to place an umlaut over that letter, such as "
+"<em>ë</em>."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:1796
-msgid "create empty partition"
-msgstr "stvori praznu particiju"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:121
+msgid ""
+"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>-</key> then a letter to place a macron over that letter, such as 
<em>ē</"
+"em>."
+msgstr ""
 
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like   path: /dev/sda1 (partition)
-#. * This is showing the name and the fact
-#. * that it is a partition within a device.
-#.
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like   path: /dev/sda (device)
-#. *              or looks like   path: /dev/sda1 (partition)
-#. * This is showing the name and whether it
-#. * is a whole disk device or a partition
-#. * within a device.
-#.
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:1872 ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3543
-msgid "path: %1 (%2)"
-msgstr "putanja: %1 (%2)"
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:124
+msgid ""
+"For more compose key sequences, see <link href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/";
+"Compose_key#Common_compose_combinations\">the compose key page on Wikipedia</link>."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:1873 ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3547
-msgid "partition"
-msgstr "particija"
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:130
+msgid "Code points"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:1874 ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3548
-msgid "start: %1"
-msgstr "početak: %1"
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:132
+msgid ""
+"You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the numeric code point of the character. "
+"Every character is identified by a four-character code point. To find the code point for a character, look "
+"it up in the <app>Characters</app> application. The code point is the four characters after <gui>U+</gui>."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:1875 ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3549
-msgid "end: %1"
-msgstr "kraj: %1"
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:138
+msgid ""
+"To enter a character by its code point, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Shift</key><key>U</key></keyseq>, 
"
+"then type the four-character code and press <key>Space</key> or <key>Enter</key>. If you often use "
+"characters that you can’t easily access with other methods, you might find it useful to memorize the code "
+"point for those characters so you can enter them quickly."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:1876 ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3550
-msgid "size: %1 (%2)"
-msgstr "veličina: %1 (%2)"
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:148
+msgid "Keyboard layouts"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:1908
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:149
 msgid ""
-"partition contains open LUKS encryption for a create file system only step"
+"You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, regardless of the letters printed 
"
+"on the keys. You can even easily switch between different keyboard layouts using an icon in the top bar. To 
"
+"learn how, see <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:156
+msgid "Input methods"
 msgstr ""
-"particija sadrži otvoreno LUKS šifriranje samo za korak stvaranja datotečnog "
-"sustava"
 
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like create new ext3 file system
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:1915
-msgid "create new %1 file system"
-msgstr "stvori novi %1 datotečni sustav"
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:158
+msgid ""
+"An Input Method expands the previous methods by allowing to enter characters not only with keyboard but "
+"also any input devices. For instance you could enter characters with a mouse using a gesture method, or "
+"enter Japanese characters using a Latin keyboard."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:1947
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:163
 msgid ""
-"partition contains open LUKS encryption for a format file system only step"
+"To choose an input method, right-click over a text widget, and in the menu <gui>Input Method</gui>, choose "
+"an input method you want to use. There is no default input method provided, so refer to the input methods "
+"documentation to see how to use them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/tips.page:13
+msgid "Get the most out of GNOME with these handy tips."
 msgstr ""
-"particija sadrži otvoreno LUKS šifriranje samo za korak formatiranja "
-"datotečnog sustava"
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:1963
-msgid "delete partition"
-msgstr "obriši particiju"
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/tips.page:19
+msgid "Tips &amp; tricks"
+msgstr "Savjeti i trikovi"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:28
+msgid "Manipulate your desktop using gestures on your touchpad or touchscreen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:31
+msgid "Use gestures on touchpads and touchscreens"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2007
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:33
 msgid ""
-"partition contains open LUKS encryption for a delete file system only step"
+"Multitouch gestures can be used on touchpads and touchscreens for system navigation, as well as in "
+"applications."
 msgstr ""
-"particija sadrži otvoreno LUKS šifriranje samo za korak brisanja datotečnog "
-"sustava"
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2022
-msgid "delete %1 file system"
-msgstr "obriši %1 datotečni sustav"
-
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2040
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:36
 msgid ""
-"partition contains open LUKS encryption for a label file system only step"
+"A number of applications make use of gestures. In <app>Document Viewer</app>, documents can be zoomed and "
+"swiped with gestures, and <app>Image Viewer</app> allows you to zoom, rotate and pan."
 msgstr ""
-"particija sadrži otvoreno LUKS šifriranje samo za korak postavaljanja naziva "
-"datotečnog sustava"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like   Clear file system Label on /dev/hda3
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2047 ../src/OperationLabelFileSystem.cc:55
-msgid "Clear file system label on %1"
-msgstr "Ukloni naziv datotečnog sustav na %1"
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2050
-msgid "Set file system label to \"%1\" on %2"
-msgstr "Postavi naziv datotečnog sustava za \"%1\" na %2"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like   Clear partition name on /dev/hda3
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2075 ../src/OperationNamePartition.cc:55
-msgid "Clear partition name on %1"
-msgstr "Ukloni naziv particije na %1"
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:41
+msgid "System-wide gestures"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2078
-msgid "Set partition name to \"%1\" on %2"
-msgstr "Postavi naziv particije za \"%1\" na %2"
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:46
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Open the application menu"
+msgid "<em>Open the Activities Overview and Applications View</em>"
+msgstr "Otvori izbornik aplikacija"
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2103
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:47
 msgid ""
-"partition contains open LUKS encryption for a change file system UUID only "
-"step"
+"Place three fingers on the touchpad or touchscreen and gesture upwards to open the Activities Overview."
 msgstr ""
-"particija sadrži otvoreno LUKS šifriranje samo za korak UUID promjene "
-"datotečnog sustava"
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2110
-msgid "Set half of the UUID on %1 to a new, random value"
-msgstr "Postavi pola UUID-a na %1 na novu, naizmjeničnu vrijednost"
-
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2115
-msgid "Set UUID on %1 to a new, random value"
-msgstr "Postavi UUID-a na %1 na novu, naizmjeničnu vrijednost"
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:48
+msgid "To open the Applications View, place three fingers and gesture upwards again."
+msgstr ""
 
-#. TO TRANSLATORS:
-#. * means that GParted has encountered a programming bug and tried
-#. * to change the size of a partition when performing a move only
-#. * step which is not permitted to change the partition size.
-#.
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2199
-msgid "size of the partition is changing for a move only step"
-msgstr "veličina particije se mijenja samo za korak premještanja"
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:52
+msgid "<em>Switch Workspace</em>"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2230
-msgid "rollback last change to the partition"
-msgstr "vrati posljednju promjenu na particiji"
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:53
+msgid "Place three fingers on the touchpad or touchscreen and gesture left or right."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2279
-msgid "move file system to the left"
-msgstr "pomakni datotečni sustav lijevo"
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:57
+msgid "<em>Exit from fullscreen</em>"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2281
-msgid "move file system to the right"
-msgstr "pomakni datotečni sustav desno"
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:58
+msgid "On a touchscreen, drag down from the top edge to exit from the fullscreen mode of any window."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2284
-msgid "move file system"
-msgstr "pomakni datotečni sustav"
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:62
+msgid "<em>Bring up the on-screen keyboard</em>"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2286
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:63
 msgid ""
-"new and old file system have the same position.  Hence skipping this "
-"operation"
+"On a touchscreen, drag up from the bottom edge to bring up the <link xref=\"keyboard-osk\">on-screen "
+"keyboard</link>, if the on-screen keyboard is enabled."
 msgstr ""
-"novi i stari datotečni sustav imaju identičan položaj. Promjena preskočena"
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2352
-msgid "using libparted"
-msgstr "koristeći libparted"
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:71
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Application menu"
+msgid "Application gestures"
+msgstr "Izbornik aplikacije"
 
-#. TO TRANSLATORS:
-#. * means that GParted has encountered a programming bug and tried
-#. * to move the start of the partition when performing a resize
-#. * only step which is not permitted to change the start of the
-#. * partition.
-#.
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2426
-msgid "start of the partition is changing for a resize only step"
-msgstr "početak particije se mijenja samo za korak promjene veličine"
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:76
+msgid "<em>Open an item, launch an application, play a song</em>"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2444
-msgid ""
-"partition does not contain LUKS encryption for a resize encryption only step"
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:77
+msgid "Tap on an item."
 msgstr ""
-"particija ne sadrži otvoreno LUKS šifriranje samo za korak promjene veličine "
-"šifriranja"
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2454
-msgid "impossible to shrink a closed LUKS encryption volume"
-msgstr "nemoguće je smanjiti uređaj zatvorenog LUKS šifriranja"
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:81
+msgid "<em>Select an item and list actions that can be performed</em>"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2513
-msgid ""
-"partition contains open LUKS encryption for a resize file system only step"
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:82
+msgid "Press and hold for a second or two."
 msgstr ""
-"particija sadrži otvoreno LUKS šifriranje samo za korak promjene veličine "
-"datotečnog sustava"
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2583
-msgid "resize/move partition"
-msgstr "promijeni veličinu/pomakni particiju"
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:86
+msgid "<em>Scroll the area on the screen</em>"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2586
-msgid "move partition to the right"
-msgstr "pomakni particiju u desno"
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:87
+msgid "Drag: slide a finger touching the surface."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2589
-msgid "move partition to the left"
-msgstr "pomakni particiju u lijevo"
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:91
+msgid "<em>Change the zoom level of a view (<app>Maps</app>, <app>Photos</app>)</em>"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2592
-msgid "grow partition from %1 to %2"
-msgstr "povećaj particiju s %1 na %2"
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:93
+msgid ""
+"Two-finger pinch or stretch: Touch the surface with two fingers while bringing them closer or further 
apart."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2595
-msgid "shrink partition from %1 to %2"
-msgstr "smanji particiju s %1 na %2"
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:98
+msgid "<em>Rotate a photo</em>"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2598
-msgid "move partition to the right and grow it from %1 to %2"
-msgstr "pomakni particiju u desno i povećaj je s %1 na %2"
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:99
+msgid "Two-finger rotate: Touch the surface with two fingers and rotate."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2601
-msgid "move partition to the right and shrink it from %1 to %2"
-msgstr "pomakni particiju u desno i smanji je s %1 na %2"
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/translate.page:7
+msgid "How and where to help translate these topics."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2604
-msgid "move partition to the left and grow it from %1 to %2"
-msgstr "pomakni particiju u lijevo i povećaj je s %1 na %2"
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/translate.page:27
+msgid "Participate to improve translations"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2607
-msgid "move partition to the left and shrink it from %1 to %2"
-msgstr "pomakni particiju u lijevo i smanji je s %1 na %2"
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/translate.page:29
+msgid "GNOME’s help is being translated by a world-wide volunteer community. You are welcome to participate."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2622
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/translate.page:33
 msgid ""
-"new and old partition have the same size and position.  Hence skipping this "
-"operation"
+"There are <link href=\"https://l10n.gnome.org/module/gnome-user-docs/\";>many languages</link> for which "
+"translations are still needed."
 msgstr ""
-"nova i stara particija imaju identičnu veličinu i položaj. Promjena "
-"preskočena"
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2632
-msgid "old start: %1"
-msgstr "stari početak: %1"
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/translate.page:37
+msgid ""
+"To start translating, you will need to <link href=\"https://l10n.gnome.org/register/\";>create an account</"
+"link> and join the <link href=\"https://l10n.gnome.org/teams/\";>translation team</link> for your language. "
+"This will give you the ability to upload new translations."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2633
-msgid "old end: %1"
-msgstr "stari kraj: %1"
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/translate.page:43
+msgid ""
+"You can chat with GNOME translators by joining the #i18n channel on the <link xref=\"help-irc\">GNOME IRC "
+"server</link>. People on the channel are located worldwide, so you may not get an immediate response as a "
+"result of timezone differences."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2634
-msgid "old size: %1 (%2)"
-msgstr "stara veličina: %1 (%2)"
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/translate.page:49
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their <link 
href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/";
+"mailman/listinfo/gnome-i18n\">mailing list</link>."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2649 ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3631
-msgid "new start: %1"
-msgstr "novi početak: %1"
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/user-accounts.page:20
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Users"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2650 ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3632
-msgid "new end: %1"
-msgstr "novi kraj: %1"
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/user-accounts.page:21
+msgid "Add and remove user accounts. Change passwords. Set administrative privileges."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2651 ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3633
-msgid "new size: %1 (%2)"
-msgstr "nova veličina: %1 (%2)"
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/user-accounts.page:25
+msgid "User accounts"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2665 ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3584
-msgid "requested start: %1"
-msgstr "zatraženi početak: %1"
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-accounts.page:28
+msgid ""
+"Each person that uses the computer should have a different user account. This allows them to keep their "
+"files separate from yours and to choose their own settings. It is also more secure. You can only access a "
+"different user account if you know their password."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2666 ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3585
-msgid "requested end: %1"
-msgstr "zatraženi kraj: %1"
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/user-accounts.page:37
+msgid "Manage user accounts"
+msgstr "Upravljajte korisničkim računima"
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2667 ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3586
-msgid "requested size: %1 (%2)"
-msgstr "zatražena veličina: %1 (%2)"
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/user-accounts.page:41
+msgid "Passwords"
+msgstr "Lozinke"
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2679
-msgid "attempt to rollback failed change to the partition"
-msgstr "pokušaj vraćanja nije uspio promijeniti particiju"
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/user-accounts.page:46
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Privileges"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2700
-msgid "original start: %1"
-msgstr "izvorni početak: %1"
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/user-accounts.page:48
+msgid "User privileges"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2701
-msgid "original end: %1"
-msgstr "izvorni kraj: %1"
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/user-add.page:33
+msgid "Add new users so that other people can log in to the computer."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2702
-msgid "original size: %1 (%2)"
-msgstr "izvorna veličina: %1 (%2)"
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/user-add.page:36
+msgid "Add a new user account"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2784
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-add.page:38
 msgid ""
-"partition does not contain open LUKS encryption for a shrink encryption only "
-"step"
+"You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. Give one account to each person in your household or "
+"company. Every user has their own home folder, documents, and settings."
 msgstr ""
-"particija ne sadrži otvoreno LUKS šifriranje samo za korak smanjenja "
-"šifriranja"
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2789
-msgid "shrink encryption volume"
-msgstr "smanji šifrirani uređaj"
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-add.page:42
+msgid "You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> to add user accounts."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2800
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-add.page:54 C/user-admin-change.page:49 C/user-autologin.page:44 C/user-delete.page:60
 msgid ""
-"partition does not contain LUKS encryption for a maximize encryption only "
-"step"
+"Press <gui style=\"button\">Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type in your password when prompted."
 msgstr ""
-"particija ne sadrži otvoreno LUKS šifriranje samo za korak povećanja "
-"šifriranja"
-
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2805
-msgid "grow encryption volume to fill the partition"
-msgstr "povećaj šifrirani uređaj kako bi se ispunila particija"
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2815
-msgid "growing is not available for this encryption volume"
-msgstr "povećavanje nije dostupno za ovaj šifrirani uređaj"
-
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2833
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-add.page:58
 msgid ""
-"partition contains open LUKS encryption for a shrink file system only step"
+"Press the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> button, below the list of accounts on the left, to add a new user "
+"account."
 msgstr ""
-"particija sadrži otvoreno LUKS šifriranje samo za korak smanjenja šifriranja"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS:
-#. * means that GParted has encountered a programming bug and tried
-#. * to grow the partition size or keep it the same when performing
-#. * a shrink partition only step.
-#.
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2845
-msgid "the new partition size is larger or the same for a shrink only step"
-msgstr "veličina nove particije je veća ili ista samo za korak smanjivanja"
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2850
-msgid "shrink file system"
-msgstr "smanji datotečni sustav"
-
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2861
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-add.page:62
 msgid ""
-"partition contains open LUKS encryption for a maximize file system only step"
+"If you want the new user to have <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrative access</link> to the "
+"computer, select <gui>Administrator</gui> for the account type."
 msgstr ""
-"particija sadrži otvoreno LUKS šifriranje samo za korak povećanja šifriranja"
-
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2866
-msgid "grow file system to fill the partition"
-msgstr "povećaj datotečni sustav kako bi se ispunila particija"
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2877
-msgid "growing is not available for this file system"
-msgstr "povećavanje nije dostupno za ovaj datotečni sustav"
-
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2885
-msgid "growing the file system is currently disallowed"
-msgstr "povećavanje datotečnog sustava trenutno je nedopušteno"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-add.page:65
+msgid ""
+"Administrators can do things like add and delete users, install software and drivers, and change the date "
+"and time."
+msgstr ""
 
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like   not a linux-swap file system for a recreate linux-swap only step
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2909
-msgid "not a %1 file system for a recreate %1 only step"
-msgstr "nije %1 datotečni sustav samo za korak stvaranja %1"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-add.page:69
+msgid ""
+"Enter the new user’s full name. The username will be filled in automatically based on the full name. If you 
"
+"do not like the proposed username, you can change it."
+msgstr ""
 
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like   recreate linux-swap file system
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2921
-msgid "recreate %1 file system"
-msgstr "stvori novi %1 datotečni sustav"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-add.page:74
+msgid "You can choose to set a password for the new user, or let them set it themselves on their first 
login."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2990
-msgid "the destination is smaller than the source partition"
-msgstr "odredišna particija je manje od izvorne"
+#. (itstool) path: media/span
+#: C/user-add.page:79 C/user-changepassword.page:86
+msgid "generate password"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3041
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-add.page:76
 msgid ""
-"source partition contains open LUKS encryption for a file system copy only "
-"step"
+"If you choose to set the password now, you can press the <gui style=\"button\"><_:media-1/></gui> icon to "
+"automatically generate a random password."
 msgstr ""
-"particija sadrži otvoreno LUKS šifriranje samo za korak kopiranja datotečnog "
-"sustava"
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3048
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-add.page:87
 msgid ""
-"destination partition contains open LUKS encryption for a file system copy "
-"only step"
+"If you want to change the password after creating the account, select the account, <gui "
+"style=\"button\">Unlock</gui> the panel and press the current password status."
 msgstr ""
-"odredišna particija sadrži otvoreno LUKS šifriranje samo za korak kopiranja "
-"datotečnog sustava"
-
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3054
-msgid "copy file system from %1 to %2"
-msgstr "kopiranje datotečnog sustava s %1 na %2"
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3135
-msgid "using internal algorithm"
-msgstr "koristeći unutrašnji algoritam"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like  copy 1.00 MiB
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3138
-msgid "copy %1"
-msgstr "kopiraj %1"
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/user-add.page:92
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>Users</gui> panel, you can click the image next to the user’s name to the right to set an image 
"
+"for the account. This image will be shown in the login window. The system provides some stock photos you "
+"can use, or you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3141
-msgid "finding optimal block size"
-msgstr "pronalazak optimalne veličine bloka"
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:26
+msgid "You can allow users to make changes to the system by giving them administrative privileges."
+msgstr ""
 
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like   copy 16.00 MiB using a block size of 1.00 MiB
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3172 ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3218
-msgid "copy %1 using a block size of %2"
-msgstr "kopiraj %1 koristeći veličinu bloka od %2"
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:30
+msgid "Change who has administrative privileges"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3190
-msgid "%1 seconds"
-msgstr "%1 sekunda"
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:32
+msgid ""
+"Administrative privileges are a way of deciding who can make changes to important parts of the system. You "
+"can change which users have administrative privileges and which ones do not. They are a good way of keeping 
"
+"your system secure and preventing potentially damaging unauthorized changes."
+msgstr ""
 
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like  optimal block size is 1.00 MiB
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3209
-msgid "optimal block size is %1"
-msgstr "optimalna veličina bloka je %1"
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:37
+msgid "You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> to change account types."
+msgstr ""
 
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like  1.00 MiB (1048576 B) copied
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3236
-msgid "%1 (%2 B) copied"
-msgstr "%1 (%2 B) kopirano"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:46 C/user-autologin.page:37 C/user-changepassword.page:74
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:50 C/user-delete.page:57
+msgid "Click <gui>Users</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3274
-msgid "rollback failed file system move"
-msgstr "vraćanje premještanja datotečnog sustava nije uspjelo"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:53
+msgid "Select the user whose privileges you want to change."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3297
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:56
 msgid ""
-"partition contains open LUKS encryption for a check file system only step"
+"Click the label <gui>Standard</gui> next to <gui>Account Type</gui> and select <gui>Administrator</gui>."
 msgstr ""
-"particija sadrži otvoreno LUKS šifriranje samo za korak provjere datotečnog "
-"sustava"
 
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like   check file system on /dev/sda5 for errors and (if possible) fix them
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3309
-msgid "check file system on %1 for errors and (if possible) fix them"
-msgstr "provjeri datotečni sustav na %1 za greške i (ako je moguće) ispravi ih"
-
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3318
-msgid "checking is not available for this file system"
-msgstr "provjera nije dostupna za ovaj datotečni sustav"
-
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3383
-msgid "set partition type on %1"
-msgstr "postavi vrstu particije na %1"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like   new partition type: ext4
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3437
-msgid "new partition type: %1"
-msgstr "nova vrsta particije: %1"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:60
+msgid "The user’s privileges will be changed when they next log in."
+msgstr ""
 
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like   new partition flag: lvm
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3452
-msgid "new partition flag: %1"
-msgstr "nova oznaka particije: %1"
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:65
+msgid ""
+"The first user account on the system is usually the one that has administrator privileges. This is the user 
"
+"account that was created when you first installed the system."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3481
-msgid "calibrate %1"
-msgstr "kalibriraj %1"
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:68
+msgid "It is unwise to have too many users with <gui>Administrator</gui> privileges on one system."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3546
-msgid "device"
-msgstr "uređaj"
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:27
+msgid "You need administrative privileges to change important parts of your system."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3560
-msgid "encryption path: %1"
-msgstr "putanja šifriranja: %1"
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:31
+msgid "How do administrative privileges work?"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3580
-msgid "calculate new size and position of %1"
-msgstr "izračunaj novu veličinu i položaj za %1"
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:33
+msgid ""
+"As well as the files that <em>you</em> create, your computer has a number of files which are needed by the "
+"system for it to work properly. If these important <em>system files</em> are changed incorrectly they can "
+"cause various things to break, so they are protected from changes by default. Certain applications also "
+"modify important parts of the system, and so are also protected."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3708
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:40
 msgid ""
-"partition contains open LUKS encryption for an erase file system signatures "
-"only step"
+"The way that they are protected is by only allowing users with <em>administrative privileges</em> to change 
"
+"the files or use the applications. In day-to-day use, you will not need to change any system files or use "
+"these applications, so by default you do not have administrative privileges."
 msgstr ""
-"particija sadrži otvoreno LUKS šifriranje samo za korak brisanja potpisa "
-"datotečnog sustava"
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3715
-msgid "clear old file system signatures in %1"
-msgstr "obriši stare potpise datotečnog sustava u %1"
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:46
+msgid ""
+"Sometimes you need to use these applications, so you may be able to temporarily get administrative "
+"privileges to allow you to make the changes. If an application needs administrative privileges, it will ask 
"
+"for your password. For example, if you want to install some new software, the software installer (package "
+"manager) will ask for your administrator password so it can add the new application to the system. Once it "
+"has finished, your administrative privileges will be taken away again."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3921
-msgid "flush operating system cache of %1"
-msgstr "isprazni predmemoriju operativnog sustava %1"
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:54
+msgid ""
+"Administrative privileges are associated with your user account. <gui>Administrator</gui> users are allowed 
"
+"to have these privileges while <gui>Standard</gui> users are not. Without administrative privileges you "
+"will not be able to install software. Some user accounts (for example, the “root” account) have permanent "
+"administrative privileges. You should not use administrative privileges all of the time, because you might "
+"accidentally change something you did not intend to (like delete a needed system file, for example)."
+msgstr ""
 
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: update boot sector of ntfs file system on /dev/sdd1
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3960
-msgid "update boot sector of %1 file system on %2"
-msgstr "nadopuni boot sektor %1 datotečnog sustava na %2"
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:63
+msgid ""
+"In summary, administrative privileges allow you to change important parts of your system when needed, but "
+"prevent you from doing it accidentally."
+msgstr ""
 
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like Error trying to write to boot sector in /dev/sdd1
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3996
-msgid "Error trying to write to boot sector in %1"
-msgstr "Greška pri pokušaju zapisivanja boot sektora na %1"
+#. (itstool) path: note/title
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:67
+msgid "What does “superuser” mean?"
+msgstr ""
 
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like Error trying to seek to position 0x1C in /dev/sdd1
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:4002
-msgid "Error trying to seek to position 0x1c in %1"
-msgstr "Greška pri pokušaju traženja položaja 0x1c na %1"
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:68
+msgid ""
+"A user with administrative privileges is sometimes called a <em>superuser</em>. This is simply because that 
"
+"user has more privileges than normal users. You might see people discussing things like <cmd>su</cmd> and "
+"<cmd>sudo</cmd>; these are programs for temporarily giving you “superuser” (administrative) privileges."
+msgstr ""
 
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like Error trying to open /dev/sdd1
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:4009
-msgid "Error trying to open %1"
-msgstr "Greška pri pokušaju otvaranja %1"
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:76
+msgid "Why are administrative privileges useful?"
+msgstr ""
 
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like Failed to set the number of hidden sectors to 05ab4f00 in the ntfs boot record.
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:4019
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:78
 msgid ""
-"Failed to set the number of hidden sectors to %1 in the NTFS boot record."
+"Requiring users to have administrative privileges before important system changes are made is useful "
+"because it helps to prevent your system from being broken, intentionally or unintentionally."
 msgstr ""
-"Postavljanje broja skrivenih sektora na %1 na NTFS boot zapisu nije uspjelo."
-
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:4021
-msgid "You might try the following command to correct the problem:"
-msgstr "Možda ćete htjeli izvršiti sljedeću naredbu za ispravljanje problema:"
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:4039
-msgid "libparted messages"
-msgstr "libparted poruke"
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:82
+msgid ""
+"If you had administrative privileges all of the time, you might accidentally change an important file, or "
+"run an application which changes something important by mistake. Only getting administrative privileges "
+"temporarily, when you need them, reduces the risk of these mistakes happening."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:4232
-msgid "Libparted Information"
-msgstr "Libparted informacije"
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:88
+msgid ""
+"Only certain trusted users should be allowed to have administrative privileges. This prevents other users "
+"from messing with the computer and doing things like uninstalling applications that you need, installing "
+"applications that you don’t want, or changing important files. This is useful from a security standpoint."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:4236
-msgid "Libparted Warning"
-msgstr "Libparted upozorenje"
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:28
+msgid "You can do some things, like installing applications, only if you have administrative privileges."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:4240
-msgid "Libparted Error"
-msgstr "Libparted greška"
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:32
+msgid "Problems caused by administrative restrictions"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:4243
-msgid "Libparted Fatal"
-msgstr "Libparted kobna greška"
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:34
+msgid ""
+"You may experience a few problems if you do not have <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrative "
+"privileges</link>. Some tasks require administrative privileges in order to work, such as:"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:4246
-msgid "Libparted Bug"
-msgstr "Libparted greška"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:40
+msgid "connecting to networks or wireless networks,"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:4249
-msgid "Libparted Unsupported Feature"
-msgstr "Libparted nepodržana značajka"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:43
+msgid "viewing the contents of a different disk partition (for example, a Windows partition), or"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:4252
-msgid "Libparted unknown exception"
-msgstr "Libparted nepoznata iznimka"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:47
+msgid "installing new applications."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:4256
-msgid "Fix"
-msgstr "Popravi"
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:51
+msgid "You can <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">change who has administrative privileges</link>."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:4258
-msgid "Yes"
-msgstr "Da"
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/user-autologin.page:23
+msgid "Set up automatic login for when you switch on your computer."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:4260
-msgid "Ok"
-msgstr "U redu"
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/user-autologin.page:26
+msgid "Log in automatically"
+msgstr "Automatska prijava"
 
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:4262
-msgid "Retry"
-msgstr "Pokušaj ponovno"
-
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:4264
-msgid "No"
-msgstr "Ne"
-
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:4266
-msgid "Cancel"
-msgstr "Odustani"
-
-#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:4268
-msgid "Ignore"
-msgstr "Zanemari"
-
-#: ../src/HBoxOperations.cc:48 ../src/Win_GParted.cc:195
-msgid "_Undo Last Operation"
-msgstr "Po_ništi posljednju promjenu"
-
-#: ../src/HBoxOperations.cc:55 ../src/Win_GParted.cc:203
-msgid "_Clear All Operations"
-msgstr "_Obriši sve promjene"
-
-#: ../src/HBoxOperations.cc:62 ../src/Win_GParted.cc:210
-msgid "_Apply All Operations"
-msgstr "_Primijeni sve promjene"
-
-#: ../src/LVM2_PV_Info.cc:196
-msgid "One or more Physical Volumes belonging to the Volume Group is missing."
-msgstr ""
-"Jedan ili više fizičkih uređaja koji pripadaju grupi uređaja nedostaju."
-
-#: ../src/LVM2_PV_Info.cc:324
-msgid "An error occurred reading LVM2 configuration!"
-msgstr "Greška se dogodila pri čitanju LVM2 podešavanja!"
-
-#: ../src/LVM2_PV_Info.cc:326
-msgid "Some or all of the details might be missing or incorrect."
-msgstr "Određene ili sve pojedinosti možda nedostaju ili su neispravne."
-
-#: ../src/LVM2_PV_Info.cc:328
-msgid "You should NOT modify any LVM2 PV partitions."
-msgstr "Ne bi trebali mijenjati nikakve LVM2 PV particije."
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-autologin.page:28
+msgid ""
+"You can change your settings so that you are automatically logged in to your account when you start up your 
"
+"computer:"
+msgstr ""
 
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like   Set half the UUID to a new random value on ntfs file system on /dev/sda1
-#: ../src/OperationChangeUUID.cc:56
-msgid "Set half the UUID to a new random value on %1 file system on %2"
-msgstr ""
-"Postavi pola UUID-a na novu naizmjeničnu vrijednost, na %1 datotečnom "
-"sustavu u %2"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like   Set a new random UUID on ext4 file system on /dev/sda1
-#: ../src/OperationChangeUUID.cc:63
-msgid "Set a new random UUID on %1 file system on %2"
-msgstr "Postavi novi UUID na %1 datotečnom sustavu u %2"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like  Copy /dev/hda4 to /dev/hdd (start at 250 MiB)
-#: ../src/OperationCopy.cc:83
-msgid "Copy %1 to %2 (start at %3)"
-msgstr "Kopiraj %1 na %2 (početak na %3)"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like  Copy /dev/hda4 to /dev/hdd1
-#: ../src/OperationCopy.cc:92
-msgid "Copy %1 to %2"
-msgstr "Kopiraj %1 na %2"
-
-#. Bug: Not initialised by constructor or reset later
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like  Check and repair file system (ext3) on /dev/hda4
-#: ../src/OperationCheck.cc:50
-msgid "Check and repair file system (%1) on %2"
-msgstr "Provjeri i popravi datotečni sustav (%1) na %2"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like   Create Logical Partition #1 (ntfs, 345 MiB) on /dev/hda
-#: ../src/OperationCreate.cc:71
-msgid "Create %1 #%2 (%3, %4) on %5"
-msgstr "Stvori %1 #%2 (%3, %4) na %5"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like   Delete /dev/hda2 (ntfs, 345 MiB) from /dev/hda
-#: ../src/OperationDelete.cc:114
-msgid "Delete %1 (%2, %3) from %4"
-msgstr "Obriši %1 (%2, %3) na %4"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS:
-#. * means that GParted has encountered a programming bug.  More
-#. * information about a step is being added after the step was
-#. * marked as complete.  This bug description as well as the
-#. * information being added will be visible in the details of the
-#. * applied operations.
-#.
-#: ../src/OperationDetail.cc:154
-msgid ""
-"Adding more information to the results of this step after it has been marked "
-"as completed"
-msgstr ""
-"Dodavanje više informacija rezultatu ovog koraka nakon što je označen kao "
-"završen"
-
-#. Bug: Not initialised by constructor or reset later
-#. Bug: Not initialised by constructor or reset later
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like  Format /dev/hda4 as linux-swap
-#: ../src/OperationFormat.cc:75
-msgid "Format %1 as %2"
-msgstr "Formatiraj %1 kao %2"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like   Set file system label "My Label" on /dev/hda3
-#: ../src/OperationLabelFileSystem.cc:61
-msgid "Set file system label \"%1\" on %2"
-msgstr "Postavi naziv datotečnog sustava \"%1\" na %2"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like   Set partition name "My Name" on /dev/hda3
-#: ../src/OperationNamePartition.cc:61
-msgid "Set partition name \"%1\" on %2"
-msgstr "Postavi naziv particije \"%1\" na %2"
-
-#: ../src/OperationResizeMove.cc:104
-msgid "resize/move %1"
-msgstr "promjeni veličinu/pomakni %1"
-
-#: ../src/OperationResizeMove.cc:106
-msgid ""
-"new and old partition have the same size and position.  Hence continuing "
-"anyway"
-msgstr ""
-"nova i stara particija imaju identičnu veličinu i položaj. Promjena otkazana"
-
-#: ../src/OperationResizeMove.cc:110
-msgid "Move %1 to the right"
-msgstr "Pomakni %1 u desno"
-
-#: ../src/OperationResizeMove.cc:113
-msgid "Move %1 to the left"
-msgstr "Pomakni %1 u lijevo"
-
-#: ../src/OperationResizeMove.cc:116
-msgid "Grow %1 from %2 to %3"
-msgstr "Povećaj %1 sa %2 na %3"
-
-#: ../src/OperationResizeMove.cc:119
-msgid "Shrink %1 from %2 to %3"
-msgstr "Smanji %1 sa %2 na %3"
-
-#: ../src/OperationResizeMove.cc:122
-msgid "Move %1 to the right and grow it from %2 to %3"
-msgstr "Pomakni %1 u desno i povećaj s %2 na %3"
-
-#: ../src/OperationResizeMove.cc:125
-msgid "Move %1 to the right and shrink it from %2 to %3"
-msgstr "Pomakni %1 u desno i smanji s %2 na %3"
-
-#: ../src/OperationResizeMove.cc:128
-msgid "Move %1 to the left and grow it from %2 to %3"
-msgstr "Pomakni %1 u lijevo i povećaj s %2 na %3"
-
-#: ../src/OperationResizeMove.cc:131
-msgid "Move %1 to the left and shrink it from %2 to %3"
-msgstr "Pomakni %1 u lijevo i smanji s %2 na %3"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: Primary
-#. * A "Primary" type of partition on a partitioned drive.
-#.
-#: ../src/Partition.cc:403
-msgid "Primary"
-msgstr "Glavna"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: Logical
-#. * A "Logical" type of partition on a partitioned drive.
-#.
-#: ../src/Partition.cc:408
-msgid "Logical"
-msgstr "Logička"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: Extended
-#. * An "Extended" type of partition on a partitioned drive.
-#.
-#: ../src/Partition.cc:413
-msgid "Extended"
-msgstr "Proširena"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: Unallocated
-#. * Unused space outside of any partition on a partitioned drive.
-#.
-#: ../src/Partition.cc:418
-msgid "Unallocated"
-msgstr "Nedodjeljeno"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: Unpartitioned
-#. * A drive which has no partition table.
-#.
-#: ../src/Partition.cc:423
-msgid "Unpartitioned"
-msgstr "Neparticirano"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like   1.00 MiB of 16.00 MiB copied (00:01:59 remaining)
-#: ../src/ProgressBar.cc:98
-msgid "%1 of %2 copied (%3 remaining)"
-msgstr "%1 od %2 kopirano (preostalo %3)"
-
-#: ../src/TreeView_Detail.cc:46
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "Naziv"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-autologin.page:40
+msgid "Select the user account that you want to log in to automatically at startup."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/TreeView_Detail.cc:50
-msgid "Size"
-msgstr "Veličina"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-autologin.page:48
+msgid "Switch the <gui>Automatic Login</gui> switch to on."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/TreeView_Detail.cc:51
-msgid "Used"
-msgstr "Iskorišteno"
-
-#: ../src/TreeView_Detail.cc:52
-msgid "Unused"
-msgstr "Neiskorišteno"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS:  unallocated
-#. * means that this space on the disk device is
-#. * outside any partition, so is in other words
-#. * unallocated.
-#.
-#: ../src/Utils.cc:322
-msgid "unallocated"
-msgstr "nedodjeljeno"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS:  unknown
-#. * means that this space within this partition does
-#. * not contain a file system known to GParted, and
-#. * is in other words unknown.
-#.
-#: ../src/Utils.cc:329
-msgid "unknown"
-msgstr "nepoznato"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS:  unformatted
-#. * means that when the new partition is created by
-#. * GParted the space within it will not be formatted
-#. * with a file system.
-#.
-#: ../src/Utils.cc:336
-msgid "unformatted"
-msgstr "neformatirano"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS:  other
-#. * name shown in the File System Support dialog to list
-#. * actions which can be performed on other file systems
-#. * not specifically listed as supported.
-#.
-#: ../src/Utils.cc:343
-msgid "other"
-msgstr "ostalo"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS:  cleared
-#. * means that all file system signatures in the partition
-#. * will be cleared by GParted.
-#.
-#: ../src/Utils.cc:349
-msgid "cleared"
-msgstr "obrisano"
-
-#: ../src/Utils.cc:382
-msgid "used"
-msgstr "iskorišteno"
-
-#: ../src/Utils.cc:383
-msgid "unused"
-msgstr "neiskorišteno"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: means that this is an encrypted file system
-#: ../src/Utils.cc:391
-msgid "Encrypted"
-msgstr "Šifrirano"
-
-#: ../src/Utils.cc:539
-msgid "%1 B"
-msgstr "%1 B"
-
-#: ../src/Utils.cc:544
-msgid "%1 KiB"
-msgstr "%1 KiB"
-
-#: ../src/Utils.cc:549
-msgid "%1 MiB"
-msgstr "%1 MiB"
-
-#: ../src/Utils.cc:554
-msgid "%1 GiB"
-msgstr "%1 GiB"
-
-#: ../src/Utils.cc:559
-msgid "%1 TiB"
-msgstr "%1 TiB"
-
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:169
-msgid "_Refresh Devices"
-msgstr "Osvježi u_ređaje"
-
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:177
-msgid "_Devices"
-msgstr "_Uređaji"
-
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:189
-msgid "_GParted"
-msgstr "_GParted"
-
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:218
-msgid "_Edit"
-msgstr "_Uredi"
-
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:226
-msgid "Device _Information"
-msgstr "_Informacije o uređaju"
-
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:231
-msgid "Pending _Operations"
-msgstr "_Promjene na čekanju"
-
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:236
-msgid "_View"
-msgstr "_Prikaz"
-
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:243
-msgid "_File System Support"
-msgstr "_Podrška datotečnog sustava"
-
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:251
-msgid "_Create Partition Table"
-msgstr "_Stvori particijsku tablicu"
-
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:256
-msgid "_Attempt Data Rescue"
-msgstr "_Pokušaj spasiti podatke"
-
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:261
-msgid "_Device"
-msgstr "_Uređaj"
-
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:269
-msgid "_Partition"
-msgstr "P_articija"
-
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:277
-msgid "_Contents"
-msgstr "_Priručnik"
-
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:291
-msgid "_Help"
-msgstr "_Pomoć"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: "New" is a tool bar item for partition actions.
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:305
-msgid "New"
-msgstr "Nova"
-
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:310
-msgid "Create a new partition in the selected unallocated space"
-msgstr "Stvori novu particiju na odabranom nedodjeljenom prostoru"
-
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:318
-msgid "Delete the selected partition"
-msgstr "Obriši odabranu particiju"
-
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:340
-msgid "Resize/Move the selected partition"
-msgstr "Promjeni veličinu/premjesti odabranu particiju"
-
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:352
-msgid "Copy the selected partition to the clipboard"
-msgstr "Kopiraj odabrane particiju u međuspremnik"
-
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:360
-msgid "Paste the partition from the clipboard"
-msgstr "Zalijepi particije iz međuspremnika"
-
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:375
-msgid "Undo Last Operation"
-msgstr "Poništi posljednju promjenu"
-
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:386
-msgid "Apply All Operations"
-msgstr "Primijeni sve promjene"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: "_New" is a sub menu item for the partition menu.
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:410
-msgid "_New"
-msgstr "_Nova"
-
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:429
-msgid "_Resize/Move"
-msgstr "P_romjeni veličinu/premjesti"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: menuitem which holds a submenu with file systems..
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:456
-msgid "_Format to"
-msgstr "_Formatiraj na"
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-autologin.page:52
+msgid ""
+"When you next start up your computer, you will be logged in automatically. If you have this option enabled, 
"
+"you will not need to type in your password to log in to your account which means that if someone else "
+"starts up your computer, they will be able to access your account and your personal data including your "
+"files and browser history."
+msgstr ""
 
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: menuitem which holds a submenu with mount points..
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:481
-msgid "_Mount on"
-msgstr "_Montiraj na"
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/user-autologin.page:59
+msgid ""
+"If your account type is <em>Standard</em>, you cannot change this setting. Contact your system "
+"administrator who can change this setting for you."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:489
-msgid "_Name Partition"
-msgstr "_Naziv particije"
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:31
+msgid "Keep your account secure by changing your password often in your account settings."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:495
-msgid "M_anage Flags"
-msgstr "Upr_avljanje oznakama"
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:35
+msgid "Change your password"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:501
-msgid "C_heck"
-msgstr "Pro_vjeri"
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:62
+msgid ""
+"It is a good idea to change your password from time to time, especially if you think someone else knows "
+"your password."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:507
-msgid "_Label File System"
-msgstr "_Naziv datotečnog sustava"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:77
+msgid ""
+"Click the label <gui>·····</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. If you are changing the password for a "
+"different user, you will first need to <gui>Unlock</gui> the panel."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:513
-msgid "New UU_ID"
-msgstr "Novi UU_ID"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:82
+msgid ""
+"Enter your current password, then a new password. Enter your new password again in the <gui>Verify New "
+"Password</gui> field."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:578
-msgid "Device Information"
-msgstr "Informacije o uređaju"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:84
+msgid ""
+"You can press the <gui style=\"button\"><_:media-1/></gui> icon to automatically generate a random 
password."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:857
-msgid "Could not add this operation to the list"
-msgstr "Nemoguće dodavanje ove promjene na popis"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:90
+msgid "Click <gui>Change</gui>."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1038
-msgid "%1 operation pending"
-msgid_plural "%1 operations pending"
-msgstr[0] "%1 promjena na čekanju"
-msgstr[1] "%1 promjene na čekanju"
-msgstr[2] "%1 promjena na čekanju"
-
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1148
-msgid "Quit GParted?"
-msgstr "Izaći iz GParteda?"
-
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1154
-msgid "%1 operation is currently pending."
-msgid_plural "%1 operations are currently pending."
-msgstr[0] "Trenutno je %1 promjena na čekanju."
-msgstr[1] "Trenutno su %1 promjene na čekanju."
-msgstr[2] "Trenutno je %1 promjena na čekanju."
-
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1560
-msgid "%1 - GParted"
-msgstr "%1 - GParted"
-
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1611
-msgid "Scanning all devices..."
-msgstr "Pretraga svih uređaja..."
-
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1658
-msgid "No devices detected"
-msgstr "Uređaji nisu otkriveni"
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like   No partition table found on device /dev/sda
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1746
-msgid "No partition table found on device %1"
-msgstr "Na uređaju %1 nije pronađena particijska tablica"
-
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1751
-msgid "A partition table is required before partitions can be added."
-msgstr "Particijska tablica mora postojati prije dodavanja particija."
-
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1753
-msgid "To create a new partition table choose the menu item:"
-msgstr ""
-"Kako biste stvorili novu particijsku tablicu, odaberite stavku izbornika:"
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:94
+msgid ""
+"Make sure you <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">choose a good password</link>. This will help to keep your "
+"user account safe."
+msgstr ""
 
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: this message represents the menu item Create Partition Table under the Device menu.
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1756
-msgid "Device --> Create Partition Table."
-msgstr "Uređaj --> Stvori particijsku tablicu..."
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:98
+msgid ""
+"When you update your login password, your login keyring password will automatically be updated to be the "
+"same as your new login password."
+msgstr ""
 
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like   Unable to resize read-only file system /dev/sda1
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1765
-msgid "Unable to resize read-only file system %1"
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:102
+msgid "If you forget your password, any user with administrator privileges can change it for you."
 msgstr ""
-"Nemoguće je promijeniti veličinu datotečnog sustava s dozvolom čitanja %1"
-
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1770
-msgid "The file system can not be resized while it is mounted read-only."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:31
+msgid "Add your photo to the login and user screens."
 msgstr ""
-"Datotečni sustav ne može promijeniti veličinu dok je montiran samo s "
-"dozvolama čitanja."
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1772
-msgid "Either unmount the file system or remount it read-write."
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:34
+msgid "Change your login screen photo"
 msgstr ""
-"Ili odmontirajte datotečni sustav ili ga ponovno montirajte s dozvolom "
-"pisanja."
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1794
-msgid "Unable to open GParted Manual help file"
-msgstr "Nemoguće otvaranje datoteke GParted priručnika pomoći"
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:36
+msgid ""
+"When you log in or switch users, you will see a list of users with their login photos. You can change your "
+"photo to a stock image or an image of your own. You can even take a new login photo with your webcam."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1796
-msgid "Command yelp not found."
-msgstr "Naredba yelp nije pronađena."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:53
+msgid ""
+"If you want to edit a user other than yourself, press <gui style=\"button\">Unlock</gui> in the top right "
+"corner and type in your password when prompted."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1799
-msgid "Install yelp and try again."
-msgstr "Instalirajte yelp i pokušajte ponovno."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:58
+msgid ""
+"Click the picture next to your name. A drop-down gallery will be shown with some stock login photos. If you 
"
+"like one of them, click it to use it for yourself."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1820
-msgid "Failed to open GParted Manual help file"
-msgstr "Neuspjelo otvaranje datoteke GParted priručnika pomoći"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:63
+msgid "If you would rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click <gui>Select a file…</gui>."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1840
-msgid "Documentation is not available"
-msgstr "Dokumentacija nije dostupna"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:67
+msgid ""
+"If you have a webcam, you can take a new login photo right now by clicking <gui>Take a picture…</gui>. Take 
"
+"your picture, then move and resize the square outline to crop out the parts you do not want. If you do not "
+"like the picture you took, click <gui style=\"button\">Take Another Picture</gui> to try again, or "
+"<gui>Cancel</gui> to give up."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1845
-msgid "This build of gparted is configured without documentation."
-msgstr "Ovo izdanje gparteda je podešeno bez dokumentacije."
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/user-delete.page:39
+msgid "Remove users that no longer use your computer."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1847
-msgid "Documentation is available at the project web site."
-msgstr "Dokumentacija je dostupna na web stranici projekta."
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/user-delete.page:42
+msgid "Delete a user account"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1851
-msgid "GParted Manual"
-msgstr "GParted priručnik"
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-delete.page:44
+msgid ""
+"You can <link xref=\"user-add\">add multiple user accounts to your computer</link>. If somebody is no "
+"longer using your computer, you can delete that user’s account."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1866
-msgid "GNOME Partition Editor"
-msgstr "GNOME uređivač particija"
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-delete.page:48
+msgid "You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> to delete user accounts."
+msgstr ""
 
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: your name(s) here please, if there are more translators put newlines (\n) between the 
names.
-#. It's a good idea to provide the url of your translation team as well. Thanks!
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1903
-msgid "translator-credits"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-delete.page:64
+msgid ""
+"Select the user that you want to delete and press the <gui style=\"button\">-</gui> button, below the list "
+"of accounts on the left, to delete that user account."
 msgstr ""
-"Launchpad Contributions:\n"
-"  Ante Karamatić https://launchpad.net/~ivoks\n";
-"  Danijel Šnajder https://launchpad.net/~phantomlord-deactivatedaccount\n";
-"  Kristijan https://launchpad.net/~kristijan-kontakt\n";
-"  Miroslav Matejaš https://launchpad.net/~silverspace+amd64\n";
-"  Saša Teković https://launchpad.net/~hseagle2015\n";
-"  Zeljko Saric https://launchpad.net/~saric-zeljko355\n";
-"  gogo https://launchpad.net/~trebelnik-stefina";
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1950
-msgid "It is not possible to create more than %1 primary partition"
-msgid_plural "It is not possible to create more than %1 primary partitions"
-msgstr[0] "Nije moguće stvoriti više od %1 primarne particije"
-msgstr[1] "Nije moguće stvoriti više od %1 primarne particije"
-msgstr[2] "Nije moguće stvoriti više od %1 primarnih particija"
-
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1962
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-delete.page:69
 msgid ""
-"If you want more partitions you should first create an extended partition. "
-"Such a partition can contain other partitions. Because an extended partition "
-"is also a primary partition it might be necessary to remove a primary "
-"partition first."
+"Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can choose to keep or delete the "
+"user’s home folder. Click <gui>Delete Files</gui> if you are sure they will not be used anymore and you "
+"need to free up disk space. These files are permanently deleted. They cannot be recovered. You may want to "
+"back up the files to an external storage device before deleting them."
 msgstr ""
-"Ako želite imati više particija, najprije biste trebali stvoriti proširenu "
-"particiju, jer takva particija može sadržavati ostale particije. S obzirom "
-"da je proširena particija ujedno i primarna particija, možda ćete najprije "
-"trebati obrisati primarnu particiju."
-
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2088
-msgid "Moving a partition might cause your operating system to fail to boot"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:31
+msgid "Use longer, more complicated passwords."
 msgstr ""
-"Premještanje particije može uzrokovati da vaš operativni sustav više nije "
-"moguće pokrenuti"
 
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like   You queued an operation to move the start sector of partition /dev/sda3.
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2095
-msgid "You have queued an operation to move the start sector of partition %1."
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:34
+msgid "Choose a secure password"
 msgstr ""
-"Zadatak pomicanja početnog sektora particije %1 ste dodali na popis "
-"izvršavanja."
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2097
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:37
 msgid ""
-"  Failure to boot is most likely to occur if you move the GNU/Linux "
-"partition containing /boot, or if you move the Windows system partition C:."
+"Make your passwords easy enough for you to remember, but very difficult for others (including computer "
+"programs) to guess."
 msgstr ""
-"  Nesupjelo pokretanje je najvjerojatnije uzrokovano premještanjem GNU/Linux "
-"particije sadržane u /boot, ili ako ste premjestili C: particiju  Windows "
-"sustava."
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2099
-msgid "You can learn how to repair the boot configuration in the GParted FAQ."
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:41
+msgid ""
+"Choosing a good password will help to keep your computer safe. If your password is easy to guess, someone "
+"may figure it out and gain access to your personal information."
 msgstr ""
-"U često postavljenim pitanjima GParteda možete saznati kako popraviti "
-"podešavanje pokretanja sustava."
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2103
-msgid "Moving a partition might take a very long time to apply."
-msgstr "Premještanje particije može potrajati dulje vremena."
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:45
+msgid ""
+"People could even use computers to systematically try to guess your password, so even one that would be "
+"difficult for a human to guess might be extremely easy for a computer program to crack. Here are some tips "
+"for choosing a good password:"
+msgstr ""
 
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like   Enter LUKS passphrase to resize /dev/sda1
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2145
-msgid "Enter LUKS passphrase to resize %1"
-msgstr "Upišite LUKS lozinku za promjenu veličine %1"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:52
+msgid ""
+"Use a mixture of upper-case and lower-case letters, numbers, symbols and spaces in the password. This makes 
"
+"it more difficult to guess; there are more symbols from which to choose, meaning more possible passwords "
+"that someone would have to check when trying to guess yours."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2174
-msgid "LUKS encryption passphrase check failed"
-msgstr "Neuspjela provjera lozinke LUKS šifriranja"
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:57
+msgid ""
+"A good method for choosing a password is to take the first letter of each word in a phrase that you can "
+"remember. The phrase could be the name of a movie, a book, a song or an album. For example, “Flatland: A "
+"Romance of Many Dimensions” would become F:ARoMD or faromd or f: aromd."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2252
-msgid "Copy of %1"
-msgstr "Kopija od %1"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:65
+msgid ""
+"Make your password as long as possible. The more characters it contains, the longer it should take for a "
+"person or computer to guess it."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2353
-msgid "You have pasted into an existing partition"
-msgstr "Zalijepili ste u postojeću particiju"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:70
+msgid ""
+"Do not use any words that appear in a standard dictionary in any language. Password crackers will try these 
"
+"first. The most common password is “password” — people can guess passwords like this very quickly!"
+msgstr ""
 
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like   The data in /dev/sda3 will be lost if you apply this operation.
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2361
-msgid "The data in %1 will be lost if you apply this operation."
-msgstr "Ako primijenite ovu promjenu, podaci na %1 će biti izgubljeni."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:76
+msgid "Do not use any personal information such as a date, license plate number, or any family member’s 
name."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2435
-msgid "Unable to delete %1!"
-msgstr "Brisanje %1 nije moguće!"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:80
+msgid "Do not use any nouns."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2442
-msgid "Please unmount any logical partitions having a number higher than %1"
-msgstr "Odmontirajte sve logičke particije koje imaju broj veći od %1"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:83
+msgid ""
+"Choose a password that can be typed quickly, to decrease the chances of someone being able to make out what 
"
+"you have typed if they happen to be watching you."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2453
-msgid "Are you sure you want to delete %1?"
-msgstr "Sigurno želite obrisati %1?"
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:87
+msgid "Never write your passwords down anywhere. They can be easily found!"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2460
-msgid "After deletion this partition is no longer available for copying."
-msgstr "Nakon brisanja, ova particija više neće biti dostupna za kopiranje."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:92
+msgid "Use different passwords for different things."
+msgstr ""
 
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: dialogtitle, looks like   Delete /dev/hda2 (ntfs, 2345 MiB)
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2463
-msgid "Delete %1 (%2, %3)"
-msgstr "Obriši %1 (%2, %3)"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:95
+msgid "Use different passwords for different accounts."
+msgstr ""
 
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like
-#. * Cannot format this file system to fat16.
-#.
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2619
-msgid "Cannot format this file system to %1"
-msgstr "Nemoguće formatiranje ovog datotečnog sustava na %1"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:96
+msgid ""
+"If you use the same password for all of your accounts, anyone who guesses it will be able to access all of "
+"your accounts immediately."
+msgstr ""
 
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like
-#. * A fat16 file system requires a partition of at least 16.00 MiB.
-#.
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2631
-msgid "A %1 file system requires a partition of at least %2."
-msgstr "%1 datotečni sustav zahtijeva particiju od barem %2."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:98
+msgid ""
+"It can be difficult to remember lots of passwords, however. Though not as secure as using a different "
+"passwords for everything, it may be easier to use the same one for things that do not matter (like "
+"websites), and different ones for important things (like your online banking account and your email)."
+msgstr ""
 
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like
-#. * A partition with a hfs file system has a maximum size of 2.00 GiB.
-#.
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2639
-msgid "A partition with a %1 file system has a maximum size of %2."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:105
+msgid "Change your passwords regularly."
 msgstr ""
-"Najveća veličina particije particije s %1 datotečnim sustavom iznosi %2."
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2711
-msgid "Opening encryption on %1"
-msgstr "Otvaranje šifriranja na %1"
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/video-dvd.page:27
+msgid "You might not have the right codecs installed, or the DVD might be the wrong region."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2725
-msgid "Failed to open LUKS encryption"
-msgstr "Neuspjelo otvaranje LUKS šifriranja"
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/video-dvd.page:31
+msgid "Why won’t DVDs play?"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2747
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/video-dvd.page:33
 msgid ""
-"The close encryption action cannot be performed when there are operations "
-"pending for the partition."
+"If you insert a DVD into your computer and it doesn’t play, you may not have the right DVD <em>codecs</em> "
+"installed, or the DVD might be from a different <em>region</em>."
 msgstr ""
-"Radnja zatvaranja šifrirnja se ne može izvesti ako su na čekanju radnje za "
-"particiju."
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2748
-msgid "Closing encryption on %1"
-msgstr "Zatvaranje šifriranja na %1"
-
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2749
-msgid "Could not close encryption"
-msgstr "Nemoguće zatvaranje šifriranja"
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/video-dvd.page:38
+msgid "Installing the right codecs for DVD playback"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2754
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/video-dvd.page:40
 msgid ""
-"The open encryption action cannot be performed when there are operations "
-"pending for the partition."
+"In order to play DVDs, you need to have the right <em>codecs</em> installed. A codec is a piece of software 
"
+"that allows applications to read a video or audio format. If your movie player software doesn’t find the "
+"right codecs, it may offer to install them for you. If not, you’ll have to install the codecs manually — "
+"ask for help on how to do this, for example on your Linux distribution’s support forums."
 msgstr ""
-"Radnja otvaranja šifrirnja se ne može izvesti ako su na čekanju radnje za "
-"particiju."
 
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like
-#. * Enter LUKS passphrase to open /dev/sda1
-#.
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2794
-msgid "Enter LUKS passphrase to open %1"
-msgstr "Upišite LUKS lozinku za otvaranje %1"
-
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2857
-msgid "The partition could not be unmounted from the following mount points:"
-msgstr "Particija nije mogla biti odmontirana sa sljedećih točaka montiranja:"
-
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2859
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/video-dvd.page:47
 msgid ""
-"This is because other partitions are also mounted on these mount points.  "
-"You are advised to unmount them manually."
+"DVDs are also <em>copy-protected</em> using a system called CSS. This prevents you from copying DVDs, but "
+"it also prevents you from playing them unless you have extra software to handle the copy protection. This "
+"software is available from a number of Linux distributions, but cannot be legally used in all countries. "
+"Please contact your Linux distribution for more information."
 msgstr ""
-"Najvjerojatnije su ostale particije također montirane na iste točke. "
-"Preporuka je da ih odmontirate ručno."
 
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: Singular case looks like   1 operation is currently pending for partition /dev/sdb1
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2872
-msgid "%1 operation is currently pending for partition %2"
-msgid_plural "%1 operations are currently pending for partition %2"
-msgstr[0] "%1 promjena je trenutno na čekanju za particiju %2"
-msgstr[1] "%1 promjene su trenutno na čekanju za particiju %2"
-msgstr[2] "%1 promjena je trenutno na čekanju za particiju %2"
-
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2887
-msgid "Use the Edit menu to undo, clear or apply pending operations."
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/video-dvd.page:56
+msgid "Checking the DVD region"
 msgstr ""
-"Upotrijebite izbornik Uredi za poništavanje, brisanje ili primjenu radnji "
-"koje su na čekanju."
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2930
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/video-dvd.page:58
 msgid ""
-"The swapoff action cannot be performed when there are operations pending for "
-"the partition."
+"DVDs have a <em>region code</em>, which tells you in which region of the world they are allowed to be "
+"played. If the region of your computer’s DVD player does not match the region of the DVD you are trying to "
+"play, you won’t be able to play the DVD. For example, if you have a Region 1 DVD player, you will only be "
+"allowed to play DVDs from North America."
 msgstr ""
-"Swapoff ne može biti primijenjen ako su na čekanju promjene za particiju."
-
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2931
-msgid "Deactivating swap on %1"
-msgstr "Deaktivacija swapa na %1"
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2932
-msgid "Could not deactivate swap"
-msgstr "Deaktivacija swapa nije moguća"
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/video-dvd.page:64
+msgid ""
+"It is often possible to change the region used by your DVD player, but it can only be done a few times "
+"before it locks into one region permanently. To change the DVD region of your computer’s DVD player, use "
+"<link href=\"http://linvdr.org/projects/regionset/\";>regionset</link>."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2937
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/video-dvd.page:69
 msgid ""
-"The swapon action cannot be performed when there are operations pending for "
-"the partition."
+"You can find <link href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/DVD_region_code\";>more information about DVD region 
"
+"codes on Wikipedia</link>."
 msgstr ""
-"Swapon ne može biti primijenjen ako su na čekanju promjene za particiju."
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2938
-msgid "Activating swap on %1"
-msgstr "Aktivacija swapa na %1"
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/video-sending.page:23
+msgid "Check that they have the right video codecs installed."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2939
-msgid "Could not activate swap"
-msgstr "Aktivacija swapa nije moguća"
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/video-sending.page:26
+msgid "Other people can’t play the videos I made"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2944
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/video-sending.page:28
 msgid ""
-"The deactivate Volume Group action cannot be performed when there are "
-"operations pending for the partition."
+"If you made a video on your Linux computer and sent it to someone using Windows or Mac OS, you may find "
+"that they have problems playing the video."
 msgstr ""
-"Za deaktivaciju Grupe uređaja promjene ne mogu biti izvršene ako ima "
-"promjena na čekanju za particiju."
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2945
-msgid "Deactivating Volume Group %1"
-msgstr "Deaktivacija grupe uređaja %1"
-
-#. VGNAME from point point
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2947
-msgid "Could not deactivate Volume Group"
-msgstr "Nemoguća deaktivacija grupe uređaja"
-
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2952
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/video-sending.page:32
 msgid ""
-"The activate Volume Group action cannot be performed when there are "
-"operations pending for the partition."
+"To be able to play your video, the person you sent it to must have the right <em>codecs</em> installed. A "
+"codec is a little piece of software that knows how to take the video and display it on the screen. There "
+"are lots of different video formats and each requires a different codec to play it back. You can check "
+"which format your video is by doing:"
 msgstr ""
-"Za aktivaciju Grupe uređaja promjene ne mogu biti izvršene ako ima promjena "
-"na čekanju za particiju."
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2953
-msgid "Activating Volume Group %1"
-msgstr "Aktivacija grupe uređaja %1"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/video-sending.page:40
+msgid "Open <app>Files</app> from the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview."
+msgstr ""
 
-#. VGNAME from point point
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2955
-msgid "Could not activate Volume Group"
-msgstr "Nemoguća aktivacija grupe uređaja"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/video-sending.page:44
+msgid "Right-click on the video file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2960
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/video-sending.page:47
 msgid ""
-"The unmount action cannot be performed when there are operations pending for "
-"the partition."
-msgstr "Odmontiranje nije moguće ako ima promjena na čekanju za particiju."
-
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2961
-msgid "Unmounting %1"
-msgstr "Odmontiranje %1"
-
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2962
-msgid "Could not unmount %1"
-msgstr "Odmontiranje %1 nije moguće"
+"Go to the <gui>Audio/Video</gui> or <gui>Video</gui> tab and look at which <gui>Codec</gui> are listed "
+"under <gui>Video</gui> and <gui>Audio</gui> (if the video also has audio)."
+msgstr ""
 
-#. Bug: Partition callback without a selected partition
-#. Bug: Not pointing at a valid display partition object
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3026
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/video-sending.page:53
 msgid ""
-"The mount action cannot be performed when an operation is pending for the "
-"partition."
-msgstr "Montiranje nije moguće ako ima promjena na čekanju za particiju."
+"Ask the person having problems with playback if they have the right codec installed. They may find it "
+"helpful to search the web for the name of the codec plus the name of their video playback application. For "
+"example, if your video uses the <em>Theora</em> format and you have a friend using Windows Media Player to "
+"try and watch it, search for “theora windows media player”. You will often be able to download the right "
+"codec for free if it’s not installed."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3039
-msgid "mounting %1 on %2"
-msgstr "montiranje %1 na %2"
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/video-sending.page:61
+msgid ""
+"If you can’t find the right codec, try the <link href=\"http://www.videolan.org/vlc/\";>VLC media player</"
+"link>. It works on Windows and Mac OS as well as Linux, and supports a lot of different video formats. "
+"Failing that, try converting your video into a different format. Most video editors are able to do this, "
+"and specific video converter applications are available. Check the software installer application to see "
+"what’s available."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3067
-msgid "Could not mount %1 on %2"
-msgstr "Montiranje %1 na %2 nije moguće"
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/video-sending.page:70
+msgid ""
+"There are a few other problems which might prevent someone from playing your video. The video could have "
+"been damaged when you sent it to them (sometimes big files aren’t copied across perfectly), they could have 
"
+"problems with their video playback application, or the video may not have been created properly (there "
+"could have been some errors when you saved the video)."
+msgstr ""
 
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: Singular case looks like  1 partition is currently active on device /dev/sda
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3086
-msgid "%1 partition is currently active on device %2"
-msgid_plural "%1 partitions are currently active on device %2"
-msgstr[0] "%1 particija je trenutno aktivna na uređaju %2"
-msgstr[1] "%1 particije su trenutno aktivne na uređaju %2"
-msgstr[2] "%1 particija je trenutno aktivno na uređaju %2"
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:24
+msgid "Switch the Wacom tablet between left-handed and right-handed orientation."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3101
-msgid ""
-"A new partition table cannot be created when there are active partitions."
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:27
+msgid "Use the tablet with your left or your right hand"
 msgstr ""
-"Nova particijska tablica se ne može stvoriti ukoliko postoje aktivne "
-"particije."
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3103
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:29
 msgid ""
-"Active partitions are those that are in use, such as a mounted file system, "
-"or enabled swap space."
+"Some tablets have hardware buttons on one side. The tablet can be rotated 180 degrees to position these "
+"buttons. By default, the orientation is for right-handed people. To switch the orientation to left-handed:"
 msgstr ""
-"Aktivne particije su one koje su u upotrebi, poput montiranih datotečnih "
-"sustava ili omogućenih swap particija."
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3105
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:35 C/wacom-mode.page:33 C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:42
 msgid ""
-"Use Partition menu options, such as unmount or swapoff, to deactivate all "
-"partitions on this device before creating a new partition table."
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing <gui>Wacom "
+"Tablet</gui>."
 msgstr ""
-"Upotrijebite mogućnosti u izborniku Particija, poput odmontiraj ili swapoff, "
-"kako biste prije stvaranja nove particijske tablice deaktivirali sve "
-"particije na ovom uređaju."
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3117
-msgid "%1 operation is currently pending"
-msgid_plural "%1 operations are currently pending"
-msgstr[0] "%1 promjena je trenutno na čekanju"
-msgstr[1] "%1 promjena su trenutno na čekanju"
-msgstr[2] "%1 promjena je trenutno na čekanju"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:39 C/wacom-mode.page:37 C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:46
+msgid "Click on <gui>Wacom Tablet</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3130
-msgid ""
-"A new partition table cannot be created when there are pending operations."
-msgstr "Nova particija se ne može stvoriti dok postoje promjene na čekanju."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:41 C/wacom-mode.page:40 C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:49
+msgid "Click the <gui>Tablet</gui> button in the header bar."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3132
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:42 C/wacom-mode.page:41 C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:50
 msgid ""
-"Use the Edit menu to either clear or apply all operations before creating a "
-"new partition table."
+"If no tablet is detected, you’ll be asked to <gui>Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet</gui>. Click "
+"the <gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui> link to connect a wireless tablet."
 msgstr ""
-"Upotrijebite izbornik Uredi za brisanje ili primjenu svih izmjena prije "
-"stvaranja nove particijske tablice."
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3147
-msgid "Error while creating partition table"
-msgstr "Greška pri stvaranju particijske tablice"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:46
+msgid "Switch the <gui>Left-Handed Orientation</gui> switch to on."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3167
-msgid "Command gpart was not found"
-msgstr "Naredba gpart nije pronađena"
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/wacom-mode.page:24
+msgid "Switch the tablet between tablet mode and mouse mode."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3168
-msgid "This feature uses gpart. Please install gpart and try again."
-msgstr "Ova značajka koristi gpart. Instalirajte gpart i pokušajte ponovno."
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/wacom-mode.page:27
+msgid "Set the Wacom tablet’s tracking mode"
+msgstr ""
 
-#. Dialog information
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3176
-msgid "A full disk scan is needed to find file systems."
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/wacom-mode.page:29
+msgid "<gui>Tracking Mode</gui> determines how the stylus is mapped to the screen."
 msgstr ""
-"Potpuno pretraživanje diska je potrebno za pronalazak datotečnih sustava."
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3178
-msgid "The scan might take a very long time."
-msgstr "Pretraživanje bi moglo potrajati dulje vrijeme."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/wacom-mode.page:45
+msgid ""
+"Next to <gui>Tracking Mode</gui>, select <gui>Tablet (absolute)</gui> or <gui>Touchpad (relative)</gui>."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3180
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/wacom-mode.page:49
 msgid ""
-"After the scan you can mount any discovered file systems and copy the data "
-"to other media."
+"In <em>absolute</em> mode, each point on the tablet maps to a point on the screen. The top left corner of "
+"the screen, for instance, always corresponds to the same point on the tablet."
 msgstr ""
-"Nakon pretraživanja možete montirati svaki otkriveni datotečni sustav i "
-"kopirati podatke na druge medije."
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3182
-msgid "Do you want to continue?"
-msgstr "Želite li nastaviti?"
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/wacom-mode.page:52
+msgid ""
+"In <em>relative</em> mode, if you lift the stylus off the tablet and put it down in a different position, "
+"the pointer on the screen doesn’t move. This is the way a mouse operates."
+msgstr ""
 
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like  Search for file systems on /deb/sdb
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3186
-msgid "Search for file systems on %1"
-msgstr "Pretraži datotečne sustave na %1"
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:29
+msgid "Map the Wacom tablet to a specific monitor."
+msgstr ""
 
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like  Searching for file systems on /deb/sdb
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3197
-msgid "Searching for file systems on %1"
-msgstr "Pretraživanje datotečnih sustava na %1"
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:32
+msgid "Choose a monitor"
+msgstr ""
 
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like  No file systems found on /deb/sdb
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3213
-msgid "No file systems found on %1"
-msgstr "Nema pronađenih datotečnih sustava na %1"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:54
+msgid "Click <gui>Map to Monitor…</gui>"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3214
-msgid ""
-"The disk scan by gpart did not find any recognizable file systems on this "
-"disk."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:55
+msgid "Check <gui>Map to single monitor</gui>."
 msgstr ""
-"Pretraživanje diska pomoću gpart-a nije pronašlo nijedan poznati datotečni "
-"sustav na disku."
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3491
-msgid "Are you sure you want to apply the pending operations?"
-msgstr "Sigurno želite primijeniti sve izmjene?"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:56
+msgid "Next to <gui>Output</gui>, select the monitor you wish to receive input from your graphics tablet."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3497
-msgid "Editing partitions has the potential to cause LOSS of DATA."
-msgstr "Uređivanje particija može uzrokovati potencijalni GUBITAK PODATAKA."
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:58
+msgid "Only the monitors that are configured will be selectable."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3499
-msgid "You are advised to backup your data before proceeding."
-msgstr "Preporuka je da prije nastavka napravite sigurnosnu kopiju podataka."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:62
+msgid ""
+"Switch the <gui>Keep aspect ratio (letterbox)</gui> switch to on to match the drawing area of the tablet to 
"
+"the proportions of the monitor. This setting, also called <em>force proportions</em>, “letterboxes” the "
+"drawing area on a tablet to correspond more directly to a display. For example, a 4∶3 tablet would be "
+"mapped so that the drawing area would correspond to a widescreen display."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3501
-msgid "Apply operations to device"
-msgstr "Primijeni izmjene na uređaju"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:69
+msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui>."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3544
-msgid "You are deleting non-empty LVM2 Physical Volume %1"
-msgstr "Obrist ćete LVM2 fizički uređaj %1 koji nije prazan"
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:23
+msgid "Define the button functions and pressure feel of the Wacom stylus."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3548
-msgid "You are formatting over non-empty LVM2 Physical Volume %1"
-msgstr "Formatirat ćete LVM2 fizički uređaj %1 koji nije prazan"
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:26
+msgid "Configure the stylus"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3552
-msgid "You are pasting over non-empty LVM2 Physical Volume %1"
-msgstr "Zalijepit ćete u LVM2 fizički uređaj %1 koji nije prazan"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43
+msgid "Click <gui>Wacom Tablet</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."
+msgstr "Kliknite na <gui>Wacom tablet</gui> u bočnoj traci za otvaranje panela."
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3561
-msgid ""
-"Deleting or overwriting the Physical Volume is irrecoverable and will "
-"destroy or damage the  Volume Group."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46
+msgid "Click the <gui>Stylus</gui> button in the header bar."
 msgstr ""
-"Brisanje ili prepisivanje Fizičkog uređaja je nepovratno i uništiti će ili "
-"oštetiti Grupu uređaja."
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3564
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:47
 msgid ""
-"To avoid destroying or damaging the Volume Group, you are advised to cancel "
-"and use external LVM commands to free the Physical Volume before attempting "
-"this operation."
+"If no stylus is detected, you’ll be asked to <gui>Please move your stylus to the proximity of the tablet to 
"
+"configure it</gui>."
 msgstr ""
-"Kako bi izbjegli uništavanje ili oštećivanje Grupe uređaja, preporučeno vam "
-"je da otkažete i upotrijebite vanjske LVM naredbe kako bi oslobodili Fizički "
-"uređaj prije pokušaja ove promjene."
 
-#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3567
-msgid "Do you want to continue to forcibly delete the Physical Volume?"
-msgstr "Želite li nastaviti prisilno obrisati Fizički uređaj?"
-
-#: ../src/btrfs.cc:280
-msgid "Failed to find devid for path %1"
-msgstr "Neuspjeli pronalazak id-a uređaja za putanju %1"
-
-#: ../src/fat16.cc:32 ../src/ntfs.cc:35
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51
 msgid ""
-"Changing the UUID might invalidate the Windows Product Activation (WPA) key"
+"The panel contains details and settings specific to your stylus, with the device name (the stylus class) "
+"and diagram to the left. These settings can be adjusted:"
 msgstr ""
-"Promjena UUID-a može poništiti ključ aktivacije Windows proizvoda (WPA)"
 
-#: ../src/fat16.cc:34 ../src/ntfs.cc:37
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:55
 msgid ""
-"On FAT and NTFS file systems, the Volume Serial Number is used as the UUID. "
-"Changing the Volume Serial Number on the Windows system partition, normally "
-"C:, might invalidate the WPA key. An invalid WPA key will prevent login "
-"until you reactivate Windows."
+"<gui>Eraser Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the “feel” (how physical pressure is translated "
+"to digital values) between <gui>Soft</gui> and <gui>Firm</gui>."
 msgstr ""
-"Na FAT i NTFS datotečnim sustavima, kao serijski broj uređaja koristi se "
-"UUID. Promjena serijskog broja uređaja na particiji Windows sustava, "
-"uobičajeno to je C:, može poništit WPA ključ. Poništeni WPA ključ će "
-"spriječiti prijavu u Windowse sve dok ih ponvono ne aktivirate."
 
-#: ../src/fat16.cc:38 ../src/ntfs.cc:43
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58
 msgid ""
-"Changing the UUID on external storage media and non-system partitions is "
-"usually safe, but guarantees cannot be given."
+"<gui>Button/Scroll Wheel</gui> configuration (these change to reflect the stylus). Click the menu next to "
+"each label to select one of these functions: No Action, Left Mouse Button Click, Middle Mouse Button Click, 
"
+"Right Mouse Button Click, Scroll Up, Scroll Down, Scroll Left, Scroll Right, Back, or Forward."
 msgstr ""
-"Promjena UUID na medijima vanjske pohrane i particijama na kojima nije "
-"instaliran operativni sustav uobičajeno je sigurno, ali bez daljnih jamstava."
-
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: these labels will be used in the partition menu
-#: ../src/linux_swap.cc:35
-msgid "_Swapon"
-msgstr "_Swapon"
-
-#: ../src/linux_swap.cc:36
-msgid "_Swapoff"
-msgstr "_Swapoff"
 
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like   Partition move action skipped because linux-swap file system does not 
contain data
-#: ../src/linux_swap.cc:195
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:63
 msgid ""
-"Partition move action skipped because %1 file system does not contain data"
+"<gui>Tip Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the “feel” between <gui>Soft</gui> and <gui>Firm</"
+"gui>."
 msgstr ""
-"Promjena pomicanja particije je preskočena jer %1 datotečni sustav ne sadrži "
-"podatke"
 
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like   Partition copy action skipped because linux-swap file system does not 
contain data
-#: ../src/linux_swap.cc:214
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:70
 msgid ""
-"Partition copy action skipped because %1 file system does not contain data"
+"If you have more than one stylus, use the pager next to the stylus device name to choose which stylus to "
+"configure."
 msgstr ""
-"Zadatak kopiranja particije je preskočen jer %1 datotečni sustav ne sadrži "
-"podatke"
 
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: these labels will be used in the partition menu
-#: ../src/lvm2_pv.cc:31
-msgid "Ac_tivate"
-msgstr "Ak_tiviraj"
-
-#: ../src/lvm2_pv.cc:32
-msgid "Deac_tivate"
-msgstr "Deak_tiviraj"
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/wacom.page:7
+msgctxt "link:trail"
+msgid "Wacom"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../src/lvm2_pv.cc:35
-msgid ""
-"The LVM2 Physical Volume can not currently be resized because it is a member "
-"of an exported Volume Group."
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/wacom.page:8
+msgid "Configure your Wacom graphics tablet, including the tracking mode and which monitor it is mapped to."
 msgstr ""
-"LVM2 fizičkom uređaju se ne može trenutno promijeniti veličina jer je član "
-"izvezene Grupe uređaja."
 
-#. TO TRANSLATORS: these labels will be used in the partition menu
-#: ../src/luks.cc:33
-msgid "Open Encryption"
-msgstr "Otvori šifriranje"
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/wacom.page:29
+msgid "Wacom Graphics Tablet"
+msgstr "Wacom grafički tablet"
 
-#: ../src/luks.cc:34
-msgid "Close Encryption"
-msgstr "Zatvori šifriranje"
+#~ msgid "Documents"
+#~ msgstr "Dokumenti"
 
-#: ../src/luks.cc:148
-msgid ""
-"Maximize closed LUKS encryption skipped because it will automatically fill "
-"the partition when opened"
-msgstr ""
-"Povećavanje zatvorenog LUKS šifriranja je preskočeno zato jer će automatski "
-"ispuniti paraticiju kada se otvori"
+#~ msgid "Click <gui>Displays</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."
+#~ msgstr "Kliknite na <gui>Zasloni</gui> u bočnoj traci za otvaranje panela."
 
-#: ../src/main.cc:47
-msgid "Root privileges are required for running GParted"
-msgstr "Za pokretanje GParteda su potrebne administratorske ovlasti"
+#~ msgctxt "link"
+#~ msgid "Music and players"
+#~ msgstr "Glazba i reproduktori"
 
-#: ../src/main.cc:52
-msgid ""
-"Since GParted is a powerful tool capable of destroying partition tables and "
-"vast amounts of data, only root may run it."
-msgstr ""
-"S obzirom da je GParted moćan alat, sposoban uništiti particijske tablice i "
-"većinu podataka, pokrenuti ga može samo korisnik root."
+#~ msgid "Music and portable audio players"
+#~ msgstr "Glazbeni i prijenosni reproduktori"
 
-#: ../src/ntfs.cc:41
-msgid ""
-"In an attempt to avoid invalidating the WPA key, on NTFS file systems only "
-"half of the UUID is set to a new random value."
-msgstr ""
-"U pokušaju izbjegavanja poništavanja WPA ključa, na NTFS datotečnim "
-"sustavima samo pola UUID-a je postavljeno na novu naizmjeničnu vrijednost."
+#~ msgctxt "link"
+#~ msgid "Photos"
+#~ msgstr "Fotografije"
 
-#. simulation..
-#: ../src/ntfs.cc:202
-msgid "run simulation"
-msgstr "pokreni simulaciju"
+#~ msgid "Photos and digital cameras"
+#~ msgstr "Fotografije i digitalne kamere"
 
-#. Real resize
-#: ../src/ntfs.cc:210
-msgid "real resize"
-msgstr "stvarna promjena veličine"
+#~ msgctxt "link"
+#~ msgid "Videos"
+#~ msgstr "Video snimke"
 
-#: ../src/udf.cc:186
-msgid "Partition is too large, maximum size is %1"
-msgstr "Particija je prevelika, najveća veličina je %1"
+#~ msgid "Videos and video cameras"
+#~ msgstr "Video snimke i video kamera"
 
-#: ../src/udf.cc:194
-msgid "Partition is too small, minimum size is %1"
-msgstr "Particija je premala, najmanja veličina je %1"
+#~ msgid "Click <gui>Universal Access</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."
+#~ msgstr "Kliknite na <gui>Univerzalni pristup</gui> u bočnoj traci za otvaranje panela."
 
-#: ../src/udf.cc:211
-msgid ""
-"mkudffs prior to version 1.1 does not support non-ASCII characters in the "
-"label."
-msgstr "mkudffs prije inačice 1.1 ne podržava ne-ASCII znakove u nazivu."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">Seeing</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#sound\">hearing</link>, <link "
+#~ "xref=\"a11y#mobility\">mobility</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-braille\">braille</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-"
+#~ "mag\">screen magnifier</link>…"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">Gledanje</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#sound\">slušanje</link>, <link "
+#~ "xref=\"a11y#mobility\">mobilnost</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-braille\">braillovo pismo</link>, <link "
+#~ "xref=\"a11y-mag\">povečalo zaslona</link>…"
 
-#~ msgid "Libparted"
-#~ msgstr "Libparted"
+#~ msgid "Universal access"
+#~ msgstr "Univerzalni pristup"
 
-#~ msgid "Ignoring device %1 with logical sector size of %2 bytes."
-#~ msgstr "Zanemarivanje %1 s logičkom veličinom sektora od %2 bajtova."
+#~ msgid "View options"
+#~ msgstr "Mogućnosti pogleda"
 
 #~ msgid ""
-#~ "GParted requires libparted version 2.2 or higher to support devices with "
-#~ "sector sizes larger than 512 bytes."
+#~ "<link xref=\"files-search\">Searching</link>, <link xref=\"files-delete\">delete files</link>, <link "
+#~ "xref=\"files#backup\">backups</link>, <link xref=\"files#removable\">removable drives</link>…"
 #~ msgstr ""
-#~ "GParted zahtijeva libparted inačice 2.2 ili novije za podršku uređaja sa "
-#~ "sektorima većim od 512 bajtova."
+#~ "<link xref=\"files-search\">Pretraživanje</link>, <link xref=\"files-delete\">brisanje datoteka</link>, "
+#~ "<link xref=\"files#backup\">sigurnosno kopiranje</link>, <link xref=\"files#removable\">prijenosni "
+#~ "uređaji</link>…"
 
-#~ msgid "roll back last transaction"
-#~ msgstr "vrati posljednju transakciju"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<link xref=\"hardware#problems\">Hardware problems</link>, <link xref=\"printing\">printers</link>, "
+#~ "<link xref=\"power\">power settings</link>, <link xref=\"color\">color management</link>, <link "
+#~ "xref=\"bluetooth\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"disk\">disks</link>…"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<link xref=\"hardware#problems\">Problemi s hardverom</link>, <link xref=\"printing\">pisači</link>, "
+#~ "<link xref=\"power\">postavke energije</link>, <link xref=\"color\">upravljanje bojom</link>, <link "
+#~ "xref=\"bluetooth\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"disk\">diskovi</link>…"
 
-#~ msgid "N/A"
-#~ msgstr "NEDOSTUPNO"
+#~ msgid "<_:media-1/> GNOME Help"
+#~ msgstr "<_:media-1/> GNOME priručnik"
 
-#~ msgid "copy of %1"
-#~ msgstr "kopija od %1"
+#~ msgid "Click <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."
+#~ msgstr "Kliknite na <gui>Jezik i regija</gui> u bočnoj traci za otvaranje panela."
 
-#~ msgid "moving requires old and new length to be the same"
-#~ msgstr "premještanje zahtijeva identičnu staru i novu dužinu"
+#~ msgid "Log out"
+#~ msgstr "Odjavi se"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<link xref=\"media#photos\">Digital cameras</link>, <link xref=\"media#music\">iPods</link>, <link "
+#~ "xref=\"media#photos\">editing photos</link>, <link xref=\"media#videos\">playing videos</link>…"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<link xref=\"media#photos\">Digitalne kamere</link>, <link xref=\"media#music\">iPodovi</link>, <link "
+#~ "xref=\"media#photos\">uređivanje fotografija</link>, <link xref=\"media#videos\">gledanje video snimka</"
+#~ "link>…"
 
-#~ msgid "resizing requires old and new start to be the same"
-#~ msgstr "promjena veličine zahtijeva da su stari i novi početak identični"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Volume</link>, <link xref=\"sound-usespeakers\">speakers and headphones</"
+#~ "link>, <link xref=\"sound-usemic\">microphones</link>…"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Glasnoća zvuka</link>, <link xref=\"sound-usespeakers\">zvučnici i "
+#~ "slušalice</link>, <link xref=\"sound-usemic\">mikrofoni</link>…"
 
 #~ msgid ""
-#~ "new and old file system have the same size.  Hence skipping this operation"
+#~ "<link xref=\"about-this-guide\">Tips on using this guide</link>, <link xref=\"get-involved\">help "
+#~ "improve this guide</link>, <link xref=\"help-mailing-list\">mailing list</link>, <link xref=\"help-"
+#~ "irc\">IRC</link>…"
 #~ msgstr ""
-#~ "novi i stari datotečni sustav ima identičnu veličinu. Promjena preskočena"
+#~ "<link xref=\"about-this-guide\">Tips on using this guide</link>, <link xref=\"get-involved\">pomognite "
+#~ "poboljšati ovaj vodič</link>, <link xref=\"help-mailing-list\">mailing lista</link>, <link xref=\"help-"
+#~ "irc\">IRC</link>…"
+
+#~ msgid "Trash"
+#~ msgstr "Smeće"
 
-#~ msgid "copy file system of %1 to %2"
-#~ msgstr "kopiranje datotečnog sustava s %1 na %2"
+#~ msgid "Install the Flash plug-in"
+#~ msgstr "Instalacija Flash priljučka"
 
-#~ msgid "grow file system"
-#~ msgstr "povećaj datotečni sustav"
+#~ msgid "LightSpark"
+#~ msgstr "LightSpark"
+
+#~ msgid "Gnash"
+#~ msgstr "Gnash"
 
 #~ msgid ""
-#~ "Most likely other partitions are also mounted on these mount points. You "
-#~ "are advised to unmount them manually."
+#~ "<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">Troubleshooting wireless connections</link>, <link "
+#~ "xref=\"net-wireless-find\">finding your Wi-Fi network</link>…"
 #~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Najvjerojatnije su ostale particije također montirane na iste točke. "
-#~ "Preporuka je da ih odmontirate ručno."
+#~ "<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">Problemi s bežičnom mrežom</link>, <link 
xref=\"net-wireless-"
+#~ "find\">potražite svoju bežičnu mrežu</link>…"
 
 #~ msgid ""
-#~ "Use the Edit menu to undo, clear, or apply operations before using swapon "
-#~ "with this partition."
+#~ "<link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">Connect to Wi-Fi</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">hidden "
+#~ "networks</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-disconnecting\">Wi-Fi disconnecting</link>…"
 #~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Upotrijebite izbornik Uredi za poništavanje, brisanje ili primjenu "
-#~ "izmjena prije korištenja swapon funkcije za ovu particiju."
+#~ "<link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">Povezivanje s bežičnim</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
+#~ "hidden\">skrivenim mrežama</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-disconnecting\">Prekidanje bežičnog "
+#~ "povezivanja</link>…"
 
 #~ msgid ""
-#~ "Use the Edit menu to undo, clear, or apply operations before using mount "
-#~ "with this partition."
+#~ "<link xref=\"net-wireless\">Wireless</link>, <link xref=\"net-wired\">wired</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
+#~ "problem\">connection problems</link>, <link xref=\"net-browser\">web browsing</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
+#~ "email\">email accounts</link>…"
 #~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Upotrijebite izbornik Uredi za poništavanje, brisanje ili primjenu "
-#~ "izmjena prije korištenja funkcije montiranja za ovu particiju."
+#~ "<link xref=\"net-wireless\">Bežični</link>, <link xref=\"net-wired\">žični</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
+#~ "problem\">problemi povezivanja</link>, <link xref=\"net-browser\">web pregledavanje</link>, <link "
+#~ "xref=\"net-email\">računi e-pošte</link>…"
 
 #~ msgid ""
-#~ "The mount action cannot be performed if an operation is pending for the "
-#~ "partition."
-#~ msgstr "Montiranje nije moguće ako postoje izmjene na čekanju za particiju."
-
-#~ msgid "Linux Unified Key Setup encryption is not yet supported."
-#~ msgstr "Linux Unified Key Setup šifriranje još nije podržano."
+#~ "<link xref=\"look-background\">Background</link>, <link xref=\"look-resolution\">size and orientation</"
+#~ "link>, <link xref=\"display-brightness\">brightness</link>, <link xref=\"display-night-light\">color "
+#~ "temperature</link>…"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<link xref=\"look-background\">Pozadinska</link>, <link xref=\"look-resolution\">razlučivost i "
+#~ "orijentacija</link>, <link xref=\"display-brightness\">svjetlina</link>, <link xref=\"display-night-"
+#~ "light\">temperatura boje</link>…"
 
 #~ msgid ""
-#~ "The swapon action cannot be performed if an operation is pending for the "
-#~ "partition."
+#~ "<link xref=\"keyboard\">Keyboard</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">mouse &amp; touchpad</link>, <link "
+#~ "xref=\"prefs-display\">display</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-language\">languages</link>, <link 
xref=\"user-"
+#~ "accounts\">user accounts</link>…"
 #~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Swapon ne može biti primijenjen ako su na čekanju promjene za particiju."
+#~ "<link xref=\"keyboard\">Tipkovnica</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">miš i touchpad</link>, <link "
+#~ "xref=\"prefs-display\">zaslon</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-language\">jezici</link>, <link xref=\"user-"
+#~ "accounts\">korisnički računi</link>…"
+
+#~ msgid "Activities button and Dash"
+#~ msgstr "Aktivnosti tipka i Pokretač"
 
 #~ msgid ""
-#~ "The activate Volume Group action cannot be performed if an operation is "
-#~ "pending for the partition."
+#~ "<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Calendar</link>, <link xref=\"shell-notifications\">notifications</link>, "
+#~ "<link xref=\"shell-keyboard-shortcuts\">keyboard shortcuts</link>, <link xref=\"shell-windows\">windows "
+#~ "and workspaces</link>…"
 #~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Za aktivaciju Grupe uređaja promjene ne mogu biti izvršene ako ima "
-#~ "promjena na čekanju za particiju."
+#~ "<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Kalendar</link>, <link xref=\"shell-notifications\">obavijesti</link>, "
+#~ "<link xref=\"shell-keyboard-shortcuts\">prečaci tipkovnice</link>, <link xref=\"shell-windows\">prozori "
+#~ "i radni prostori</link>…"
+
+#~ msgid "<app>Cellular Connection</app>"
+#~ msgstr "<app>Mobilno povezivanje</app>"
+
+#~ msgid "Connected to a 4G network."
+#~ msgstr "Povezano sa 4G mrežom."
+
+#~ msgid "Connected to an EDGE network."
+#~ msgstr "Povezano sa EDGE mrežom."
+
+#~ msgid "Connected to a GPRS network."
+#~ msgstr "Povezano sa GPRS mrežom."
+
+#~ msgid "Connected to a UMTS network."
+#~ msgstr "Povezano sa UMTS mrežom."
 
 #~ msgid ""
-#~ "Use the Edit menu to undo, clear, or apply operations before using "
-#~ "activate Volume Group with this partition."
+#~ "<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">Special characters</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-middleclick\">middle "
+#~ "click shortcuts</link>…"
 #~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Upotrijebite Uredi izbornik za poništavanje, brisanje, ili primjenu "
-#~ "promjena prije aktivacije Grupe uređaja na ovoj particiji."
+#~ "<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">Posebni znakovi</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-middleclick\">prečaci "
+#~ "srednjeg klika miša</link>…"
+
+#~ msgid "Report a bug or an improvement"
+#~ msgstr "Prijavite grešku ili poboljšanje."
+
+#~ msgid "Juanjo Marin"
+#~ msgstr "Juanjo Marin"
+
+#~ msgid "keyboard"
+#~ msgstr "tipkovnica"
+
+#~ msgid "Introduction to GNOME"
+#~ msgstr "Uvod u GNOME"
+
+#~ msgid "GNOME shell top bar"
+#~ msgstr "Gornja traka GNOME ljuske"
+
+#~ msgid "The dash"
+#~ msgstr "Pokretač"
+
+#~ msgid "You and your computer"
+#~ msgstr "Vi i vaše računalo"


[Date Prev][Date Next]   [Thread Prev][Thread Next]   [Thread Index] [Date Index] [Author Index]